openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89852 - trunk/yast/ru/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 09 Oct '14

09 Oct '14

Author: minton Date: 2014-10-09 06:49:22 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89852 Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po trunk/yast/ru/po/cluster.ru.po trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po trunk/yast/ru/po/support.ru.po Log: Translation update Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:31+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 08:29+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module @@ -222,864 +223,1431 @@ msgstr "Показывает синтаксис файла настроек." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" +"Список служб, разделенных запятыми, которые запускаются при запуске SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" +"Рекомендуемое количество попыток переподключения служб в случае аварийного " +"отказа поставщика данных или его перезапуска" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" +"SSSD может использовать больше доменов одновременно, при этом хотя бы один из " +"них должен быть настроен, иначе SSSD не запустится." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр содержит список доменов в порядке очередности обращения к ним." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" +"Регулярное выражение по умолчанию, которое описывает, как разбирать строку, " +"содержащую имя пользователя и домен, на эти компоненты" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" +"Формат по умолчанию, совместимый с функцией printf(3), который описывает, как " +"перевести кортеж (имя, домен) в полное имя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" +"SSSD наблюдает за состоянием файла resolv.conf и определяет, когда необходимо " +"обновить его внутренний определитель имён DNS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию для этого будет использован inotify. Если он недоступен, файл " +"resolv.conf будет опрашиваться каждые пять секунд." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." msgstr "" +"Каталог в файловой системе, в котором SSSD сохраняет файлы кэша повтора " +"Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." msgstr "" +"Эта строка будет использоваться как доменное имя по умолчанию для всех имён, " +"не содержащих компонента доменного имени." #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " +"mode." msgstr "" +"Битовая маска, определяющая видимые уровни отладки. 0x0010 является значением " +"по умолчанию, а также минимальным допустимым значением. 0xFFF0 является " +"режимом максимального вывода сообщений." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавить отметку времени в сообщения об отладке" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:70 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добавить микросекунды в отметку времени в сообщениях об отладке" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тайм-аут в секундах между тактовыми импульсами для этой службы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр указывает максимальное количество файловых дескрипторов, " +"которые могут одновременно открываться в ходе этого процесса SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр указывает количество секунд, в течение которых клиент процесса " +"SSSD может удерживать файловый дескриптор, не обращаясь к нему." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" +"Если служба не отвечает на проверки связи (см. параметр \"тайм-аут\"), ей " +"посылается сигнал SIGTERM, указывающий корректно завершить работу." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд необходимо для кэширования перечислений nss_sss (запросов " +"информации по всем пользователям)?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." msgstr "" +"Кэш элементов может быть настроен таким образом, что он автоматически " +"обновляет элементы в фоновом режиме, если они запрашиваются выше процентной " +"величины значения entry_cache_timeout для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " +"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " +"asking the back end again." msgstr "" +"Указывает, как долго nss_sss будет обрабатывать отрицательные попадания в кэш " +"(т. е. запросы для недействительных значений в базе данных, например, " +"несуществующих), прежде чем повторно отправить запрос серверной части." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Исключить определённых пользователей из отбора из базы данных sss NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Исключить определённые группы из отбора из базы данных sss NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" +"Чтобы оставить определенного пользователя участником группы, установите для " +"параметра значение \"ложь\"." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." msgstr "" +"Переопределяет личный каталог пользователя. Можно предоставить абсолютное " +"значение либо шаблон." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" +"Задает шаблон по умолчанию для личного каталога пользователя, если он не " +"указан явно поставщиком данных домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переопределяет оболочку входа в систему для всех пользователей." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" +"Ограничивает оболочку пользователя до одного из перечисленных значений." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заменяет любой экземпляр этих оболочек с помощью shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" +"Использует оболочку по умолчанию, если на компьютере не установлена " +"допустимая оболочка." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" +"Использует оболочку по умолчанию, если поставщик не возвращает другую " +"оболочку во время поиска." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " +"valid." msgstr "" +"Указывает время в секундах, в течение которого список поддоменов будет " +"считаться действительным." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." msgstr "" +"Определяет время в секундах, в течение которого записи кэша в памяти будут " +"допустимы." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" +"Если поставщик аутентификации отключен, как долго должны храниться " +"кэшированные входы в систему (в днях с момента последнего успешного входа)?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " +"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" +"Время в минутах, которое должно пройти после выполнения параметра " +"offline_failed_login_attempts, прежде чем станет возможной новая попытка " +"входа." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" +"Управляет видами сообщений, которые отображаются пользователю во время " +"аутентификации." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" +"Если SSSD в сети, для любого запроса PAM будет выполнена попытка немедленного " +"обновления кэшированных учётных данных пользователя, чтобы обеспечить " +"аутентификацию для последних данных." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:990 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показать предупреждение за N дней до завершения действия пароля." #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " +"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" +"Оценивать атрибуты sudoNotBefore и sudoNotAfter, использующие зависимые от " +"времени элементы файла sudoers, или нет." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" +"Определяет время в секундах, в течение которого ответчик autofs должен " +"кэшировать отрицательные попадания, прежде чем повторно отправить запрос " +"серверной части." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." msgstr "" +"Хэшировать имена и адреса хостов в управляемом файле known_hosts или нет." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд сохранять хост в управляемом файле known_hosts после отправки " +"запросов на его хост-ключи." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" +"Ограничения идентификатора пользователя и группы для домена. Если домен " +"содержит элемент, который выходит за пределы этих ограничений, он " +"игнорируется." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определяет, может ли домен быть пронумерован." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" +"Если работа службы не была завершена после \"force_timeout\" секунд, монитор " +"будет принудительно отключён после отправки сигнала SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд nss_sss должен считать записи допустимыми, прежде чем повторно " +"отправить запрос серверной части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд nss_sss должен считать записи пользователя допустимыми, прежде " +"чем повторно отправить запрос серверной части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд nss_sss должен считать записи группы допустимыми, прежде чем " +"повторно отправить запрос серверной части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд nss_sss должен считать записи сетевой группы допустимыми, " +"прежде чем повторно отправить запрос серверной части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд nss_sss должен считать служебные записи допустимыми, прежде " +"чем повторно отправить запрос серверной части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд команда sudo должна считать правила допустимыми, прежде чем " +"повторно отправить запрос серверной части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." msgstr "" +"Сколько секунд служба autofs должна считать карты автоматического " +"монтирования допустимыми, прежде чем повторно отправить запрос серверной " +"части?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." msgstr "" +"Определяет, кэшируются ли учётные данные пользователя в локальном LDB-кэше." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" +"Количество дней, в течение которого записи сохраняются в кэше после " +"последнего успешного входа, прежде чем они будут удалены в ходе очистки кэша." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик идентификатора, используемый для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" +"Используйте полное имя и домен (в формате параметра full_name_format) в " +"качестве имени пользователя для входа, сообщаемого NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Провайдер аутентификации для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:325 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик управления доступом, используемый для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" +"Поставщик, который будет выполнять операции по изменению пароля для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик SUDO, используемый для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:343 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик, который будет загружать настройки SELinux." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:349 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик, который будет получать поддомены." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:355 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик autofs, используемый для домена." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:361 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставщик, используемый для получения учётных данных хоста." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" +"Регулярное выражение для этого домена, которое описывает, как разбирать " +"строку, содержащую имя пользователя и домен, на эти компоненты." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" +"Формат, совместимый с функцией printf(3), который описывает, как перевести " +"кортеж (имя, домен) для этого домена в полное имя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" +"Предоставляет возможность выбирать предпочитаемый адрес семейства для " +"использования при поиске имен DNS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" +"Определяет количество времени ожидания ответа от определителя имен DNS, " +"прежде чем предположить, что он недоступен." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использовать доменную часть имени узла компьютера." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" +"Если обнаружение служб используется в серверной части, указывает часть домена " +"запроса DNS для обнаружения служб." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" +"Переопределяет первоначальный идентификатор группы с помощью указанного." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:396 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учитывает регистр клавиатуры при вводе имен пользователя и группы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." msgstr "" +"При выполнении поиска пользователя или группы по имени в поставщике прокси " +"выполняется второй поиск по ИД, чтобы \"канонизировать\" имя в случае, если " +"запрашиваемое имя окажется псевдонимом." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" +"Использовать этот личный каталог как значение по умолчанию для всех " +"поддоменов в этом домене." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список пользователей, разделенных запятыми, которым разрешен вход." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" +"Список групп, разделенных запятыми, которым разрешен вход. Применимо только к " +"группам в этом домене SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." msgstr "" +"Список пользователей, разделенных запятыми, которым явно отказано в доступе." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" +"Список групп, разделенных запятыми, которым явно отказано в доступе. " +"Применимо только к группам в этом домене SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "" +"Базовое DN по умолчанию, используемое для выполнения правил sudo по протоколу " +"LDAP." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." msgstr "" +"Инструменты добавляют имя пользователя в базовый каталог и используют его в " +"качестве личного каталога." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" +"Указывает, создается ли личный каталог для новых пользователей по умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" +"Указывает, удаляется ли личный каталог для удаленных пользователей по " +"умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." msgstr "" +"Используется функцией sss_useradd(8) для указания разрешений по умолчанию для " +"новосозданного личного каталога." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" +"Основной каталог, который содержит файлы и каталоги для копирования в личный " +"каталог пользователя при создании личного каталога функцией sss_useradd(8)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 msgid "The mail spool directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог буферизации почты." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:471 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Команда, которая запускается после удаления пользователя." #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" +"Указывает список URI серверов LDAP, разделенных запятыми, к которым будет " +"подключаться SSSD в порядке предпочтения." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" +"Указывает список URI серверов LDAP, разделенных запятыми, к которым будет " +"подключаться SSSD в порядке предпочтения, чтобы изменить пароль пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." msgstr "" +"Базовое DN по умолчанию, используемое для выполнения операций пользователя по " +"протоколу LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает тип схемы, используемый на целевом сервере LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:513 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" +"Привязанное DN по умолчанию, используемое для выполнения операций по " +"протоколу LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:519 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип маркера аутентификации привязанного DN по умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:523 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Маркер аутентификации привязанного DN по умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:528 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Класс объектов записи пользователя в LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:533 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует имени пользователя для входа." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:538 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует ИД пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует ИД основной группы пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует полю GECOS пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr " Атрибут LDAP, который содержит имя личного каталога пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит путь к пользовательской оболочке по умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит идентификаторы UUID и GUID объекта " +"пользователя LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит objectSID объекта пользователя LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит отметку времени последнего изменения " +"родительского объекта." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=shadow этот параметр содержит имя атрибута " +"LDAP, которое соответствует его атрибуту shadow(5) (дата последнего изменения " +"пароля)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=shadow этот параметр содержит имя атрибута " +"LDAP, которое соответствует его атрибуту shadow(5) (минимальный срок действия " +"пароля)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=shadow этот параметр содержит имя атрибута " +"LDAP, которое соответствует его атрибуту shadow(5) (максимальный срок " +"действия пароля)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=shadow этот параметр содержит имя атрибута " +"LDAP, которое соответствует его атрибуту shadow(5) (период предупреждения об " +"истечении срока действия пароля)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=shadow этот параметр содержит имя атрибута " +"LDAP, которое соответствует его атрибуту shadow(5) (период неактивности " +"пароля)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=shadow или " +"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow этот параметр содержит имя атрибута LDAP, " +"которое соответствует его атрибуту shadow(5) (срок действия учетной записи)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos этот параметр содержит имя " +"атрибута LDAP, сохраняющего дату и время последнего изменения пароля в " +"Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos этот параметр содержит имя " +"атрибута LDAP, сохраняющего дату и время завершения срока действия текущего " +"пароля." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_account_expire_policy=ad этот параметр содержит имя " +"атрибута LDAP, сохраняющего время завершения срока действия учетной записи." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_account_expire_policy=ad этот параметр содержит имя " +"атрибута LDAP, сохраняющего битовое поле контроля учетных записей." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds или эквивалента этот " +"параметр определяет, разрешен доступ или нет." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_account_expire_policy=nds этот атрибут определяет, " +"разрешен доступ или нет." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_account_expire_policy=nds этот атрибут определяет, до " +"какой даты разрешен доступ." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" +"При использовании ldap_account_expire_policy=nds этот атрибут определяет, в " +"какие часы дней недели разрешен доступ." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит имя участника-пользователя Kerberos (UPN)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит открытые ключи SSH пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " +"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" +"Некоторые серверы каталогов, например Active Directory, могут доставлять " +"часть области UPN в нижнем регистре, что может стать причиной сбоя " +"аутентификации." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" +"Установите для этого параметра значение true, если необходимо использовать " +"верхний регистр в области." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." msgstr "" +"Указывает, сколько секунд необходимо ждать SSSD, прежде чем обновить кэш " +"перечисленных записей." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." msgstr "" +"Определяет, как часто следует проверять кэш на наличие неактивных записей " +"(например, групп без участников и пользователей, которые никогда не входили в " +"систему) и удалять их, чтобы сэкономить место." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует полному имени пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который перечисляет участие пользователя в группах." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." msgstr "" +"При использовании access_provider=ldap и ldap_access_order=authorized_service " +"SSSD будет использовать наличие атрибута authorizedService в записи LDAP " +"пользователя для определения привилегии доступа." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." msgstr "" +"При использовании access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host SSSD будет " +"использовать наличие атрибута хоста в записи LDAP пользователя для " +"определения привилегии доступа." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Класс объектов записи группы в LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:703 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует имени группы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:708 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует ИД группы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:713 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит имена членов группы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:718 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит идентификаторы UUID и GUID объекта группы LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:723 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит objectSID объекта группы LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "" +" Атрибут LDAP, который содержит отметку времени последнего изменения " +"родительского объекта." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." msgstr "" +"Если для ldap_schema установлен формат схемы, поддерживающий вложенные группы " +"(например, RFC2307bis), то этот параметр контролирует, сколько уровней " +"вложенности будет отслеживать SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр советует SSSD воспользоваться специальной функцией Active " +"Directory, которая может ускорить операции поиска группы в развертываниях со " +"сложными или глубокими вложенными группами." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " +"with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр советует SSSD воспользоваться специальной функцией Active " +"Directory, которая может ускорить операции initgroups (особенно при работе со " +"сложными или глубокими вложенными группами)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr " Класс объектов записи сетевой группы в LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:758 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который соответствует имени сетевой группы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:763 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит имена членов сетевой группы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит тройки сетевой группы (хост, пользователь, " +"домен)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" +"Атрибут LDAP, который содержит идентификаторы UUID и GUID объекта сетевой " +"группы LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Класс объектов записи службы в LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит имена атрибутов службы и их псевдонимы." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит порт, управляемый этой службой." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "Атрибут LDAP, который содержит протоколы, распознаваемые этой службой." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." msgstr "" +"Необязательное базовое DN, область поиска и фильтр LDAP для ограничения " +"поисков LDAP для этого типа атрибутов." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." msgstr "" +" Указывает тайм-аут (в секундах), в течение которого разрешены поиски ldap, " +"прежде чем они будут отменены, а кэшированные результаты возвращены (и " +"включен автономный режим)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" +"Указывает тайм-аут (в секундах), в течение которого разрешается выполнение " +"поисков ldap для перечислений пользователей и групп, прежде чем они будут " +"отменены, а кэшированные результаты возвращены (и включен автономный режим)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" +"Указывает тайм-аут (в секундах), после которого в случае отсутствия " +"активности будут возвращены poll(2)/select(2) и connect(2)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" +"Указывает тайм-аут (в секундах), после которого в случае отсутствия ответа " +"будут прекращены вызовы синхронных API LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." msgstr "" +"Указывает тайм-аут (в секундах), в течение которого будет поддерживаться " +"соединение с сервером LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " +"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" +"Указывает количество записей, получаемых LDAP по одному запросу. Некоторые " +"серверы LDAP требуют максимальное количество на запрос." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отключить элемент управления переходами между страницами LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" +"При связи с сервером LDAP с помощью SASL указывать минимальный уровень " +"безопасности, необходимый для установления соединения." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" +"Указывать количество членов группы, отсутствующих во внутреннем кэше, для " +"активации поиска разыменования." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +msgid "" +"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " +"any." msgstr "" +"Указывает, какие проверки сертификатов сервера будут выполнены во время " +"сеанса TLS, если такие имеются." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" +"Указывает файл, который содержит сертификаты для всех служб сертификации, " +"распознаваемые SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" +"Указывает путь каталога, который содержит сертификаты сертифицирующей " +"организации в отдельных файлах." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает файл, который содержит сертификат для ключа клиента." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает файл, который содержит ключ клиента." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:878 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает допустимые комплекты шифров." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." msgstr "" +"Указывает на то, что соединение id_provider должно также использовать TLS для " +"защиты канала." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " +"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" +"Указывает на то, что SSSD следует попытаться отобразить ИД пользователей и " +"групп из атрибутов ldap_user_objectsid и ldap_group_objectsid вместо того, " +"чтобы рассчитывать на ldap_user_uid_number и ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указать используемый механизм SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:897 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указать используемый ИД авторизации SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:902 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указать используемую область SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" +"Если установлено значение true, библиотека LDAP выполнит обратный поиск, " +"чтобы канонизировать имя хоста во время привязки SASL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" +"Указать файл Keytab, который будет использоваться при использовании " +"SASL/GSSAPI." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" +"Указывает на то, что id_provider следует инициализировать учетные данные " +"Kerberos (TGT)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает срок действия TGT в секундах при использовании GSSAPI." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" +"Выбрать политику для оценивания истечения срока действия пароля на стороне " +"клиента." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает, нужно ли включить автоматическое прослеживание ссылок." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" +"Указывает имя службы, которая будет использоваться в случае включения " +"обнаружения служб." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" +"Указывает имя службы, которая будет использоваться для поиска сервера LDAP, " +"что позволит изменить пароль при включенном обнаружении служб." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" +"Указывает, нужно ли обновлять атрибут ldap_user_shadow_last_change после " +"операции изменения пароля, указывая время в днях после эпохи." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" +"Если используются access_provider = ldap и ldap_access_order = filter " +"(default), этот параметр обязателен. Он определяет критерий фильтра поиска " +"LDAP, которому должны соответствовать пользователи для получения доступа к " +"этому узлу." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." msgstr "" +" С помощью этого параметра можно включить атрибуты управления оцениванием " +"доступа на стороне клиента." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список параметров управления доступом, разделенных запятыми." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:967 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает, как выполняется разыменование псевдонима во время поиска." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " +"the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" +"Позволяет сохранять локальных пользователей как участников группы LDAP для " +"серверов, использующих схему RFC2307." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" +"Указывает список IP-адресов или имен хостов серверов Kerberos, разделенных " +"запятыми, к которым будет подключаться SSSD, в порядке предпочтения." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Имя области Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " +"can be defined here." msgstr "" +"Если служба изменения пароля не запущена в Центре рассылки ключей, " +"альтернативные серверы могут быть определены здесь." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каталог для хранения кэша учетных данных." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1024 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расположение кэша учетных данных пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " +"request is aborted." msgstr "" +" Тайм-аут в секундах после отмены запроса аутентификации или запроса " +"изменения пароля." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "Проверять с помощью krb5_keytab, не был ли подделан полученный TGT." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." msgstr "" +"Расположение файла keytab, который будет использоваться при проверке учетных " +"данных, полученных от KDC." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" +"Сохранять пароль пользователя, если поставщик не в сети, и использовать его " +"для запроса TGT, когда поставщик снова появится в сети." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" +"Запросить обновленный билет с общим сроком действия, который предоставляется " +"как целое число и сопровождается единицей времени." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." msgstr "" +"Билет запроса со сроком действия в виде целого числа, после которого следует " +"единица времени." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время в секундах между двумя проверками необходимости обновления TGT." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " +"pre-authentication." msgstr "" +"Включает гибкую аутентификацию через защищенное туннелирование (FAST) для " +"предварительной аутентификации Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает участника на уровне сервера, используемого для FAST." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1070 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" +"Указывает, нужно ли канонизировать участника хоста и участника-пользователя." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1083 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает имя домена Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" +"Список IP-адресов или имен хостов серверов AD, разделенных запятыми, к " +"которым будет подключаться SSSD, в порядке предпочтения." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." msgstr "" +"Необязательный. Может устанавливаться на компьютерах, на которых hostname(5) " +"не отображает полное имя, используемое в домене Active Directory для " +"определения этого хоста." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 msgid "Override the user's home directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Переопределяет личный каталог пользователя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" +" Указывает нижнюю границу диапазона идентификаторов POSIX, используемых для " +"назначения идентификаторов безопасности группы или пользователя Active " +"Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " +"Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" +"Указывает верхнюю границу диапазона идентификаторов POSIX, используемых для " +"назначения идентификаторов безопасности группы или пользователя Active " +"Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает количество идентификаторов, доступных для каждого среза." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1126 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает ИД безопасности для домена по умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1130 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указывает доменное имя по умолчанию." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" +"Изменяет поведение алгоритма назначения ИД и делает его больше похожим на " +"поведение алгоритма \"idmap_autorid\" Winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определяет имя домена IPA." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" +"Разделенный запятыми список IP-адресов или имен узлов IPA-серверов, к которым " +"SSSD должен подключаться в порядке предпочтения." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." msgstr "" +"Может быть установлен на компьютерах, где имена узлов(5) не отражают полное " +"доменное имя." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр сообщает SSSD, что для DNS-сервера, встроенного в FreeIPA " +"версии 2, необходимо указать IP-адрес клиента." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" +"Значение TTL, которое применяется к DNS-записи клиента при ее обновлении." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" +"Выбрать интерфейс, IP-адрес которого должен использоваться для динамического " +"обновления DNS." #. end Export #. ################################################################ @@ -1102,3 +1670,4 @@ #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Система настроена на использование только /etc/passwd.\n" + Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/cluster.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/cluster.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/cluster.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 22:07+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 08:43+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcluster module @@ -154,12 +155,20 @@ msgstr "Потоки:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "Если вы создаёте новый кластер, нажмите кнопку ниже для создания /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "" +"Если вы создаёте новый кластер, нажмите кнопку ниже для создания " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "Для подключения к существующему кластеру скопируйте /etc/corosync/authkey с других узлов вручную." +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Для подключения к существующему кластеру скопируйте /etc/corosync/authkey с " +"других узлов вручную." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" @@ -279,7 +288,8 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Файл ключа %1 создан.\n" -"Нажатие кнопки «Добавить предложенные файлы» добавит его в список синхронизации." +"Нажатие кнопки «Добавить предложенные файлы» добавит его в список " +"синхронизации." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -288,11 +298,13 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd — это демон, помогающий повторять состояние брандмауэра на узлах кластера.\n" +"Conntrackd — это демон, помогающий повторять состояние брандмауэра на узлах " +"кластера.\n" "YaST может помочь настроить некоторые основные аспекты работы conntrackd.\n" "Вам нужно запустить его с помощью ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -314,7 +326,6 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" #| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" @@ -323,76 +334,210 @@ #| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" #| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " +"field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " +"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " +"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " +" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " +"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." +"\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu " +"\n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " +" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" +"br>\n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " +"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " +"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Присвоить адрес сети</big> Здесь указывается адрес, который должен присвоить себе openais. Этот адрес всегда должен заканчиваться на ноль. Если трафик totem следует переправлять через 192.168.5.92, задайте bindnetaddr значение 192.168.5.0. Также можно использовать IPv6-адрес, в этом случае будет использоваться сеть IPv6. При этом необходимо указывать полный адрес, а автоматический выбор сетевого интерфейса в указанной подсети, как для IPv4, недоступен. Если используется сеть IPv6, необходимо заполнять поле nodeid. \n" -"<big>Адрес группового вещания</big> Это адрес, используемый openais для группового вещания. Значение по умолчанию должно сработать в большинстве сетей, но рекомендуется запросить адрес группового вещания у администратора сети. Рекомендуем избегать значений вида 224.x.x.x, поскольку это адрес группового вещания из конфигурации. Также можно использовать IPv6-адрес группового вещания, в этом случае будет использоваться сеть IPv6. Если используется сеть IPv6, необходимо заполнять поле nodeid.\n" -"<big>Порт</big> Здесь указывается номер UDP-порта. Можно использовать один и тот же адрес группового вещания в сети, где службы openais настроены на разные UDP-порты. \n" -"<big>Адрес члена</big> В этом списке указаны все узлы кластера по IP-адресу. Это можно настроить при использовании udpu \n" -"<big>Идентификатор узла</big> Этот параметр необязателен при использовании IPv4 и необходим при использовании IPv6. Это 32-битное значение идентификатора узла, предоставляемого службе членства кластера. Если он не указан, то для случая IPv4 он определяется 32-битным IP-адресом системы с идентификатором кольца 0. Нулевое значение идентификатора узла зарезервировано и не должно использоваться. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Это определяет режим избыточного кольца, может принимать значения none, active или passive. Активная репликация обеспечивает чуть меньшую задержку между отправкой и доставкой в неидеальных сетевых окружениях, но с меньшей производительностью. Пассивная репликация может почти удвоить скорость протокола totem в условиях отсутствия ограничений от процессора. При значении none для работы протокола totem может использоваться только один сетевой интерфейс. Если указан только один интерфейс, то значение none выбирается автоматически. Если указано несколько сетевых интерфейсов, то выбирать можно только active либо passive. \n" +"<big>Присвоить адрес сети</big> Здесь указывается адрес, который " +"должен присвоить себе openais. Этот адрес всегда должен заканчиваться на " +"ноль. Если трафик totem следует переправлять через 192.168.5.92, задайте " +"bindnetaddr значение 192.168.5.0. Также можно использовать IPv6-адрес, в " +"этом случае будет использоваться сеть IPv6. При этом необходимо указывать " +"полный адрес, а автоматический выбор сетевого интерфейса в указанной подсети, " +"как для IPv4, недоступен. Если используется сеть IPv6, необходимо заполнять " +"поле nodeid. \n" +"<big>Адрес группового вещания</big> Это адрес, используемый " +"openais для группового вещания. Значение по умолчанию должно сработать в " +"большинстве сетей, но рекомендуется запросить адрес группового вещания у " +"администратора сети. Рекомендуем избегать значений вида 224.x.x.x, поскольку " +"это адрес группового вещания из конфигурации. Также можно использовать " +"IPv6-адрес группового вещания, в этом случае будет использоваться сеть IPv6. " +"Если используется сеть IPv6, необходимо заполнять поле nodeid.\n" +"<big>Порт</big> Здесь указывается номер UDP-порта. Можно " +"использовать один и тот же адрес группового вещания в сети, где службы " +"openais настроены на разные UDP-порты. \n" +"<big>Адрес члена</big> В этом списке указаны все узлы кластера " +"по IP-адресу. Это можно настроить при использовании udpu \n" +"<big>Идентификатор узла</big> Этот параметр необязателен при " +"использовании IPv4 и необходим при использовании IPv6. Это 32-битное значение " +"идентификатора узла, предоставляемого службе членства кластера. Если он не " +"указан, то для случая IPv4 он определяется 32-битным IP-адресом системы с " +"идентификатором кольца 0. Нулевое значение идентификатора узла " +"зарезервировано и не должно использоваться. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Это определяет режим избыточного кольца, " +"может принимать значения none, active или passive. Активная репликация " +"обеспечивает чуть меньшую задержку между отправкой и доставкой в неидеальных " +"сетевых окружениях, но с меньшей производительностью. Пассивная репликация " +"может почти удвоить скорость протокола totem в условиях отсутствия " +"ограничений от процессора. При значении none для работы протокола totem может " +"использоваться только один сетевой интерфейс. Если указан только один " +"интерфейс, то значение none выбирается автоматически. Если указано несколько " +"сетевых интерфейсов, то выбирать можно только active либо passive. \n" +"<big>Ожидаемые голоса</big> Ожидать этого числа голосов для " +"кворума. Будет автоматически вычислено при наличии секции nodelist {} в " +"файле corosync.conf либо может быть указано в секции quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Автоматически создавать ID узла</big> Nodeid требуется при " +"использовании IPv6. При включении этой опции nodeid будет создан " +"автоматически. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " +"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " +"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " +"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " +"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " +"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " +"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " +"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " +"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " +"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " +"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU " +"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu " +"utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of " +"10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " +"3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " +"of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " +"throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. " +" The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Потоки</big> Данная опция определяет количество потоков, используемых для шифрования и отправки многоадресных сообщений. Если опция secauth отключена, протокол не будет использовать многопоточную отправку. Если опция secauth включена, то эта опция позволяет настроить использование системой нескольких потоков для шифрования и отправки многоадресных сообщений. Нулевое значение отключает многопоточную отправку. Этот режим обеспечивает наилучшую производительность для систем без SMP. Значение по умолчанию 0. \n" -"<big>Включить безопасную аутентификацию</big> Данная опция указывает, что для аутентификации всех сообщений необходимо использовать HMAC/SHA1. Также она указывает на то, что все данные необходимо шифровать алгоритмом sober128 для защиты от перехвата. Включение этой опции добавляет заголовок длиной 36 байтов к каждому сообщению totem, что уменьшает общую пропускную способность. Шифрование и аутентификация потребляют 75% циклов CPU в aisexec при измерениях gprof. Для 100-мегабитных сетей с размером MTU 1500: при включении опции пропускная способность достига� �т 9 Мб/с при 100% загрузке процессора 3 ГГц. При отключении опции пропускная способность достигнет 10 Мб/с при 20% загрузке процессора 3 ГГц. Для гигабитных сетей с большими фреймами: при включении опции пропускная способность достигает 20 Мб/с на процессоре 3 ГГц. При отключении опции пропускная способность достигает 60 Мб/с на процессоре 3 ГГц. По умолчанию данная опция включена. \n" +"<big>Потоки</big> Данная опция определяет количество потоков, " +"используемых для шифрования и отправки многоадресных сообщений. Если опция " +"secauth отключена, протокол не будет использовать многопоточную отправку. " +"Если опция secauth включена, то эта опция позволяет настроить использование " +"системой нескольких потоков для шифрования и отправки многоадресных " +"сообщений. Нулевое значение отключает многопоточную отправку. Этот режим " +"обеспечивает наилучшую производительность для систем без SMP. Значение по " +"умолчанию 0. \n" +"<big>Включить безопасную аутентификацию</big> Данная опция " +"указывает, что для аутентификации всех сообщений необходимо использовать " +"HMAC/SHA1. Также она указывает на то, что все данные необходимо шифровать " +"алгоритмом sober128 для защиты от перехвата. Включение этой опции добавляет " +"заголовок длиной 36 байтов к каждому сообщению totem, что уменьшает общую " +"пропускную способность. Шифрование и аутентификация потребляют 75% циклов CPU " +"в aisexec при измерениях gprof. Для 100-мегабитных сетей с размером MTU 1500: " +"при включении опции пропускная способность достигает 9 Мб/с при 100% загрузке " +"процессора 3 ГГц. При отключении опции пропускная способность достигнет " +"10 Мб/с при 20% загрузке процессора 3 ГГц. Для гигабитных сетей с большими " +"фреймами: при включении опции пропускная способность достигает 20 Мб/с на " +"процессоре 3 ГГц. При отключении опции пропускная способность достигает " +"60 Мб/с на процессоре 3 ГГц. По умолчанию данная опция включена. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" #| "\t\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " +"is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Загрузка</big> Запускать службу openais при загрузке системы или нет.\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Загрузка</big> Запускать службу corosync при загрузке " +"системы или нет.\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Настройки брандмауэра</big> Открыть порт когда " +"брандмауэр включён\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " +"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " +"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " +"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Узел синхронизации</big> Здесь необходимо указывать локальные имена узлов кластера. Нужно использовать строки вывода команды hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Файл синхронизации</big> Полное абсолютное имя файла для синхронизации.\n" -"\t\t<big>Ключи</big> Аутентификация выполняется по IP-адресам и ключам Csync2. Файл ключа создаётся командой csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Файл key_hagroup нужно скопировать на все члены кластера вручную после его создания.\n" +"\t\t<big>Узел синхронизации</big> Здесь необходимо указывать " +"локальные имена узлов кластера. Нужно использовать строки вывода команды " +"hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Файл синхронизации</big> Полное абсолютное имя файла " +"для синхронизации.\n" +"\t\t<big>Ключи</big> Аутентификация выполняется по IP-адресам и " +"ключам Csync2. Файл ключа создаётся командой csync2 -k " +"/etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Файл key_hagroup нужно скопировать на все члены " +"кластера вручную после его создания.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " +"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " +"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Выделенный интерфейс</big> Отдельный сетевой интерфейс для синхронизации. Интерфейс должен поддерживать групповое вещание и быть поднятым. Вы должны настроить его предварительно.\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> IPv4-адрес выделенного сетевого интерфейса. Определяется автоматически.\n" -"\t\t<big>Адрес группового вещания</big> Адрес группового вещания, используемый для синхронизации.\n" -"\t\t<big>Номер группы</big> Численный ID группы для синхронизации.\n" +"\t\t<big>Выделенный интерфейс</big> Отдельный сетевой интерфейс " +"для синхронизации. Интерфейс должен поддерживать групповое вещание и быть " +"поднятым. Вы должны настроить его предварительно.\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> IPv4-адрес выделенного сетевого интерфейса. " +"Определяется автоматически.\n" +"\t\t<big>Адрес группового вещания</big> Адрес группового " +"вещания, используемый для синхронизации.\n" +"\t\t<big>Номер группы</big> Численный ID группы для " +"синхронизации.\n" "\t" # Novell Translation @@ -412,7 +557,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Прерывание инициализации:</big> \n" -"Сейчас безопасно прервать конфигурационную утилиту нажатием Прервать.\n" +"Сейчас безопасно прервать конфигурационную утилиту нажатием Прервать.<" +"/p>\n" # Write dialog help 1/2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -445,7 +591,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Инициализация..." +msgstr "Инициализация…" #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 @@ -455,12 +601,12 @@ #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Прочесть базу данных" +msgstr "Читать базу данных" #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Прочесть предыдущие параметры" +msgstr "Читать предыдущие настройки" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 @@ -470,17 +616,17 @@ #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Чтение базы данных..." +msgstr "Чтение базы данных…" #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Чтение предыдущих параметров..." +msgstr "Чтение предыдущих настроек…" #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." -msgstr "Чтение настроек SuSEFirewall..." +msgstr "Чтение настроек SuSEFirewall…" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished @@ -521,7 +667,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Записать параметры" +msgstr "Записать настройки" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 @@ -531,17 +677,17 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Запись параметров..." +msgstr "Запись настроек…" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." -msgstr "Сохранение изменений в SuSEFirewall..." +msgstr "Сохранение изменений в SuSEFirewall…" #. Error message #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Невозможно записать параметры." +msgstr "Невозможно записать настройки." # warning message #~ msgid "Enter a member address" Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -218,6 +218,12 @@ "\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" +"Загрузка\n" +"\t\t\tВыберите \"Вкл.\", чтобы запустить сервер DRBD сейчас, а также запускать его при загрузке\n" +"\t\t\tВыберите \"Выкл.\", чтобы сервер DRBD запускался только вручную\n" +"\t\tВключение и выключение\n" +"\t\t\tВы можете запустить или остановить сервер DRBD прямо сейчас\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 @@ -243,6 +249,14 @@ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\tПараметр \"Имя\" обязателен и должен совпадать с именем хоста Linux (uname -n) одного из узлов\n" +"\t\t\"Адрес:порт\": ресурсу требуется один IP-адрес на устройство, который используется для ожидания входящих подключений от партнерского устройства для связи с данным устройством. Каждому ресурсу DRBD необходим TCP-порт, используемый для подключения к партнерскому устройству узла.\n" +"\t\t\"Устройство\": имя узла блочного устройства описываемого ресурса. Необходимо использовать это устройство в приложении (файловой системе) и не следует использовать низкоуровневое блочное устройство, указанное в параметре disk после номера второстепенной версии.\n" +"\t\tНапример: /dev/drbd_r0 minor 0\n" +"\t\t\"Диск\": DRBD использует это блочное устройство для фактического хранения и получения данных. Не обращайтесь к такому устройству, когда на нем выполняется DRBD.\n" +"\t\t\"Метадиск\": внутренний параметр, т. е. последняя часть резервного устройства используется для хранения метаданных.\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" @@ -269,6 +283,28 @@ "\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\tПротокол\n" +"\t\tПротокол A: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, если она распространилась до локального диска и локального буфера отправки TCP.\n" +"\t\tПротокол B: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, если она распространилась до локального диска и кэша удаленного буфера.\n" +"\t\tПротокол C: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, если она распространилась до локального и удаленного дисков.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: ждать, пока не истечет время ожидания соединения\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: ждать, пока не истечет время ожидания соединения, если этот узел был деградировавшим кластером\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: действие, выполняемое, когда низкоуровневое устройство уведомляет верхние уровни об ошибке ввода-вывода\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: размер буфера отправки TCP-сокета\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: максимальное количество запросов, которое обрабатывается в DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: если партнерский узел не отправляет ожидаемый ответный пакет за указанное время (выраженное в десятых долях секунды), партнерский узел считается вышедшим из строя, поэтому TCP/IP-соединение прекращается. Это значение должно быть ниже connect-int и ping-int. Значение по умолчанию — 60 (6 секунд), единица измерения — 0,1 секунды.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: время, в течение которого одноранговый узел должен ответить на пакет активности. Если за это время ответ не получен, узел считается вышедшим из строя. Значение по умолчанию — 500 мс, единица измерения по умолчанию — 100 мс\n" +"\t\tping-int: время, в течение которого одноранговый узел должен ответить на пакет активности\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: максимальное количество блоков данных между двумя барьерами записи\n" +"\t\tko-count: если вторичный узел не выполняет ни одного запроса на запись в течение времени, равного count * timeout, он исключается из кластера. Значение по умолчанию — 0 (отключено).\n" +"\t\trate: чтобы обеспечить бесперебойную работу приложения на базе DRBD, можно ограничить полосу пропускания для фоновой синхронизации. Значение по умолчанию — 250 КБ/с, единица измерения по умолчанию — КБ/с.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: параметр, ограничивающий рост активного множества. Количество экстентов по умолчанию — 127 (минимум: 7; максимум: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/iplb.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -157,15 +157,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нет реакции" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вилка" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Защищен" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" @@ -265,6 +265,96 @@ "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>интервал проверки</big> = n\n" +"Задает количество секунд между проверками сервера.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 10 с\n" +"\n" +"<big>тайм-аут проверки</big> = n\n" +"Тайм-аут в секундах для проверок подключения, внешних проверок и проверок ping. Если тайм-аут превышен, реальный сервер считается нерабочим.\n" +"Если это значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение заменяется.\n" +"Если значение не задано, используется значение negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout также является глобальным значением, которое может быть заменено параметром для каждого виртуального сервера.\n" +"Если значения checktimeout и negotiatetimeout не заданы, используется значение по умолчанию.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 5 с\n" +"\n" +"<big>количество сбоев</big> = n\n" +"Количество последовательных сбоев, зафиксированных проверкой, перед тем как сервер realserver будет считаться вышедшим из строя. При значении 1 сервер realserver будет считаться вышедшим из строя при одном сбое. Успешная проверка приведет к сбрасыванию количества ошибок на 0.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>тайм-аут согласования</big> = n\n" +"Тайм-аут для проверок согласования в секундах.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Если значение не задано, используется значение connecttimeout. connecttimeout также является глобальным значением, которое может быть заменено параметром для каждого виртуального сервера.\n" +"Если значения negotiatetimeout и connecttimeout не заданы, используется значение по умолчанию.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 30 с\n" +"\n" +"<big>подстраховка</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"сервер, на который происходит перенаправление веб-сервиса, если все реальные серверы отключены. Обычно это сервер с адресом 127.0.0.1 с аварийной страницей.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"\n" +"<big>файл журнала</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"С помощью этой директивы можно указать альтернативный файл журнала. Если файл журнала не содержит в начале символа \"/\", предполагается, что это название функции <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3).\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: запись журнала непосредственно в файл /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +"\n" +"<big>предупреждение по электронной почте</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"Действительный адрес электронной почты для отправки предупреждений об изменении состояния подключения к любому реальному серверу, определенному в виртуальной службе. Для этого параметра необходимо наличие установленного модуля perl\n" +"module MailTools. Выполняется автоматическая попытка отправки электронного сообщения с помощью любого встроенного метода. Дополнительные сведения о методах см. в perldoc Mail::Mailer.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"\n" +"<big>частота предупреждений по электронной почте</big> = n\n" +"Задержка (в секундах) между повторяющимися предупреждениями по электронной почте, когда любой реальный сервер в виртуальной службе остается недоступным. Значение, равное 0, \n" +"отменит повторяющиеся предупреждения. Временная точность отправки сообщений в этом параметре зависит от количества секунд, заданного в параметрах интервала проверки.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>состояние предупреждений по электронной почте</big> = all|нет|запуск|выполняется|останавливается|перезагрузка,...\n" +"Список с разделителями запятыми, который содержит состояния сервера, при которых необходимо отправлять предупреждения по электронной почте. все — сокращение для \n" +"\"запуск,выполняется,останавливается,перезагрузка\". Если установлено значение нет, то другие значения указать невозможно, иначе параметры будут взаимозаменяемы\n" +".\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: все\n" +"\n" +"<big>обратный вызов</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"Если задана эта директива, ldirectord автоматически вызывает исполняемый файл /path/to/callback после изменения файла конфигурации на\n" +"диске. Рекомендуется обновлять файл конфигурации scp на другом хосте с синхронизацией Heartbeat. Первый аргумент обратного вызова — это имя \n" +"конфигурации.\n" +"Эта директива может также использоваться для автоматического перезапуска ldirectord после изменения файла конфигурации на диске. Однако, если для значения автоматической перезагрузки установлено\n" +"\"да\", конфигурация будет все равно перезагружена.\n" +"\n" +"<big>выполнить</big> = \"конфигурация\"\n" +"Используйте эту директиву для запуска экземпляра ldirectord для названной конфигурации.\n" +"\n" +"<big>автоматическая перезагрузка</big> = да|нет\n" +"Определяет, должен ли <ldirectord> выполнять постоянную проверку файла конфигурации на предмет изменений. Если для этого параметра задано значение \"да\", а файл конфигурации на диске \n" +"изменился и время изменения (mtime) было позже, чем в предыдущей версии, конфигурация автоматически перезагружается.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: нет\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = да|нет\n" +"Если значение да, то, когда реальный сервер или сервер возврата ресурсов становятся нерабочими, они не удаляются из таблицы LVS ядра.\n" +"Вместо этого их нагрузка сбрасывается на ноль, что означает, что новые подключения приниматься не будут.\n" +"Здесь есть побочный эффект, заключающийся в том, что, если у реального сервера имеются постоянные подключения, то новые подключения от любых существующих клиентов будут и дальше направляться на\n" +"реальный сервер, пока не истечет срок действия постоянного подключения. Дополнительные сведения о постоянных подключениях см. в ipvsadm.\n" +"Этот побочный эффект можно предупредить, запустив следующую команду:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"Если файл процесса отсутствует, то скорее всего это означает, что у ядра нет поддержки lvs, поддержка LVS не загружена или ядро слишком старо, чтобы\n" +"содержать файл процесса. Запуск ipvsadm в качестве корня должен загрузить LVS в ядро, если возможно.\n" +"Если значение нет, то реальный сервер или сервер возврата ресурсов будет удален из таблицы LVS ядра. По умолчанию установлено значение да.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: да\n" +"\n" +"<big>вилка</big> = да|нет\n" +"Если установлено значение да, то ldirectord создаст дочерний процесс для каждого виртуального сервера и запустит из них проверки реальных серверов. Это увеличит\n" +"время ответа на изменения в состоянии реального сервера в конфигурации со многими виртуальными серверами. Для этого также может понадобиться меньше времени, чем запуск нескольких отдельных экземпляров \n" +"ldirectord. Дочерние процессы будут автоматически перезапущены в случае прекращения.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: нет\n" +"\n" +"<big>защищен</big> = да|нет\n" +"Если установлено значение да, то ldirectord не переходит в фоновый режим. Все сообщения журнала перенаправляются в stdout вместо файла журнала. Рекомендуется запускать\n" +"ldirectord защищенным из daemontools. Дополнительные сведения см. в <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> или <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: нет\n" +"\n" +"\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" @@ -485,6 +575,220 @@ "\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>виртуальный сервер</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Этот параметр задает виртуальную службу по IP-адресу (или имени хоста) и порту (или названию службы) или маркеру брандмауэра. Маркер брандмауэра представляет собой целое число больше нуля. Конфигурация\n" +"маркирующих пакетов задается с помощью параметра <tt>\"-m\"</tt> в ipchains(8). Все реальные службы и флаги для виртуальных служб\n" +"должны соответствовать этой линии немедленно и должны быть с отступом.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>реальные серверы</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"гейт|masq|ipip [весовое значение] [\"запрос\", \"получить\"]\n" +"Этот параметр задает реальную службу по IP-адресу (или имени хоста) и порту (или имени службы). Если порт пропущен, будет использоваться значение 0, что в первую очередь предназначено для служб\n" +"fwmark, в которых порт для реальных серверов игнорируется. Дополнительно может присваиваться диапазон IP-адресов (или два имени хоста), в случае чего\n" +"каждый IP-адрес в диапазоне будет рассматриваться как реальный сервер, использующий указанный порт. Второй аргумент задает метод перенаправления и должен быть \n" +"гейт, ipip или masq. Третий аргумент необязательный и задает весовое значение для этого реального сервера. Если параметр пропущен, используется весовое значение, равное 1\n" +". Последние два аргумента также являются необязательными. Они определяют пару \"запрос-ответ\", используемую для проверки доступности сервера. Они заменяют пару\n" +"\"запрос-ответ\" в разделе виртуального сервера. Эти две строки должны быть в кавычках. Если строка запроса начинается с префикса <<http://>>..., то IP-адрес и порт реального\n" +"сервера заменяются, в противном случае используются IP-адрес и порт реального сервера.\n" +"Для виртуальных служб TCP и UDP (без fwmark), если методом перенаправления является masq, а IP-адрес\n" +"реального сервера не является локальным (не существует в интерфейсе на хосте с запущенным ldirectord), то порт реального сервера будет задан в соответствии с виртуальной\n" +"службой. Таким образом, сопоставление портов доступно, только если реальный сервер является другим компьютером, а методом перенаправления является masq. Это связано с методом функционирования\n" +"базового кода LVS в ядре.\n" +"Несколько таких записей может быть в виртуальном разделе. Параметры checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq и\n" +"quiescent, перечисленные выше, также могут появляться в виртуальном разделе, в случае чего глобальный параметр заменяется.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>тип проверки</big> = подключение|внешнее|согласование|выкл.|вкл.|ping|тайм-аут проверкиN\n" +"Тип необходимой проверки. Значение \"согласование\" отправляет запрос и сопоставляет полученную строку. Значение \"подключение\" только выполняет попытку установить подключение TCP/IP, поэтому\n" +"строки запроса и ответа могут быть пропущены. Если значение типа проверки является числом, то согласование и подключение объединяются, и после каждой N-й попытки подключения выполняется одна\n" +"попытка согласования. Рекомендуется это проверять часто, если служба отвечает, а проверка согласования выполняется с гораздо более редкими интервалами. Ping означает, что \n" +"ICMP ping будет использоваться для проверки доступности реальных серверов. Ping также используется в качестве проверки подключения для служб UDP. Значение \"выкл\"\n" +"означает, что проверки выполняться не будут и что не будут активированы реальные или подстраховочные серверы. Значение \"вкл\" означает, что проверки выполняться не будут, и реальные серверы всегда будут\n" +"активированы. Значение по умолчанию: согласование.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>служба</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|нет|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"Тип службы для мониторинга при использовании checktype=negotiate. Значение \"Нет\" означает, что мониторинг службы не будет производиться.\n" +"simpletcp отправляет строку запроса на сервер и проверяет его на получение regexp. Другие типы проверок подключаются к серверу\n" +"с помощью указанного протокола. Сведения, касающиеся протокола, см. в разделах запрос и ответ.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию:\n" +"<dl compact=\"компактный\">\n" +"<dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 21: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 25: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 53: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 80: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 110: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 119: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 143: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 389: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 443: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 993: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 995: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 1812: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Порт виртуального сервера 5060: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* Значение в противном случае: нет\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>проверка команды</big> = \"путь в сценарий\"\n" +"Этот параметр используется, если тип проверки является внешним и является командой для запуска с целью проверки состояния реального сервера. Он должен быть с состоянием 0, если все \n" +"в порядке, или со значением отличным от нуля в противном случае.\n" +"Четыре параметра передаются в сценарий:\n" +"</dt><dt>* маркер IP-адрес/брандмауэр виртуального сервера\n" +"</dt><dt>* порт виртуального сервера\n" +"</dt><dt>* IP-адрес реального сервера\n" +"</dt><dt>* порт реального сервера\n" +"</dt><dt>Значение по умолчанию: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>проверка порта</big> = n\n" +"Количество портов для мониторинга. Иногда порт проверки отличается от порта службы.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: порт, указанный для каждого реального сервера\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>запрос</big> = \"URI для запроса объекта\"\n" +"Этот объект будет запрашиваться раз в checkinterval с на каждом реальном сервере. Строка должна быть в кавычках. Обратите внимание, что эта строка может быть заменена\n" +"другой в соответствии с реальным сервером на основе строки запроса.\n" +"Для проверки DNS это должно быть имя записи A или адрес записи PTR для поиска.\n" +"Для проверки MySQL, Oracle или PostgeSQL это должен быть запрос SQL. Выданные данные не проверяются, проверяется только количество строк: одна или\n" +"несколько. Этот параметр обязательный.\n" +"Для проверки simpletcp эта строка отправляется дословно, кроме любых случаев,\n" +" заменяемых новым символом строки.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>ответ</big> = \"regexp для сравнения\"\n" +"Если запрошенный результат содержит этот параметр regexp для сравнения, то реальный сервер считается рабочим. Параметр regexp должен быть в кавычках. Необходимо помнить, что параметры \n" +"regexp — не обычные строки, следует избегать специальных символов, если необходимо использовать их в качестве литералов. Обратите внимание, что этот параметр regexp может быть заменен\n" +"необязательным в соответствии с реальным сервером на основе ответа regexp.\n" +"Для проверки DNS это должен быть любой из адресов записи A или любое из имен записи PTR.\n" +"Для проверки MySQL параметр ответа не используются.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>метод http</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Задает метод HTTP, который необходимо использовать для получения URI, указанного в строке запроса. GET — это\n" +"метод, используемый по умолчанию, если параметр не задан. Если используется HEAD, строка ответа не должна быть установлена.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: GET\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>виртуальный хост</big> = \"имя хоста\"\n" +"Используется при употреблении проверки согласования с HTTP или HTTPS. Задает заголовок хоста, используемый в запросе HTTP. В\n" +"случае HTTPS он должен совпадать с общим именем сертификата SSL. Если параметр не задан, то заголовок хоста будет\n" +"извлечен из URL запроса для реального сервера (при наличии). В крайнем случае будет использоваться IP-адрес реального сервера.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>вход в систему</big> = \"имя пользователя\"\n" +"Для FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP и PostgreSQL — имя пользователя, используемое для входа в систему.\n" +"Для Radius пароль используется для атрибута User-Name.\n" +"Для SIP имя пользователя используется как адрес входа и выхода для запроса OPTIONS.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: Анонимный\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle и PostgreSQL: необходимо указать в конфигурации\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<имя_хоста>, имя хоста является производных из параметра пароля ниже.\n" +"</dt><dt>* В противном случае — пустая строка, означающая, что попытка аутентификации выполняться не будет.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>пароль</big> = \"пароль\"\n" +"Пароль для использования при входе на серверы FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP, PostgreSQL и\n" +"SIP.\n" +"Для Radius пароль используется для атрибута \"пользователь-пароль\".\n" +"Значение по умолчанию:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<имя_хоста>, где именем хоста является переменная среды HOSTNAME, оцененная во время выполнения, или получення\n" +"из uname, если параметр не задан.\n" +"</dt><dt>* В противном случае — пустая строка. Для LDAP, MySQL, Oracle и PostgreSQL это означает, что аутентификация не будет выполняться.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>имя базы данных</big> = \"имя базы данных\"\n" +"База данных для использования с серверами MySQL, Oracle и PostgreSQL. Это база данных, для которой выполняется запрос (задано параметром ответ выше). Это\n" +"обязательный параметр.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>секрет radius</big> = \"секрет radius\"\n" +"Секрет для использования с серверами Radius, то есть для выполнения запроса доступа с именем пользователя (задано параметром вход в систему выше) и пароль (задано параметром\n" +"пароль выше).\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: пустая строка\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>постоянный</big> = n\n" +"Длительность в секундах для постоянных подключений клиента.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>маска сети</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +"Маска сети, используемая для детализации постоянных подключений клиента.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>планировщик</big> = имя_планировщика\n" +"Планировщик для использования LVS для балансировки нагрузки. Сведения о доступных планировщиках см. на странице руководства <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>протокол</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +"Используемый протокол. Если в качестве IP-адреса и порта указаны виртуальные значения, то это должен быть один из tcp или udp. Если указан маркер брандмауэра, то\n" +"протоколом должен быть fwm.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию:\n" +"</dt><dt>* Виртуальным является IP-адрес и порт, а порт отличный от 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Виртуальным является IP-адрес и порт, а порт — 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Виртуальным является маркер брандмауэра: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>тайм-аут проверки</big> = n\n" +"Тайм-аут в секундах для проверок подключения, внешних проверок и проверок ping. Если тайм-аут превышен, то реальный сервер считается отключенным.\n" +"Если задано в разделе виртуального сервера, то глобальное значение заменяется.\n" +"Если не задано, то используется значение negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout также является глобальным значением, которое может быть заменено параметром на основе значения для виртуального сервера.\n" +"Если параметры checktimeout и negotiatetimeout не заданы, используется значение по умолчанию.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 5 с\n" +"\n" +"<big>тайм-аут согласования</big> = n\n" +"Тайм-аут в секундах для праверок согласования.\n" +"Если задано в разделе виртуального сервера, то глобально значение заменяется.\n" +"Если не задано, используется значение connecttimeout. connecttimeout является также глобальным значением, которое может быть заменено параметром на основе значения для виртуального сервера.\n" +"Если параметры negotiatetimeout и connecttimeout не заданы, используется значение по умолчанию.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 30 с\n" +"\n" +"<big>количество сбоев</big> = n\n" +"Количество последовательных сбоев, зафиксированных проверкой до того, как реальный сервер будет считаться нерабочим. При значении 1 реальный сервер будет считаться нерабочим при первом сбое. Успешная проверка сбросит счетчик сбоев на 0.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>продупреждение по электронной почте</big> = \"адрес электронной почты\"\n" +"Действительный адрес электронной почты для отправки предупреждений об изменении состояния подключения к любому реальному серверу, заданному в виртуальной службе. Для этого параметра необходим установленный модуль perl\n" +"MailTools. Автоматически выполняется попытка отправить электронное сообщение с помощью любого встроенного способа. Дополнительные сведения о способах см. в Mail::Mailer.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"\n" +"<big>частота предупреждений по электронной почте</big> = n\n" +"Задержка в секундах между повторяющимися предупреждениями по электронной почте, когда любой реальный сервер в виртуальной службе остается недоступным. Значение в 0 секунд\n" +"отменит повторяющиеся предупреждения. Временная точность отправки электронных сообщений для этого параметра зависит от количества секунд, указанного в параметре checkinterval.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>состояние предупреждений по электронной почте</big> = все|нет|запуск|выполняется|останавливается|перезагрузка, ...\n" +"Список с разделителями запятыми, который содержит состояния сервера, при которых необходимо отправлять предупреждения по электронной почте. все сокращение для\n" +"\"запуск,выполняется, останавливается, перезагрузка\". Если установлено значение нет, то другие значения указать невозможно, иначе параметры будут взаимозаменяемы.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: все\n" +"\n" +"<big>подстраховка</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"сервер, на который происходит перенаправление веб-сервиса, если все реальные серверы отключены. Обычно это сервер с адресом 127.0.0.1 с аварийной страницей.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = да|нет\n" +"Если значение да, то, когда реальный сервер или сервер возврата ресурсов становятся нерабочими, они не удаляются из таблицы LVS ядра.\n" +"Вместо этого их нагрузка сбрасывается на ноль, что означает, что новые подключения приниматься не будут.\n" +"Здесь есть побочный эффект, заключающийся в том, что, если у реального сервера имеются постоянные подключения, то новые подключения от любых существующих клиентов будут и дальше направляться на\n" +"реальный сервер, пока не истечет срок действия постоянного подключения. Дополнительные сведения о постоянных подключениях см. в ipvsadm.\n" +"Этот побочный эффект можно предупредить, запустив следующую команду:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"Если файл процесса отсутствует, то скорее всего это означает, что у ядра нет поддержки lvs, поддержка LVS не загружена или ядро слишком старо, чтобы\n" +"содержать файл процесса. Запуск ipvsadm в качестве корня должен загрузить LVS в ядро, если возможно.\n" +"Если значение нет, то реальный сервер или сервер возврата ресурсов будет удален из таблицы LVS ядра. По умолчанию установлено значение да.\n" +"Если значение задано в разделе виртуального сервера, глобальное значение будет заменено.\n" +"Значение по умолчанию: да\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. overwrite global value part #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/ldap-client.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -306,6 +306,12 @@ " the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" " configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" +"Для сеанса TLS может понадобиться специальная конфигурация клиента. Одним из параметров\n" +" конфигурации является TLS_REQCERT, указывающий проверки, которые необходимо выполнить с сертификатами сервера.\n" +" Значение представляет собой уровень, который можно указать с помощью ключевых слов never (никогда), allow (разрешить),\n" +" try (попытка) и demand (требование). В диалоговом окне SSL/TLS Configuration (Конфигурация SSL/TLS) есть\n" +" параметр Request server certificate (Запрос сертификата сервера), который для параметра TLS_REQCERT\n" +" задает значение demand (требование), если он включен, или значение allow (разрешить), если выключен.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" @@ -314,6 +320,10 @@ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" +"Кроме URL-адресов LDAP и шифрования TLS/SSL, LDAP поддерживает LDAPS URL-адреса.\n" +" URL-адреса LDAPS используют подключения SSL вместо простых подключений. Их синтаксис похож на\n" +" синтаксис URL-адресов LDAP, отличаются только схемы и порт по умолчанию для URL-адресов LDAPS:\n" +" 636 вместо 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/registration.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration.ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 23:29+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 07:43+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup heading (in bold) @@ -95,6 +96,8 @@ "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." msgstr "" +"Не удалось автоматически обновить регистрацию.\n" +"Вы можете вручную зарегистрировать систему заново." #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) @@ -105,6 +108,11 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" +"Укажите в полях ниже код регистрации или оценки для этого продукта и ваши\n" +"имя пользователя или адрес электронной почты, используемые в Центре по работе " +"с клиентами SUSE.\n" +"Доступ к обновлениям ПО (для системы безопасности и общим) возможен только\n" +"с зарегистрированной системы." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system @@ -114,6 +122,8 @@ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." msgstr "" +"Если вы пропустите регистрацию сейчас, не забудьте\n" +"выполнить ее после установки." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." @@ -147,8 +157,12 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Введите данные учётной записи SUSE Customer Center, чтобы зарегистрировать систему и получать обновления и расширения." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Введите данные учётной записи SUSE Customer Center, чтобы зарегистрировать " +"систему и получать обновления и расширения." #. not set yet? #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 @@ -158,6 +172,10 @@ "Do you want to install the latest available\n" "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" +"При регистрации добавлены некоторые репозитории обновлений.\n" +"\n" +"Вы хотите установить последние доступные\n" +"в Интернете обновления?" #. cache the available addons #. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it @@ -211,12 +229,20 @@ msgstr "Система уже зарегистрирована." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" +"Вы можете зарегистрировать ее повторно или зарегистрировать дополнительные " +"расширения или модули, тем самым расширив ее возможности." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отменить регистрацию системы, необходимо войти в центр по работе с " +"клиентами SUSE и удалить систему вручную." #. error message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 @@ -224,6 +250,8 @@ "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" +"Базовый продукт не найден,\n" +"проверьте свою систему." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 @@ -231,12 +259,16 @@ "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" +"Носитель файлов установки или сам установщик серьезно поврежден. \n" +"Сообщите об ошибке %s." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что продукт установлен, а путь /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"является символической ссылкой, указывающей на основной PROD-файл продукта." #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" #: src/clients/scc.rb:44 @@ -432,6 +464,15 @@ "Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" "the upgrade again." msgstr "" +"Если вы выполняете обновление с версии SLE11, убедитесь, что предыдущие " +"регистрационные данные NCC\n" +"известны серверу SCC. Синхронизация между NCC и SCC\n" +"может длиться достаточно долго.\n" +"\n" +"Если вы установили систему SLE11 недавно, то можете ускорить этот процесс,\n" +"войдя в %s.\n" +"После входа подождите пару минут и\n" +"еще раз попробуйте выполнить обновление." #. add the hint to the error details #. Error popup @@ -493,7 +534,7 @@ #. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system #: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использовать обнаружение SLP также и позднее в установленной системе" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 @@ -516,22 +557,22 @@ #. error message #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сбой обновления службы \"%s\"." #. error message #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сбой добавления службы \"%s\"." #. error message #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сбой сохранения службы \"%s\"." #. error message #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сбой обновления службы \"%s\"." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 @@ -540,14 +581,14 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загрузка лицензий..." #. ask user to accept an addon EULA #. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon #. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Загрузка лицензионного соглашения..." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 @@ -563,34 +604,40 @@ #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 msgid "%s License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Лицензионное соглашение %s" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коды регистрации расширений и модулей" #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" +"Введите коды регистрации для запрошенных расширений и модулей.\n" +"Для успешной регистрации следует ввести коды регистрации. Если вам это не " +"удается, вернитесь и отмените выбор соответствующего расширения или модуля.<" +"/p>" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" -msgstr[2] "" +msgstr[0] "Для выбранного расширения требуется отдельный регистрационный код." +msgstr[1] "Для выбранных расширений требуются отдельные регистрационные коды." +msgstr[2] "Для выбранных расширений требуются отдельные регистрационные коды." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" -msgstr[2] "" +msgstr[0] "Введите регистрационный код в поле ниже." +msgstr[1] "Введите регистрационные коды в поле ниже." +msgstr[2] "Введите регистрационные коды в поле ниже." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 @@ -599,18 +646,28 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" +"Здесь можно выбрать доступные расширения и модули для вашей системы." #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что для некоторых расширений и модулей может " +"потребоваться отдельный код регистрации." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" +"Чтобы удалить расширение или модуль, войдите в центр по работе с клиентами " +"SUSE и удалите его вручную." #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 @@ -638,8 +695,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " +"with the base product." msgstr "" +"Здесь можно выбрать, какие расширения или модули будут зарегистрированы с " +"базовым продуктом." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -694,17 +755,22 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"Регистрация продукта заносит ваш продукт в базу данных SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"Регистрация продукта заносит ваш продукт в базу данных SUSE Customer " +"Center,\n" "позволяя вам получать обновления и техническую поддержку.\n" -"Для регистрации в процессе установки выберите Запустить регистрацию продукта." +"Для регистрации в процессе установки выберите Запустить регистрацию " +"продукта." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -776,32 +842,54 @@ #. push button #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Д&оверие и импорт" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" +"Безопасное соединение (HTTPS) использует SSL-сертификаты для подтверждения " +"подлинности сервера и для шифрования передаваемых данных." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" +"Вы можете импортировать сертификат в список известных центров сертификации " +"(CA) и таким образом подтвердить, что доверяете субъекту и издателю " +"неизвестного сертификата." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." msgstr "" +"Импорт сертификата позволит использовать, например, самозаверяющий " +"сертификат." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" +"Важно! Проверьте отпечаток сертификата, чтобы убедиться в импорте " +"подлинного сертификата с запрашиваемого сервера." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " +"risk." msgstr "" +"Импорт неизвестного сертификата без проверки представляет значительную " +"угрозу." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/support.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ru/po/support.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) +++ trunk/yast/ru/po/support.ru.po 2014-10-09 04:49:22 UTC (rev 89852) @@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-07 16:46+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 08:05+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module @@ -169,7 +170,8 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -msgstr "Использовать настройки по умолчанию (игнорировать /etc/supportconfig.conf)" +msgstr "" +"Использовать настройки по умолчанию (игнорировать /etc/supportconfig.conf)" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" @@ -290,7 +292,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Прерывание инициализации:</big> \n" -"Сейчас безопасно прервать конфигурационную утилиту нажатием Прервать.\n" +"Сейчас безопасно прервать конфигурационную утилиту нажатием Прервать.<" +"/p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -353,10 +356,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open " +"SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Открытие Центра поддержки SUSE</big> \n" +"Чтобы запустить веб-навигатор и открыть портал Центра поддержки SUSE, " +"выберите Открыть Центр поддержки SUSE.\n" +"После этого можно будет отправить запрос на обслуживание в международную " +"службу технической поддержки.\n" +"Обязательно запишите номер запроса на обслуживание, чтобы затем включить его " +"в набор данных supportconfig для отправки.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -364,6 +377,9 @@ "<big>Collecting Data</big> \n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" +"<big>Сбор данных</big> \n" +"Для запуска средства сбора данных supportconfig используйте Собирать " +"данные" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -372,6 +388,10 @@ "To upload the data already collected to a server, use Upload Data.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" +"<big>Отправка собранных данных</big> \n" +"Чтобы отправить уже собранные данные на сервер, используйте команду " +"Отправить данные.\n" +"Сервер может не принадлежать службе международной технический поддержки." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 @@ -380,6 +400,11 @@ "Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" +"<big>Параметры supportconfig</big> \n" +"Выберите один из параметров, чтобы использовать его вместо настроек по " +"умолчанию.\n" +"Можно использовать настройки по умолчанию,\n" +"собирать максимальное или минимальное количество данных." #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 @@ -388,55 +413,97 @@ "Select Use Custom and click the Expert Settings button\n" "to select specific data sets to collect.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Расширенные параметры</big> \n" +"Выберите команду Использовать пользовательские настройки и нажмите " +"кнопку Расширенные параметры,\n" +"чтобы выбрать определённые наборы данных для сбора.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information." +"\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Параметры</big> \n" +"Сбор дополнительных сведений. Обычно эти параметры\n" +"не нужны, но их можно включить, если необходимо получить больше сведений." +"\n" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" +"<big>Параметры по умолчанию</big> \n" +"Выберите или отмените выбор наборов данных, которые хотели бы включить в " +"TAR-файл supportconfig." #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the " +"basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" +"<big>Контактная информация</big> \n" +"Заполните все поля, содержимое которых хотите включить\n" +"в TAR-файл supportconfig. Значения полей сохранятся в текстовом файле " +"basic-environment.txt." #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" +"<big>Информация о выгрузке</big> \n" +"Адрес выгрузки — это конечный URI TAR-файла supportconfig. Поддерживаются " +"такие службы, как\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. Чтобы включить в целевой идентификатор выгрузки имя " +"TAR-файла,\n" +"используйте ключевое слово tarball. При выгрузке оно будет заменено " +"фактическим именем файла TAR.\n" +"Дополнительные сведения см. в man supportconfig(1)." #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball" +" \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" +"<big>Примеры целевых идентификаторов выгрузки</big> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball" +" \n" +"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" +"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" +"Примечание. При отправке TAR-файла supportconfig в международную " +"службу технической поддержки\n" +"обязательно укажите в нем 11-значный номер своего открытого запроса на " +"обслуживание.\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -444,34 +511,55 @@ "<big>Collecting Data</big>> \n" "Data is being collected.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Сбор данных</big>> \n" +"Происходит сбор данных.\n" #. Data review dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Просмотр собранных данных</big> \n" +"Просмотр данных, собранных с помощью supportconfig. Если вы не хотите " +"предоставлять общий доступ к каким-то из собранных данных,\n" +"используйте команду Удалить из данных — выбранный файл будет удален.<" +"/p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big>" +" \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Отправить архив supportconfig в службу международной технической " +"поддержки</big> \n" +"Чтобы сохранить копию архива supportconfig, выберите целевой\n" +"каталог и установите флажок для этого параметра.\n" +" \n" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>URL-адрес загрузки</big> \n" +"Этот параметр содержит расположение, в которое будет загружен TAR-файл " +"supportconfig\n" +"в качестве значения по умолчанию.\n" +"Изменяйте это значение только в исключительных случаях.\n" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 @@ -481,14 +569,23 @@ "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Политика конфиденциальности</big> \n" +"С политикой конфиденциальности SUSE можно ознакомиться на странице\n" +"%1.\n" #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big>" +" \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Отправить архив supportconfig в службу международной технической " +"поддержки</big> \n" +"Если архив supportconfig уже создан, запишите весь путь\n" +"в поле Пакет с файлами журнала.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 @@ -536,260 +633,352 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация autofs. fs-autofs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о загрузке и о ядре. boot.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Текущие состояния системных служб. chkconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о захвате дампа памяти системы. crash.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о Cron и At. cron.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" msgstr "" +"Информация о дисках, монтированиях файловой системы и разделах. fs-diskio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о DNS. dns.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о работоспособности Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. " +"env.txt" +msgstr "Информация о системной среде, включая sysctl и среду root. env.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" +"Рекурсивное получение файлов *.conf, а также других конфигурационных файлов в " +"каталоге /etc. etc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с системой управления томами. evms.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о Heartbeat или кластере высокой надежности. ha.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о целях и инициаторах iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о LDAP, включая поиск в root DSE. ldap.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" +"Сведения, связанные с управлением пользователями Novell Linux, включая " +"корневой DSE, конфигурацию UNIX и поиски объектов рабочих станций. " +"novell-lum.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с управлением томами Linux (LVM). lvm.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с памятью. memory.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о модулях ядра системы. modules.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "" +"Информация о многопутевой передаче оригинального средства отображения " +"устройств. mpio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с протоколом ядра Novell. novell-ncp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные со службами кластера Novell. novell-ncs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с сетью, включая правила брандмауэра. network.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с файловой системой сети. nfs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные со службами хранения Novell. novell-nss.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с сетевым протоколом времени. ntp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с файловой системой OCFS2. ocfs2.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список всех открытых файлов с помощью lsof. open-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" msgstr "" +"Сведения, связанные с подключаемым модулем аутентификации, включая сведения " +"об учетных записях пользователей. pam.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с печатью и CUPS. print.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включает содержимое ключевого файла /proc. proc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с демоном обновления. updates-daemon.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о клиентах обновления. updates.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" +"Сведения, связанные с созданием отчетов об активности системы, включая копии " +"файлов данных SAR. sar.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с ядром реального времени SLES. slert.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о протоколе обнаружения служб (SLP). slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" +"Сведения SMART для жестких дисков. ВНИМАНИЕ! Контроллеры некоторых жестких " +"дисков\n" +"и диски не работают надлежащим образом. Известно, что в результате проверки " +"данных\n" +"SMART файловые системы переходят в режим только для чтения или сервер " +"перестаёт\n" +"отвечать. Убедитесь, что проверка данных SMART работает в вашей среде, перед " +"тем\n" +"как включить этот параметр. fs-smartmon.txt\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с Samba и CIFS. samba.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с программным RAID. fs-softraid.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Информация о сервере Secure Shell. ssh.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "" +"Конфигурационные файлы, найденные в каталоге /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с менеджером устройств UDEV. udev.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с графической системой X. x.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сведения, связанные с виртуализацией XEN. xen.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" +"Указывает supportconfig выполнить поиск в файловой системе всех экземпляров " +"файлов eDirectory. Если параметр настроен, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST также " +"автоматически настраивается. -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" +"Полный список файлов с помощью поиска из корня файловой системы. -L, " +"fs-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" msgstr "" +"Включает не только строки VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT, но и весь файл журнала " +"вместе с комментариями. Дополнительные архивные журналы включаются, если " +"доступны. -l" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Минимизирует объем дисковой информации и подробное сканирование. -d" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes " +"the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" +"Обычно включаются все журналы /var/log/YaST2/*. Этот параметр минимизирует " +"объём каждого полученного файла." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" +"Выполняет команду rpm -V на каждом установленном RPM-пакете. Это занимает " +"некоторое время. -v, rpm-verify.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" +"Обычно указываются только базовые типы служб SLP. Этот параметр позволяет " +"запросить отдельно каждый из обнаруженных типов служб. -s, slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Название компании для включения в файл basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "" +"Адрес электронной почты контакта для включения в файл basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Имя контакта для включения в файл basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Номер телефона контакта для включения в файл basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." msgstr "" +"Число строк, включаемых при получении файла журнала. Ноль означает получение " +"всего файла." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." msgstr "" +"Расположение TAR-файла supportconfig. Всегда используется первое " +"действительное расположение в списке." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." msgstr "" +"Максимальное число получаемых строк файла журнала /var/log/messages. Ноль " +"означает получение всего файла." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" +"Максимальное число файлов журнала подсистемы политики Heartbeat для включения " +"в TAR-файл supportconfig." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" +"Максимальное число файлов данных SAR для включения в TAR-файл supportconfig." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with " +"-Q." msgstr "" +"Если задано значение 1, supportconfig работает в тихом режиме. Этот параметр " +"полезен, если\n" +"планируется запускать supportconfig регулярно, например в задаче cron. " +"Устанавливается с помощью -Q." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" +"Позволяет указать, куда будет отправлен TAR-файл supportconfig при " +"использовании параметра запуска -u srnum. Можно указать любой FTP-сервер, " +"поддерживающий анонимную отправку. По умолчанию используется общедоступный " +"FTP-сервер SUSE." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 @@ -799,7 +988,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Инициализация..." +msgstr "Инициализация…" #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -837,12 +1026,12 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Запись настроек..." +msgstr "Запись настроек…" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "Запуск SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Запуск SuSEconfig…" #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 @@ -854,3 +1043,4 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Итоги настройки…" + -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89851 - trunk/lcn/ru/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 09 Oct '14

09 Oct '14

Author: minton Date: 2014-10-09 05:23:03 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89851 Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po Log: Merged zypper.pot for ru Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:00 UTC (rev 89850) +++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:03 UTC (rev 89851) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-09 01:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-29 23:48+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/info.cc:76 @@ -172,7 +171,7 @@ #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073 #: src/repos.cc:2480 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688 -#: src/Zypper.cc:5130 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5131 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 msgid "Name" @@ -346,9 +345,7 @@ #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:107 #, c-format -msgid "" -"No update candidate for '%s'. The highest available version is already " -"installed." +msgid "No update candidate for '%s'. The highest available version is already installed." msgstr "Нет кандидатов на обновление '%s'. Новейшая версия уже установлена." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:112 @@ -358,56 +355,33 @@ #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:119 #, c-format -msgid "" -"There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match the " -"specified version, architecture, or repository." -msgstr "" -"Кандидат на обновление '%s' для '%s' существует, но не соответствует " -"указанной версии, архитектуре или репозиторию." +msgid "There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match the specified version, architecture, or repository." +msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' для '%s' существует, но не соответствует указанной версии, архитектуре или репозиторию." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:132 #, c-format -msgid "" -"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from a different vendor. " -"Use '%s' to install this candidate." -msgstr "" -"Кандидат на обновление '%s' от другого поставщика. Используйте '%s' для его " -"установки." +msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from a different vendor. Use '%s' to install this candidate." +msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' от другого поставщика. Используйте '%s' для его установки." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:145 #, c-format -msgid "" -"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from a repository with a " -"lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate." -msgstr "" -"Кандидат на обновление '%s' принадлежит репозиторию с более низким " -"приоритетом. Используйте '%s' для его установки." +msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from a repository with a lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate." +msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' принадлежит репозиторию с более низким приоритетом. Используйте '%s' для его установки." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:157 #, c-format -msgid "" -"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is locked. Use '%s' to unlock " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Кандидат на обновление '%s' заблокирован. Используйте '%s' для разблокировки." +msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is locked. Use '%s' to unlock it." +msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' заблокирован. Используйте '%s' для разблокировки." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:165 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Package '%s' is not available in your repositories. Cannot reinstall, " -"upgrade, or downgrade." -msgstr "" -"Пакет '%s' отсутствует в ваших репозиториях. Невозможно переустановить, " -"обновить или откатить." +msgid "Package '%s' is not available in your repositories. Cannot reinstall, upgrade, or downgrade." +msgstr "Пакет '%s' отсутствует в ваших репозиториях. Невозможно переустановить, обновить или откатить." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"The selected package '%s' from repository '%s' has lower version than the " -"installed one." -msgstr "" -"Выбранный пакет '%s' из репозитория '%s' имеет версию ниже, чем " -"установленный пакет." +msgid "The selected package '%s' from repository '%s' has lower version than the installed one." +msgstr "Выбранный пакет '%s' из репозитория '%s' имеет версию ниже, чем установленный пакет." #. translators: %s = "zypper install --oldpackage package-version.arch" #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:185 @@ -428,9 +402,7 @@ #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:210 #, c-format msgid "Patch '%s' is locked. Use '%s' to install it, or unlock it using '%s'." -msgstr "" -"Исправление '%s' заблокировано. Используйте '%s' для установки или '%s' для " -"разблокирования." +msgstr "Исправление '%s' заблокировано. Используйте '%s' для установки или '%s' для разблокирования." #: src/RequestFeedback.cc:218 #, c-format @@ -683,8 +655,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:807 #, c-format msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный пакет был выбран автоматически:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета были выбраны автоматически:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов были выбраны автоматически:" @@ -692,20 +663,15 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:812 #, c-format msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "" -"Следующее %d рекомендованное исправление было выбрано автоматически:" -msgstr[1] "" -"Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления были выбраны автоматически:" -msgstr[2] "" -"Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений были выбраны автоматически:" +msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:" +msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное исправление было выбрано автоматически:" +msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления были выбраны автоматически:" +msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений были выбраны автоматически:" #: src/Summary.cc:817 #, c-format msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный шаблон был выбран автоматически:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблона были выбраны автоматически:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблонов были выбраны автоматически:" @@ -713,8 +679,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:822 #, c-format msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный продукт был выбран автоматически:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продукта были выбраны автоматически:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продуктов были выбраны автоматически:" @@ -722,85 +687,47 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:827 #, c-format msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" -msgstr[0] "" -"Следующий %d рекомендованный пакет с исходным кодом был выбран автоматически:" -msgstr[1] "" -"Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета с исходным кодом были выбраны " -"автоматически:" -msgstr[2] "" -"Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов с исходным кодом были выбраны " -"автоматически:" +msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:" +msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный пакет с исходным кодом был выбран автоматически:" +msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета с исходным кодом были выбраны автоматически:" +msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов с исходным кодом были выбраны автоматически:" #: src/Summary.cc:832 #, c-format msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:" +msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:" msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное приложение было выбрано автоматически:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложения были выбраны автоматически:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложений были выбраны автоматически:" #: src/Summary.cc:876 #, c-format -msgid "" -"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only " -"required packages will be installed):" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only " -"required packages will be installed):" -msgstr[0] "" -"Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (будут установлены " -"только требуемые пакеты):" -msgstr[1] "" -"Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут " -"установлены только требуемые пакеты):" -msgstr[2] "" -"Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут " -"установлены только требуемые пакеты):" +msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" +msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):" +msgstr[0] "Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):" +msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):" +msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):" #: src/Summary.cc:887 #, c-format -msgid "" -"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's " -"unwanted (was manually removed before):" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because " -"they are unwanted (were manually removed before):" -msgstr[0] "" -"Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (был вручную удалён " -"ранее):" -msgstr[1] "" -"Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную " -"удалены ранее):" -msgstr[2] "" -"Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную " -"удалены ранее):" +msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):" +msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):" +msgstr[0] "Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (был вручную удалён ранее):" +msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную удалены ранее):" +msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную удалены ранее):" #: src/Summary.cc:896 #, c-format -msgid "" -"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to " -"conflicts or dependency issues:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to " -"conflicts or dependency issues:" -msgstr[0] "" -"Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен из-за конфликтов " -"либо проблем с зависимостями:" -msgstr[1] "" -"Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов " -"либо проблем с зависимостями:" -msgstr[2] "" -"Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов " -"либо проблем с зависимостями:" +msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" +msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:" +msgstr[0] "Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:" +msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:" +msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:" #: src/Summary.cc:908 #, c-format msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное исправление не будет установлено:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений не будут установлены:" @@ -808,8 +735,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:912 #, c-format msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный шаблон не будет установлен:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблона не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблонов не будут установлены:" @@ -817,8 +743,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:916 #, c-format msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный продукт не будет установлен:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продукта не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продуктов не будут установлены:" @@ -826,8 +751,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:920 #, c-format msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное приложение не будет установлено:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложения не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложений не будут установлены:" @@ -835,8 +759,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:959 #, c-format msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d предлагаемый пакет не будет установлен:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых пакета не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых пакетов не будут установлены:" @@ -844,8 +767,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:964 #, c-format msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующее %d предлагаемое исправление не будет установлено:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых исправления не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых исправлений не будут установлены:" @@ -853,8 +775,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:969 #, c-format msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d предлагаемый шаблон не будет установлен:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых шаблона не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых шаблонов не будут установлены:" @@ -862,8 +783,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:974 #, c-format msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующий %d предлагаемый продукт не будет установлен:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых продукта не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых продуктов не будут установлены:" @@ -871,8 +791,7 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:979 #, c-format msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:" +msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:" msgstr[0] "Следующее %d предлагаемое приложение не будет установлено:" msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых приложения не будут установлены:" msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых приложений не будут установлены:" @@ -967,19 +886,11 @@ #: src/Summary.cc:1103 #, c-format -msgid "" -"The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:" -msgstr[0] "" -"Для получения поддержки для следующего %d пакета необходимо заключить " -"дополнительное соглашение:" -msgstr[1] "" -"Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить " -"дополнительное соглашение:" -msgstr[2] "" -"Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить " -"дополнительное соглашение:" +msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:" +msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:" +msgstr[0] "Для получения поддержки для следующего %d пакета необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:" +msgstr[1] "Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:" +msgstr[2] "Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:" #: src/Summary.cc:1121 #, c-format @@ -1180,12 +1091,9 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:75 msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% day." msgid_plural "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% days." -msgstr[0] "" -"Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% день." -msgstr[1] "" -"Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дня." -msgstr[2] "" -"Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дней." +msgstr[0] "Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% день." +msgstr[1] "Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дня." +msgstr[2] "Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дней." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:98 #, c-format @@ -1216,10 +1124,8 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:144 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Accepting file '%s' from repository '%s' signed with an unknown key '%s'." -msgstr "" -"Приём файла '%s' из репозитория '%s', подписанного неизвестным ключом '%s'." +msgid "Accepting file '%s' from repository '%s' signed with an unknown key '%s'." +msgstr "Приём файла '%s' из репозитория '%s', подписанного неизвестным ключом '%s'." #. translators: the last %s is gpg key ID #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:154 @@ -1230,10 +1136,8 @@ #. translators: the last %s is gpg key ID #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:158 #, c-format -msgid "" -"File '%s' from repository '%s' is signed with an unknown key '%s'. Continue?" -msgstr "" -"Файл '%s' из репозитория '%s' подписан неизвестным ключом '%s'. Продолжить?" +msgid "File '%s' from repository '%s' is signed with an unknown key '%s'. Continue?" +msgstr "Файл '%s' из репозитория '%s' подписан неизвестным ключом '%s'. Продолжить?" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:174 msgid "Automatically importing the following key:" @@ -1288,16 +1192,12 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:261 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s' from repository '%s'!" -msgstr "" -"Игнорирую неудачную проверку подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s'!" +msgid "Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s' from repository '%s'!" +msgstr "Игнорирую неудачную проверку подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s'!" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:267 msgid "Double-check this is not caused by some malicious changes in the file!" -msgstr "" -"Дважды проверьте, не вызвано ли это какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в " -"файле!" +msgstr "Дважды проверьте, не вызвано ли это какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в файле!" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:277 #, c-format @@ -1307,16 +1207,14 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:280 #, c-format msgid "Signature verification failed for file '%s' from repository '%s'." -msgstr "" -"Проверка подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s' завершилась неудачей." +msgstr "Проверка подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s' завершилась неудачей." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:285 msgid "" "Warning: This might be caused by a malicious change in the file!\n" "Continuing might be risky. Continue anyway?" msgstr "" -"Внимание: это может быть вызвано какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в " -"файле!\n" +"Внимание: это может быть вызвано какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в файле!\n" "Продолжать рискованно! Всё равно продолжить?" #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 @@ -1340,14 +1238,12 @@ #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:333 #, c-format msgid "Ignoring failed digest verification for %s (expected %s, found %s)." -msgstr "" -"Игнорирую неудачную проверку дайджеста для %s (ожидалось %s, обнаружено %s)." +msgstr "Игнорирую неудачную проверку дайджеста для %s (ожидалось %s, обнаружено %s)." #: src/callbacks/keyring.h:340 #, c-format msgid "Digest verification failed for %s. Expected %s, found %s." -msgstr "" -"Проверка дайджеста для %s завершилась неудачей. Ожидалось %s, найдено %s." +msgstr "Проверка дайджеста для %s завершилась неудачей. Ожидалось %s, найдено %s." #. TranslatorExplanation speaking of a script - "Running: script file name (package name, script dir)" #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:138 @@ -1384,32 +1280,16 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation %1%(commandline option) #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:372 -msgid "" -"Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded " -"in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the " -"zypper manual page for details." -msgstr "" -"Для проверки на конфликты файлов необходимо загрузить неустановленные пакеты " -"заранее, чтобы получить доступ к их спискам файлов. Подробнее см. в описании " -"опции «%1%» в руководстве zypper." +msgid "Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the zypper manual page for details." +msgstr "Для проверки на конфликты файлов необходимо загрузить неустановленные пакеты заранее, чтобы получить доступ к их спискам файлов. Подробнее см. в описании опции «%1%» в руководстве zypper." #. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of packages); detailed list follows #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:379 -msgid "" -"The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because " -"it is not yet downloaded:" -msgid_plural "" -"The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check " -"because they are not yet downloaded:" -msgstr[0] "" -"Следующий пакет был исключён из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не " -"загружен:" -msgstr[1] "" -"Следующие %1% пакета были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. " -"ещё не загружены:" -msgstr[2] "" -"Следующие %1% пакетов были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. " -"ещё не загружены:" +msgid "The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because it is not yet downloaded:" +msgid_plural "The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check because they are not yet downloaded:" +msgstr[0] "Следующий пакет был исключён из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не загружен:" +msgstr[1] "Следующие %1% пакета были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не загружены:" +msgstr[2] "Следующие %1% пакетов были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не загружены:" #. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of conflicts); detailed list follows #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:390 @@ -1425,14 +1305,8 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation Problem description before asking whether to "Continue? [yes/no] (no):" #: src/callbacks/rpm.h:404 -msgid "" -"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install files with the " -"same name but different contents. If you continue, conflicting files will be " -"replaced losing the previous content." -msgstr "" -"Конфликты файлов случаются, когда два пакета пытаются установить файлы с " -"одинаковым именем, но разным содержимым. Если вы продолжите, конфликтующие " -"файлы будут заменены с потерей предыдущего содержимого." +msgid "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install files with the same name but different contents. If you continue, conflicting files will be replaced losing the previous content." +msgstr "Конфликты файлов случаются, когда два пакета пытаются установить файлы с одинаковым именем, но разным содержимым. Если вы продолжите, конфликтующие файлы будут заменены с потерей предыдущего содержимого." #. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors #: src/callbacks/media.cc:30 @@ -1446,9 +1320,7 @@ #. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors #: src/callbacks/media.cc:34 -msgid "" -"Skip retrieval of the file and try to continue with the operation without " -"the file." +msgid "Skip retrieval of the file and try to continue with the operation without the file." msgstr "Пропустить получение файла и попытаться провести операцию без файла." #. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors @@ -1534,12 +1406,8 @@ #. /usr/lib/locale/<your_locale>/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES #: src/callbacks/media.cc:230 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Please insert medium [%s] #%d and type 'y' to continue or 'n' to cancel the " -"operation." -msgstr "" -"Вставьте носитель [%s] #%d и введите 'y' для продолжения или 'n' для " -"прекращения операции." +msgid "Please insert medium [%s] #%d and type 'y' to continue or 'n' to cancel the operation." +msgstr "Вставьте носитель [%s] #%d и введите 'y' для продолжения или 'n' для прекращения операции." #. translators: a/r/i/u are replies to the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt #. Translate the a/r/i part exactly as you did the a/r/i string. @@ -1550,12 +1418,8 @@ #: src/callbacks/media.cc:313 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Authentication required to access %s. You need to be root to be able to read " -"the credentials from %s." -msgstr "" -"Для доступа к %s нужна аутентификация. Для чтения параметров учётных записей " -"из %s вам нужно войти как root." +msgid "Authentication required to access %s. You need to be root to be able to read the credentials from %s." +msgstr "Для доступа к %s нужна аутентификация. Для чтения параметров учётных записей из %s вам нужно войти как root." #: src/callbacks/media.cc:338 src/callbacks/media.cc:345 msgid "User Name" @@ -1566,17 +1430,12 @@ msgstr "Пароль" #: src/callbacks/locks.h:27 -msgid "" -"The following query locks the same objects as the one you want to remove:" -msgstr "" -"Следующий запрос блокирует такие же объекты, как тот, который вы хотите " -"удалить:" +msgid "The following query locks the same objects as the one you want to remove:" +msgstr "Следующий запрос блокирует такие же объекты, как тот, который вы хотите удалить:" #: src/callbacks/locks.h:30 msgid "The following query locks some of the objects you want to unlock:" -msgstr "" -"Следующий запрос блокирует некоторые из объектов, которые вы хотите " -"разблокировать:" +msgstr "Следующий запрос блокирует некоторые из объектов, которые вы хотите разблокировать:" # power-off message #: src/callbacks/locks.h:35 src/callbacks/locks.h:50 @@ -1670,12 +1529,8 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s is a .repo file path #: src/repos.cc:214 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Please add one or more base URI (baseurl=URI) entries to %s for repository " -"'%s'." -msgstr "" -"Добавьте одну или более записей основных URI-адресов (baseurl=URI) в %s для " -"репозитория '%s'." +msgid "Please add one or more base URI (baseurl=URI) entries to %s for repository '%s'." +msgstr "Добавьте одну или более записей основных URI-адресов (baseurl=URI) в %s для репозитория '%s'." #: src/repos.cc:226 msgid "No alias defined for this repository." @@ -1687,12 +1542,8 @@ msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' неверен." #: src/repos.cc:240 -msgid "" -"Please check if the URIs defined for this repository are pointing to a valid " -"repository." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте, что URI-адреса, определённые для этого репозитория, указывают на " -"верный репозиторий." +msgid "Please check if the URIs defined for this repository are pointing to a valid repository." +msgstr "Проверьте, что URI-адреса, определённые для этого репозитория, указывают на верный репозиторий." #: src/repos.cc:253 #, c-format @@ -1710,16 +1561,8 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation Don't translate the URL unless it is translated, too #: src/repos.cc:296 -msgid "" -"This may be caused by invalid metadata in the repository, or by a bug in the " -"metadata parser. In the latter case, or if in doubt, please, file a bug " -"report by following instructions at http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/" -"Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" -"Это может быть вызвано недопустимыми метаданными в репозитории или ошибкой в " -"анализаторе метаданных. В последнем случае, или если вы сомневаетесь, " -"отправьте отчёт об ошибке, выполнив указания на странице http://en.opensuse." -"org/Zypper/Troubleshooting" +msgid "This may be caused by invalid metadata in the repository, or by a bug in the metadata parser. In the latter case, or if in doubt, please, file a bug report by following instructions at http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Это может быть вызвано недопустимыми метаданными в репозитории или ошибкой в анализаторе метаданных. В последнем случае, или если вы сомневаетесь, отправьте отчёт об ошибке, выполнив указания на странице http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting" #: src/repos.cc:310 #, c-format @@ -1733,8 +1576,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:528 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI." -msgstr "" -"Репозиторий '%s' не найден по своему псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу." +msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не найден по своему псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу." #: src/repos.cc:532 #, c-format @@ -1763,21 +1605,13 @@ #: src/repos.cc:717 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Repository '%s' is out-of-date. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to " -"update it." -msgstr "" -"Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Можно запустить 'zypper refresh' от имени " -"администратора для его обновления." +msgid "Repository '%s' is out-of-date. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to update it." +msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Можно запустить 'zypper refresh' от имени администратора для его обновления." #: src/repos.cc:754 #, c-format -msgid "" -"The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run " -"'zypper refresh' as root to do this." -msgstr "" -"Необходимо построить кэш для репозитория '%s'. Для этого можно запустить " -"'zypper refresh' от имени администратора." +msgid "The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to do this." +msgstr "Необходимо построить кэш для репозитория '%s'. Для этого можно запустить 'zypper refresh' от имени администратора." #: src/repos.cc:761 #, c-format @@ -1802,7 +1636,7 @@ msgid "Target initialization failed:" msgstr "Сбой инициализации цели:" -#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4217 +#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4223 msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "Запуск 'zypper refresh' от имени администратора может решить проблему." @@ -1821,7 +1655,7 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Отключён" -#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2479 src/Zypper.cc:5130 +#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2479 src/Zypper.cc:5131 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Псевдоним" @@ -1858,9 +1692,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1045 msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories." -msgstr "" -"Используйте команду 'zypper addrepo' для добавления одного или более " -"репозиториев." +msgstr "Используйте команду 'zypper addrepo' для добавления одного или более репозиториев." #: src/repos.cc:1081 msgid "Auto-refresh" @@ -1945,8 +1777,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1306 #, c-format msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories." -msgstr "" -"Используйте команды '%s' или '%s' для добавления или включения репозиториев." +msgstr "Используйте команды '%s' или '%s' для добавления или включения репозиториев." #: src/repos.cc:1311 msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors." @@ -2016,9 +1847,7 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1600 msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh." -msgstr "" -"Это сменный носитель, доступный только для чтения (CD/DVD), отключение " -"автоматического обновления." +msgstr "Это сменный носитель, доступный только для чтения (CD/DVD), отключение автоматического обновления." #: src/repos.cc:1622 #, c-format @@ -2028,18 +1857,13 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1914 #, c-format msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." -msgstr "" -"Репозиторий с именем '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним." +msgstr "Репозиторий с именем '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним." #: src/repos.cc:1641 -msgid "" -"Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined " -"URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" -msgstr "" -"Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывают ли введенные URI-" -"адреса (смотрите ниже) на верный репозиторий:" +msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" +msgstr "Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывают ли введенные URI-адреса (смотрите ниже) на верный репозиторий:" -#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3080 +#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "Невозможно найти верный репозиторий в данном месте:" @@ -2104,12 +1928,8 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated. #. Also don't translate the '.repo' string. #: src/repos.cc:1806 -msgid "" -"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Это файл .repo? Подробности смотрите на http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/" -"RepoInfo." +msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details." +msgstr "Это файл .repo? Подробности смотрите на http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo." #: src/repos.cc:1814 msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI" @@ -2131,12 +1951,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:1897 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service " -"'%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." -msgstr "" -"Невозможно изменить псевдоним репозитория '%s'. Репозиторий принадлежит " -"службе '%s', отвечающей за задание его псевдонима." +msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias." +msgstr "Невозможно изменить псевдоним репозитория '%s'. Репозиторий принадлежит службе '%s', отвечающей за задание его псевдонима." #: src/repos.cc:1908 #, c-format @@ -2154,12 +1970,8 @@ #: src/repos.cc:2070 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the " -"number, the lower the priority." -msgstr "" -"Неверный приоритет '%s'. Используйте положительное целое число. Чем больше " -"число, тем ниже приоритет." +msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority." +msgstr "Неверный приоритет '%s'. Используйте положительное целое число. Чем больше число, тем ниже приоритет." #: src/repos.cc:2078 #, c-format @@ -2243,15 +2055,12 @@ #: src/repos.cc:2543 #, c-format msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services." -msgstr "" -"Службы не определены. Используйте команду '%s' для добавления одной или " -"более служб." +msgstr "Службы не определены. Используйте команду '%s' для добавления одной или более служб." #: src/repos.cc:2669 #, c-format msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias." -msgstr "" -"Служба с псевдонимом '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним." +msgstr "Служба с псевдонимом '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним." #: src/repos.cc:2679 #, c-format @@ -2354,50 +2163,34 @@ #: src/repos.cc:3054 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "" -"Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был добавлен к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'" -msgstr[1] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'" -msgstr[2] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'" +msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'" +msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3062 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "" -"Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgstr[0] "" -"Репозиторий '%s' был добавлен к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'" -msgstr[1] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'" -msgstr[2] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'" +msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был добавлен к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'" +msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'" +msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3070 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "" -"Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был удалён из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'" -msgstr[1] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'" -msgstr[2] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'" +msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'" +msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3078 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" -msgid_plural "" -"Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service " -"'%s'" +msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" +msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'" msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был удалён из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'" -msgstr[1] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'" -msgstr[2] "" -"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'" +msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'" +msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'" #: src/repos.cc:3087 #, c-format @@ -2440,14 +2233,11 @@ #: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3282 #, c-format msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error." -msgstr "" -"Объекты разрешения зависимостей из '%s' не были загружены из-за ошибки." +msgstr "Объекты разрешения зависимостей из '%s' не были загружены из-за ошибки." #: src/repos.cc:3268 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " -"server." +msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Используйте другое зеркало или сервер." #. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m' @@ -2574,11 +2364,8 @@ #: src/update.cc:613 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has " -"been specified." -msgstr "" -"Игнорирую %s без аргумента, так как был указан похожий параметр с аргументом." +msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified." +msgstr "Игнорирую %s без аргумента, так как был указан похожий параметр с аргументом." #: src/update.cc:721 msgid "No matching issues found." @@ -2607,15 +2394,18 @@ msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..." msgstr "Ладно, ладно! Уже выхожу..." -#: src/Zypper.cc:203 +#: src/Zypper.cc:97 +msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead." +msgstr "" + +#: src/Zypper.cc:210 msgid "" " Global Options:\n" "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n" "\t--version, -V\t\tOutput the version number.\n" "\t--promptids\t\tOutput a list of zypper's user prompts.\n" "\t--config, -c <file>\tUse specified config file instead of the default.\n" -"\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and " -"plugins.\n" +"\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and plugins.\n" "\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n" "\t\t\t\tmessages.\n" "\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n" @@ -2633,24 +2423,19 @@ "\t--help, -h\t\tСправка.\n" "\t--version, -V\t\tВывести номер версии.\n" "\t--promptids\t\tВывести список пользовательских запросов zypper.\n" -"\t--config, -c <файл>\tИспользовать указанный файл настроек вместо " -"стандартного.\n" -"\t--userdata <строка>\tОпределяемый пользователем идентификатор транзакции, " -"используемый в истории и модулях.\n" -"\t--quiet, -q\t\tПодавить нормальный вывод, выводить только сообщения об " -"ошибках.\n" +"\t--config, -c <файл>\tИспользовать указанный файл настроек вместо стандартного.\n" +"\t--userdata <строка>\tОпределяемый пользователем идентификатор транзакции, используемый в истории и модулях.\n" +"\t--quiet, -q\t\tПодавить нормальный вывод, выводить только сообщения об ошибках.\n" "\t--verbose, -v\t\tУвеличить подробность вывода.\n" "\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tНе использовать аббревиатуры в таблицах.\n" "\t--table-style, -s\tТабличный стиль.\n" -"\t--non-interactive, -n\tНи о чём не спрашивать, автоматически использовать " -"ответы по умолчанию.\n" +"\t--non-interactive, -n\tНи о чём не спрашивать, автоматически использовать ответы по умолчанию.\n" "\t--non-interactive-include-reboot-patches\n" -"\t\t\t\tНе считать интерактивными исправления с установленным флагом " -"rebootSuggested.\n" +"\t\t\t\tНе считать интерактивными исправления с установленным флагом rebootSuggested.\n" "\t--xmlout, -x\t\tПерейти на вывод в XML.\n" "\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tИгнорировать неизвестные пакеты.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:224 +#: src/Zypper.cc:231 msgid "" "\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n" "\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n" @@ -2659,27 +2444,21 @@ "\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative solv file cache directory.\n" "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n" msgstr "" -"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог файлов " -"определения репозиториев.\n" -"\t--cache-dir, -C <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог базы данных " -"кэша метаданных.\n" -"\t--raw-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог необработанных " -"метаданных.\n" -"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша файлов " -"решателя.\n" +"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог файлов определения репозиториев.\n" +"\t--cache-dir, -C <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог базы данных кэша метаданных.\n" +"\t--raw-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог необработанных метаданных.\n" +"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша файлов решателя.\n" "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша пакетов.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:232 +#: src/Zypper.cc:239 msgid "" " Repository Options:\n" "\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n" "\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tAutomatically trust and import new repository\n" "\t\t\t\tsigning keys.\n" "\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tUse an additional repository.\n" -"\t--plus-content <tag>\tAdditionally use disabled repositories providing a " -"specific keyword.\n" -"\t\t\t\tTry '--plus-content debug' to enable repos indicating to provide " -"debug packages.\n" +"\t--plus-content <tag>\tAdditionally use disabled repositories providing a specific keyword.\n" +"\t\t\t\tTry '--plus-content debug' to enable repos indicating to provide debug packages.\n" "\t--disable-repositories\tDo not read meta-data from repositories.\n" "\t--no-refresh\t\tDo not refresh the repositories.\n" "\t--no-cd\t\t\tIgnore CD/DVD repositories.\n" @@ -2690,16 +2469,14 @@ "\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tАвтоматически доверять и импортировать ключи\n" "\t\t\t\tновых репозиториев.\n" "\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tИспользовать дополнительный репозиторий.\n" -"\t--plus-content <tag>\tДополнительно использовать отключённые репозитории, " -"предоставляющие указанное ключевое слово.\n" -"\t\t\t\tПопробуйте '--plus-content debug' для включения репозиториев, " -"предоставляющих пакеты для отладки.\n" +"\t--plus-content <tag>\tДополнительно использовать отключённые репозитории, предоставляющие указанное ключевое слово.\n" +"\t\t\t\tПопробуйте '--plus-content debug' для включения репозиториев, предоставляющих пакеты для отладки.\n" "\t--disable-repositories\tНе считывать метаданные из репозиториев.\n" "\t--no-refresh\t\tНе обновлять репозитории.\n" "\t--no-cd\t\t\tИгнорировать репозитории на CD/DVD.\n" "\t--no-remote\t\tИгнорировать удалённые репозитории.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:245 +#: src/Zypper.cc:252 msgid "" " Target Options:\n" "\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n" @@ -2711,7 +2488,7 @@ "\t--disable-system-resolvables\n" "\t\t\t\tНе читать установленные пакеты.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:259 msgid "" " Commands:\n" "\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n" @@ -2721,7 +2498,7 @@ "\thelp, ?\t\t\tВывести справку.\n" "\tshell, sh\t\tПринять несколько команд сразу.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:257 +#: src/Zypper.cc:264 msgid "" " Repository Management:\n" "\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n" @@ -2741,7 +2518,7 @@ "\trefresh, ref\t\tОбновить все репозитории.\n" "\tclean\t\t\tОчистить локальные кэши.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:267 +#: src/Zypper.cc:274 msgid "" " Service Management:\n" "\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n" @@ -2757,7 +2534,7 @@ "\tremoveservice, rs\tУдалить указанную службу.\n" "\trefresh-services, refs\tОбновить все службы.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:275 +#: src/Zypper.cc:282 msgid "" " Software Management:\n" "\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n" @@ -2779,7 +2556,7 @@ "\t\t\t\tУстановить свежедобавленные пакеты, рекомендованные\n" "\t\t\t\tустановленными пакетами.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:286 +#: src/Zypper.cc:293 msgid "" " Update Management:\n" "\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n" @@ -2797,7 +2574,7 @@ "\tdist-upgrade, dup\tВыполнить обновление дистрибутива.\n" "\tpatch-check, pchk\tПроверить наличие исправлений.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:295 +#: src/Zypper.cc:302 msgid "" " Querying:\n" "\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n" @@ -2821,10 +2598,9 @@ "\tpackages, pa\t\tВывести список доступных пакетов.\n" "\tpatterns, pt\t\tВывести список доступных шаблонов.\n" "\tproducts, pd\t\tВывести список доступных продуктов.\n" -"\twhat-provides, wp\tВывести список пакетов, предоставляющих указанную " -"способность.\n" +"\twhat-provides, wp\tВывести список пакетов, предоставляющих указанную способность.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:310 +#: src/Zypper.cc:317 msgid "" " Package Locks:\n" "\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n" @@ -2838,15 +2614,14 @@ "\tlocks, ll\t\tВывести список текущих блокировок пакетов.\n" "\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tУдалить неиспользуемые блокировки.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:317 +#: src/Zypper.cc:324 msgid "" " Other Commands:\n" "\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n" "\ttargetos, tos\t\tPrint the target operating system ID string.\n" "\tlicenses\t\tPrint report about licenses and EULAs of\n" "\t\t\t\tinstalled packages.\n" -"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpms specified on the commandline to a local " -"directory.\n" +"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpms specified on the commandline to a local directory.\n" "\tsource-download\t\tDownload source rpms for all installed packages\n" "\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2858,7 +2633,7 @@ "\tsource-download\t\tЗагрузить rpm с исходным кодом для всех\n" "\t\t\t\tустановленных пакетов в локальный каталог.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:328 +#: src/Zypper.cc:335 msgid "" " Usage:\n" "\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n" @@ -2868,67 +2643,59 @@ #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:361 #, c-format msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands." msgstr "Введите '%s' для получения списка общих параметров и команд." #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:363 +#: src/Zypper.cc:370 #, c-format msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help." msgstr "Введите '%s' для получения справки по командам." -#: src/Zypper.cc:519 +#: src/Zypper.cc:526 #, c-format msgid "Verbosity: %d" msgstr "Уровень подробностей: %d" -#: src/Zypper.cc:533 +#: src/Zypper.cc:540 #, c-format msgid "Invalid table style %d." msgstr "Неверный стиль таблицы %d." -#: src/Zypper.cc:534 +#: src/Zypper.cc:541 #, c-format msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d" msgstr "Используйте целое число от %d до %d" -#: src/Zypper.cc:551 +#: src/Zypper.cc:558 msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!" -msgstr "" -"Строка пользовательских данных не должна содержать непечатные символы и " -"переводы строки!" +msgstr "Строка пользовательских данных не должна содержать непечатные символы и переводы строки!" -#: src/Zypper.cc:583 +#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832 msgid "Entering non-interactive mode." msgstr "Переход в неинтерактивный режим." -#: src/Zypper.cc:589 -msgid "" -"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as " -"interactive." -msgstr "" -"Исправления с флагом rebootSuggested не будут обрабатываться как " -"интерактивные." +#: src/Zypper.cc:596 +msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive." +msgstr "Исправления с флагом rebootSuggested не будут обрабатываться как интерактивные." -#: src/Zypper.cc:595 +#: src/Zypper.cc:602 msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode." msgstr "Переход в режим 'no-gpg-checks'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:602 +#: src/Zypper.cc:609 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" -msgstr "" -"Включение '%s'. Ключи новых репозиториев будут импортироваться автоматически!" +msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" +msgstr "Включение '%s'. Ключи новых репозиториев будут импортироваться автоматически!" -#: src/Zypper.cc:615 +#: src/Zypper.cc:622 msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute." msgstr "Путь, указанный параметром --root option, должен быть абсолютным." -#: src/Zypper.cc:631 +#: src/Zypper.cc:638 msgid "" "The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n" "The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n" @@ -2936,52 +2703,51 @@ "Символическая ссылка /etc/products.d/baseproduct неверна или отсутствует!\n" "Ссылка должна указывать на .prod-файл основных продуктов в /etc/products.d.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:670 +#: src/Zypper.cc:677 msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Репозитории отключены, используется только база данных установленных пакетов." +msgstr "Репозитории отключены, используется только база данных установленных пакетов." -#: src/Zypper.cc:682 +#: src/Zypper.cc:689 msgid "Autorefresh disabled." msgstr "Автоматическое обновление отключено." -#: src/Zypper.cc:689 +#: src/Zypper.cc:696 msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled." msgstr "Репозитории на CD/DVD отключены." -#: src/Zypper.cc:696 +#: src/Zypper.cc:703 msgid "Remote repositories disabled." msgstr "Удалённые репозитории отключены." -#: src/Zypper.cc:703 +#: src/Zypper.cc:710 msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables." msgstr "Игнорирование установленных объектов разрешения зависимостей." #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name" -#: src/Zypper.cc:821 src/Zypper.cc:871 +#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878 #, c-format msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring." msgstr "Параметр %s здесь не действует, игнорируется." -#: src/Zypper.cc:1026 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1033 #, c-format msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'." msgstr "Команда '%s' заменена на '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:1028 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1035 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' for all available options." msgstr "Все доступные параметры приведены в '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:1053 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1060 msgid "Unexpected exception." msgstr "Неожиданное исключение." #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. second %s = "package", #. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1161 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1167 #, c-format msgid "" "install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n" @@ -2995,30 +2761,22 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" -"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by " -"capability.\n" +"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n" "-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n" -"-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed " -"(reinstall),\n" +"-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed (reinstall),\n" " downgraded or changes vendor or architecture.\n" -" --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older " -"one.\n" -" Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --" -"force\n" +" --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older one.\n" +" Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --force\n" " it will not enforce a reinstall.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " -"from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " -"file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " -"fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" " confirmation prompt.\n" " See 'man zypper' for more details.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -"required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" @@ -3042,55 +2800,41 @@ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загрузить только указанный репозиторий.\n" "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -"-n, --name Выбирать пакеты по имени, а не по " -"способностям.\n" +"-n, --name Выбирать пакеты по имени, а не по способностям.\n" "-C, --capability Выбирать пакеты по способностям.\n" "-f, --force Установить, даже если это уже установлено\n" -" (переустановить), понизилась версия или " -"сменились\n" +" (переустановить), понизилась версия или сменились\n" " производитель либо архитектура.\n" " --oldpackage Разрешить установку более старого вместо более\n" -" нового. Удобно для выполнения отката. В отличие " -"от\n" +" нового. Удобно для выполнения отката. В отличие от\n" " --force, переустановка не выполняется.\n" -" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы " -"других,\n" -" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию " -"конфликты файлов\n" -" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed " -"отключает\n" +" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n" +" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n" +" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n" " проверку на конфликты файлов.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" " подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" -" Более подробные сведения приведены в 'man " -"zypper'.\n" -" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -"решающей\n" +" Более подробные сведения приведены в 'man zypper'.\n" +" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей\n" " программы.\n" -" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -"установить\n" +" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить\n" " только требуемые.\n" -" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -"дополнение\n" +" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" " к требуемым.\n" -"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать " -"решение,\n" +"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n" " позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" -" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение " -"(даже\n" +" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже\n" " опасное).\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать на самом " -"деле.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать на самом деле.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -"режимы:\n" +" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "package" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1233 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1238 #, c-format msgid "" "remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n" @@ -3103,8 +2847,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" -"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by " -"capability.\n" +"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n" "-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" @@ -3126,64 +2869,49 @@ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n" "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -"-n, --name Выбрать пакеты по обычному имени, не по " -"способности.\n" -"-C, --capability Выбрать объекты разрешения зависимостей по " -"способности.\n" -" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей " -"программы для отладки.\n" -"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать " -"решение, позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" -" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение " -"(даже опасное).\n" +"-n, --name Выбрать пакеты по обычному имени, не по способности.\n" +"-C, --capability Выбрать объекты разрешения зависимостей по способности.\n" +" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для отладки.\n" +"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение, позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" +" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже опасное).\n" "-u, --clean-deps Автоматически удалять ненужные зависимости.\n" -"-U, --no-clean-deps Не удалять ненужные зависимости " -"автоматически.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить удаление, не удалять в " -"действительности.\n" +"-U, --no-clean-deps Не удалять ненужные зависимости автоматически.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить удаление, не удалять в действительности.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1270 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1275 msgid "" "source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n" "\n" "Install specified source packages and their build dependencies.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified " -"packages.\n" +"-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified packages.\n" "-D, --no-build-deps Don't install build dependencies.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Install packages only from specified repositories.\n" " --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" "source-install (si) [параметры] <имя> ...\n" "\n" -"Установить указанные пакеты с исходным кодом и зависимости, требуемые для их " -"сборки.\n" +"Установить указанные пакеты с исходным кодом и зависимости, требуемые для их сборки.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -"-d, --build-deps-only Установить только зависимости, требуемые для " -"сборки указанных пакетов.\n" -"-D, --no-build-deps Не устанавливать зависимости, требуемые для " -"сборки.\n" -"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных " -"репозиториев.\n" +"-d, --build-deps-only Установить только зависимости, требуемые для сборки указанных пакетов.\n" +"-D, --no-build-deps Не устанавливать зависимости, требуемые для сборки.\n" +"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных репозиториев.\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1308 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1312 #, c-format msgid "" "verify (ve) [options]\n" "\n" -"Check whether dependencies of installed packages are satisfied and suggest " -"to install or remove packages in order to repair the dependency problems.\n" +"Check whether dependencies of installed packages are satisfied and suggest to install or remove packages in order to repair the dependency problems.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -"required.\n" -" --recommends Install also packages recommended by newly " -"installed\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +" --recommends Install also packages recommended by newly installed\n" " ones.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test the repair, do not actually do anything to\n" " the system.\n" @@ -3194,33 +2922,26 @@ msgstr "" "verify (ve) [параметры]\n" "\n" -"Проверить, удовлетворены ли зависимости установленных пакетов, и исправить " -"возможные проблемы с зависимостями.\n" +"Проверить, удовлетворены ли зависимости установленных пакетов, и исправить возможные проблемы с зависимостями.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загрузить только указанный репозиторий.\n" -" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, только " -"требуемые.\n" -" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -"дополнение\n" +" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, только требуемые.\n" +" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" " к требуемым.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить восстановление, ничего не делать с " -"системой\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить восстановление, ничего не делать с системой\n" " в действительности.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -"режимы:\n" +" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1348 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1352 #, c-format msgid "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" "\n" -"Install newly added packages recommended by already installed packages. This " -"can typically be used to install new language packages or drivers for newly " -"added hardware.\n" +"Install newly added packages recommended by already installed packages. This can typically be used to install new language packages or drivers for newly added hardware.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repositories.\n" @@ -3233,24 +2954,19 @@ msgstr "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [параметры]\n" "\n" -"Установить свежедобавленные пакеты, рекомендованные уже установленными " -"пакетами. Обычно это может использоваться для установки новых языковых " -"пакетов или драйверов для нового оборудования.\n" +"Установить свежедобавленные пакеты, рекомендованные уже установленными пакетами. Обычно это может использоваться для установки новых языковых пакетов или драйверов для нового оборудования.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Использовать только указанные репозитории.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, ничего не устанавливать в " -"действительности.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, ничего не устанавливать в действительности.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -"режимы:\n" +" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы " -"для отладки.\n" +" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для отладки.\n" #. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported) -#: src/Zypper.cc:1378 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1382 #, c-format msgid "" "addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -3272,7 +2988,7 @@ "-n, --name <псевдоним> Указать описательное имя службы.\n" #. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1401 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1405 msgid "" "removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -3287,12 +3003,11 @@ "Удалить указанную службу репозиториев из системы.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в " -"URI-адресе.\n" +" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в URI-адресе.\n" " --loose-query Игнорировать строку запроса в URI-адресе.\n" #. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1437 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1441 #, c-format msgid "" "modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n" @@ -3312,10 +3027,8 @@ "-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Add a RIS service repository to disable.\n" "-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Remove a RIS service repository to enable.\n" "-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Remove a RIS service repository to disable.\n" -"-k, --cl-to-enable Clear the list of RIS repositories to " -"enable.\n" -"-K, --cl-to-disable Clear the list of RIS repositories to " -"disable.\n" +"-k, --cl-to-enable Clear the list of RIS repositories to enable.\n" +"-K, --cl-to-disable Clear the list of RIS repositories to disable.\n" "\n" "-a, --all Apply changes to all services.\n" "-l, --local Apply changes to all local services.\n" @@ -3335,27 +3048,19 @@ "-R, --no-refresh Отключить автоматическое обновление службы.\n" "-n, --name Задать описательное имя службы.\n" "\n" -"-i, --ar-to-enable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для " -"включения.\n" -"-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для " -"отключения.\n" -"-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для " -"включения.\n" -"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для " -"отключения.\n" -"-k, --cl-to-enable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для " -"включения.\n" -"-K, --cl-to-disable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для " -"отключения.\n" +"-i, --ar-to-enable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для включения.\n" +"-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для отключения.\n" +"-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для включения.\n" +"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для отключения.\n" +"-k, --cl-to-enable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для включения.\n" +"-K, --cl-to-disable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для отключения.\n" "\n" "-a, --all Применить изменения ко всем репозиториям.\n" -"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным " -"репозиториям.\n" +"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным репозиториям.\n" "-t, --remote Применить изменения ко всем сетевым репозиториям.\n" -"-m, --medium-type <type> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного " -"типа.\n" +"-m, --medium-type <type> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного типа.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1485 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1489 msgid "" "services (ls) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3385,7 +3090,7 @@ "-U, --sort-by-uri Сортировать список по URI.\n" "-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать список по именам.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1513 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1517 msgid "" "refresh-services (refs) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3394,8 +3099,7 @@ " Command options:\n" "-f, --force Force a complete refresh.\n" "-r, --with-repos Refresh also the service repositories.\n" -"-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled " -"state.\n" +"-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled state.\n" msgstr "" "refresh-services (refs) [параметры]\n" "\n" @@ -3404,18 +3108,16 @@ " Параметры команды:\n" "-f, --force Принудительное полное обновление.\n" "-r, --with-repos Обновить также и репозитории.\n" -"-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев " -"службы.\n" +"-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев службы.\n" #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1545 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1549 #, c-format msgid "" "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" "addrepo (ar) [options] <file.repo>\n" "\n" -"Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI " -"or can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n" +"Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI or can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <file.repo> Just another means to specify a .repo file to read.\n" @@ -3433,17 +3135,14 @@ "addrepo (ar) [параметры] <URI> <псевдоним>\n" "addrepo (ar) [параметры] <файл.repo>\n" "\n" -"Добавить в систему репозиторий. Репозиторий может быть указан своим URI или " -"считан из указанного файла .repo (даже сетевого).\n" +"Добавить в систему репозиторий. Репозиторий может быть указан своим URI или считан из указанного файла .repo (даже сетевого).\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -"-r, --repo <файл.repo> Считать URI-адрес и псевдоним из файла (даже " -"сетевого).\n" +"-r, --repo <файл.repo> Считать URI-адрес и псевдоним из файла (даже сетевого).\n" "-t, --type <тип> Тип репозитория (%s).\n" "-d, --disable Добавить репозиторий отключенным.\n" "-c, --check Проверить URI-адрес.\n" -"-C, --nocheck Не проверять URI-адрес, проверить позже во время " -"обновления.\n" +"-C, --nocheck Не проверять URI-адрес, проверить позже во время обновления.\n" "-n, --name <имя> Указать описательное имя репозитория.\n" "-k, --keep-packages Включить кэширование файлов RPM.\n" "-K, --no-keep-packages Отключить кэширование файлов RPM.\n" @@ -3452,7 +3151,7 @@ "-f, --refresh Включить автообновление репозитория.\n" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:1600 src/Zypper.cc:2716 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718 msgid "" "list-resolvables (lr)\n" "\n" @@ -3462,15 +3161,14 @@ "\n" "Вывести список доступных типов объектов разрешения зависимостей.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1608 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1612 msgid "" "repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n" "\n" "List all defined repositories.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local ." -"repo file.\n" +"-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local .repo file.\n" "-a, --alias Show also repository alias.\n" "-n, --name Show also repository name.\n" "-u, --uri Show also base URI of repositories.\n" @@ -3489,15 +3187,13 @@ "Вывести список всех определённых репозиториев.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -"-e, --export <ФАЙЛ.repo> Экспортировать все определённые репозитории в один " -"локальный файл .repo.\n" +"-e, --export <ФАЙЛ.repo> Экспортировать все определённые репозитории в один локальный файл .repo.\n" "-a, --alias Показать также псевдоним репозитория.\n" "-n, --name Показать также имя репозитория.\n" "-u, --uri Показать также основные URI-адреса репозиториев.\n" "-p, --priority Показать также приоритеты репозиториев.\n" "-r, --refresh Показать также флаг автообновления.\n" -"-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как URI-" -"адреса, приоритеты, типы.\n" +"-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как URI-адреса, приоритеты, типы.\n" "-s, --service Показать также псевдоним родительской службы.\n" "-E, --show-enabled-only Показать только включённые репозитории.\n" "-U, --sort-by-uri Сортировать список по URI-адресу.\n" @@ -3505,7 +3201,7 @@ "-A, --sort-by-alias Сортировать список по псевдониму.\n" "-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать список по имени.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1640 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1644 msgid "" "removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -3520,11 +3216,10 @@ "Удалить репозиторий, указанный псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в " -"URI-адресе.\n" +" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в URI-адресе.\n" " --loose-query Игнорировать строку запроса в URI-адресе.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1659 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1663 msgid "" "renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n" "\n" @@ -3534,21 +3229,19 @@ msgstr "" "renamerepo (nr) [параметры] <псевдоним|#|URI> <новый-псевдоним>\n" "\n" -"Присвоить новый псевдоним репозиторию, указанному псевдонимом, номером или " -"URI-адресом.\n" +"Присвоить новый псевдоним репозиторию, указанному псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом.\n" "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" #. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type" #. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1692 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1696 #, c-format msgid "" "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n" "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <%s>\n" "\n" -"Modify properties of repositories specified by alias, number, or URI, or by " -"the\n" +"Modify properties of repositories specified by alias, number, or URI, or by the\n" "'%s' aggregate options.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" @@ -3571,8 +3264,7 @@ "modifyrepo (mr) <параметры> <псевдоним|#|URI> ...\n" "modifyrepo (mr) <параметры> <%s>\n" "\n" -"Изменить свойства репозитория, указанного псевдонимом, номером, URI-адресом " -"или совокупными параметрами '%s'.\n" +"Изменить свойства репозитория, указанного псевдонимом, номером, URI-адресом или совокупными параметрами '%s'.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-d, --disable Отключить репозиторий (но не удалять его).\n" @@ -3587,47 +3279,39 @@ "-G, --no-gpgcheck Отключить проверку GPG для этого репозитория.\n" "\n" "-a, --all Применить изменения ко всем репозиториям.\n" -"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным " -"репозиториям.\n" +"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным репозиториям.\n" "-t, --remote Применить изменения ко всем сетевым репозиториям.\n" -"-m, --medium-type <тип> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного " -"типа.\n" +"-m, --medium-type <тип> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного типа.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1734 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1738 msgid "" "refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" -"Refresh repositories specified by their alias, number or URI. If none are " -"specified, all enabled repositories will be refreshed.\n" +"Refresh repositories specified by their alias, number or URI. If none are specified, all enabled repositories will be refreshed.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-f, --force Force a complete refresh.\n" "-b, --force-build Force rebuild of the database.\n" "-d, --force-download Force download of raw metadata.\n" "-B, --build-only Only build the database, don't download metadata.\n" -"-D, --download-only Only download raw metadata, don't build the " -"database.\n" +"-D, --download-only Only download raw metadata, don't build the database.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Refresh only specified repositories.\n" "-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n" msgstr "" "refresh (ref) [псевдоним|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" -"Обновить репозитории, указанные псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом. Если " -"не указано ни одного, все включенные репозитории будут обновлены.\n" +"Обновить репозитории, указанные псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом. Если не указано ни одного, все включенные репозитории будут обновлены.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-f, --force Принудительно выполнить полное обновление.\n" "-b, --force-build Принудительно перестроить базу данных.\n" -"-d, --force-download Принудительно выполнить загрузку необработанных " -"метаданных.\n" -"-B, --build-only Только построить базу данных, не загружать " -"метаданные.\n" -"-D, --download-only Только загрузить необработанные метаданные, не " -"строить базу данных.\n" +"-d, --force-download Принудительно выполнить загрузку необработанных метаданных.\n" +"-B, --build-only Только построить базу данных, не загружать метаданные.\n" +"-D, --download-only Только загрузить необработанные метаданные, не строить базу данных.\n" "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Обновить только указанные репозитории.\n" "-s, --services Обновить службы перед обновлением репозиториев.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1763 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1767 msgid "" "clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3651,7 +3335,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "patch" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1792 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1796 #, c-format msgid "" "list-updates (lu) [options]\n" @@ -3661,14 +3345,11 @@ " Command options:\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only updates from the specified " -"repository.\n" -" --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. " -"Updates\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only updates from the specified repository.\n" +" --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. Updates\n" " to a lower than the latest version are\n" " also acceptable.\n" -"-a, --all List all packages for which newer versions " -"are\n" +"-a, --all List all packages for which newer versions are\n" " available, regardless whether they are\n" " installable or not.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3679,28 +3360,22 @@ " Параметры команды:\n" "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Вывести список обновления только из " -"указанного репозитория.\n" -" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для " -"обновления. Обновления\n" -" до не самых последних версий также " -"приемлемы.\n" -"-a, --all Вывести список всех пакетов, для которых " -"доступны\n" -" более новые версии, независимо от того, можно " -"их\n" +"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Вывести список обновления только из указанного репозитория.\n" +" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для обновления. Обновления\n" +" до не самых последних версий также приемлемы.\n" +"-a, --all Вывести список всех пакетов, для которых доступны\n" +" более новые версии, независимо от того, можно их\n" " установить или нет.\n" #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. the second %s = "patch", #. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1854 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1856 #, c-format msgid "" "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" "\n" -"Update all or specified installed packages with newer versions, if " -"possible.\n" +"Update all or specified installed packages with newer versions, if possible.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "\n" @@ -3717,16 +3392,12 @@ " to a lower than the latest version are\n" " also acceptable.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -"required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " -"from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " -"file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " -"fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" " let it ask.\n" " --force-resolution Force the solver to find a solution (even\n" @@ -3748,44 +3419,30 @@ " --skip-interactive Пропустить интерактивные обновления.\n" " --with-interactive Не пропускать интерактивные обновления.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -"запросы\n" -" подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -"поставщика.\n" -" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -"подробностей.\n" -" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для " -"обновления.\n" +" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для обновления.\n" " Обновления до не самых последних версий\n" " также приемлемы.\n" -" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -"решающей программы.\n" -" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -"установить только требуемые.\n" -" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -"дополнение\n" +" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы.\n" +" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n" +" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" " к требуемым.\n" -" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют " -"файлы других,\n" -" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию " -"конфликты файлов\n" -" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-" -"needed отключает\n" +" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n" +" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n" +" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n" " проверку на конфликты файлов.\n" -"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать " -"решение,\n" +"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n" " позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" -" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение " -"(даже опасное).\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновлять на самом " -"деле.\n" +" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже опасное).\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновлять на самом деле.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -"режимы:\n" +" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1924 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1926 #, c-format msgid "" "patch [options]\n" @@ -3800,23 +3457,17 @@ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" " confirmation prompt.\n" " See man zypper for more details.\n" -"-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla " -"issue.\n" +"-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla issue.\n" " --cve # Install patch fixing the specified CVE issue.\n" "-g --category <category> Install all patches in this category.\n" -" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install patches issued until the specified " -"date\n" +" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install patches issued until the specified date\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -"required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " -"from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " -"file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " -"fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test the update, do not actually update.\n" " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" @@ -3832,44 +3483,29 @@ " --skip-interactive Пропускать интерактивные исправления.\n" " --with-interactive Не пропускать интерактивные исправления.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -"запросы\n" -" подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -"поставщика.\n" -" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -"подробностей.\n" -"-b, --bugzilla # Установить исправление указанной ошибки " -"bugzilla.\n" -" --cve # Установить исправление указанной ошибки " -"CVE.\n" -"-g --category <категория> Установить все исправления в этой " -"категории.\n" -" --date <ГГГГ-ММ-ДД> Установить исправления, выпущенные до " -"указанной даты.\n" -" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -"решающей программы.\n" -" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -"установить только требуемые.\n" -" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -"дополнение\n" +" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +"-b, --bugzilla # Установить исправление указанной ошибки bugzilla.\n" +" --cve # Установить исправление указанной ошибки CVE.\n" +"-g --category <категория> Установить все исправления в этой категории.\n" +" --date <ГГГГ-ММ-ДД> Установить исправления, выпущенные до указанной даты.\n" +" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы.\n" +" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n" +" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" " к требуемым.\n" -" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют " -"файлы других,\n" -" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию " -"конфликты файлов\n" -" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-" -"needed отключает\n" +" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n" +" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n" +" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n" " проверку на конфликты файлов.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в " -"действительности.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в действительности.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -"режимы:\n" +" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1973 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1975 msgid "" "list-patches (lp) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3889,20 +3525,15 @@ "Список всех доступных необходимых исправлений.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -"-b, --bugzilla[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков " -"Bugzilla.\n" -" --cve[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков " -"CVE.\n" +"-b, --bugzilla[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков Bugzilla.\n" +" --cve[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков CVE.\n" "-g --category <category> Список всех исправлений в этой категории.\n" -" --issues[=string] Поиск недостатков, соответствующих указанной " -"строке.\n" +" --issues[=string] Поиск недостатков, соответствующих указанной строке.\n" "-a, --all Список всех исправлений, не только необходимых.\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Список исправлений только из указанного " -"репозитория.\n" -" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Список исправлений, выпущенных до указанной " -"даты.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Список исправлений только из указанного репозитория.\n" +" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Список исправлений, выпущенных до указанной даты.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2015 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2017 #, c-format msgid "" "dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n" @@ -3918,16 +3549,12 @@ " confirmation prompt.\n" " See man zypper for more details.\n" " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging\n" -" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -"required.\n" +" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" " to the required.\n" -" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files " -"from other,\n" -" already installed, packages. Default is to treat " -"file conflicts\n" -" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the " -"fileconflict check.\n" +" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n" +" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n" +" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test the upgrade, do not actually upgrade\n" " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" @@ -3939,39 +3566,27 @@ "Произвести обновление дистрибутива.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -" --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить обновления указанным " -"репозиторием.\n" +" --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить обновления указанным репозиторием.\n" "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -"запросы\n" -" подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -"поставщика.\n" -" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -"подробностей.\n" -" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -"решающей программы\n" -" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -"установить только требуемые.\n" -" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -"дополнение\n" +" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы\n" +" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n" +" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" " к требуемым.\n" -" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют " -"файлы других,\n" -" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию " -"конфликты файлов\n" -" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-" -"needed отключает\n" +" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n" +" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n" +" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n" " проверку на конфликты файлов.\n" -"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в " -"действительности.\n" +"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в действительности.\n" " --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n" -" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -"режимы:\n" +" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2076 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2078 msgid "" "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3980,63 +3595,46 @@ " Command options:\n" " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n" " --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n" -" --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search " -"strings.\n" -" --provides Search for packages which provide the search " -"strings.\n" -" --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search " -"strings.\n" -" --requires Search for packages which require the search " -"strings.\n" -" --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search " -"strings.\n" +" --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search strings.\n" +" --provides Search for packages which provide the search strings.\n" +" --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search strings.\n" +" --requires Search for packages which require the search strings.\n" +" --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search strings.\n" " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search strings.\n" -" --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search " -"strings.\n" -"-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, " -"otherwise\n" +" --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search strings.\n" +"-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, otherwise\n" " searching in package name is default.\n" "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of packages.\n" -"-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and " -"descriptions.\n" +"-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n" "-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n" "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n" -"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently " -"installed.\n" +"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n" "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n" " --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n" " --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n" "-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n" " on a separate line.\n" -"-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where " -"the\n" -" search has matched (useful for search in " -"dependencies).\n" +"-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where the\n" +" search has matched (useful for search in dependencies).\n" "\n" "* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n" -"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular " -"expression.\n" +"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" msgstr "" "search (se) [параметры] [строка запроса] .\n" "\n" "Искать пакеты, соответствующие заданным строкам поиска.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -" --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями " -"слов (по умолчанию).\n" -" --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только " -"целыми словами.\n" +" --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями слов (по умолчанию).\n" +" --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только целыми словами.\n" " --match-exact Искать точное совпадение со строками поиска.\n" -" --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле " -"«Предоставляет».\n" +" --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предоставляет».\n" " --recommends Искать совпадение строки в поле «Рекомендует».\n" " --requires Искать совпадение строки в поле «Требует».\n" -" --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле " -"«Предлагается».\n" +" --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предлагается».\n" " --conflicts Искать совпадение строки в поле «Конфликтует».\n" -" --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает " -"устаревшим».\n" +" --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает устаревшим».\n" "-n, --name Полезно для использования вместе с параметрами\n" " зависимостей, иначе по умолчанию поиск идёт в\n" " названиях пакетов.\n" @@ -4055,12 +3653,10 @@ " сведениями о месте совпадения (полезно для\n" " поиска в зависимостях).\n" "\n" -"* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках " -"поиска.\n" -"Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное " -"выражение.\n" +"* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках поиска.\n" +"Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное выражение.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2123 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2125 msgid "" "patch-check (pchk) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -4068,8 +3664,7 @@ "\n" " Command options:\n" "\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified " -"repository.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n" msgstr "" "patch-check (pchk) [параметры]\n" "\n" @@ -4077,10 +3672,9 @@ "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "\n" -"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Проверить наличие исправлений только в " -"указанном репозитории.\n" +"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Проверить наличие исправлений только в указанном репозитории.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2145 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2147 msgid "" "patches (pch) [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -4098,7 +3692,7 @@ "\n" "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Ещё один способ указания репозитория.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2176 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2178 msgid "" "packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -4109,8 +3703,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n" "-i, --installed-only Show only installed packages.\n" "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages which are not installed.\n" -" --orphaned Show packages which are orphaned (without " -"repository).\n" +" --orphaned Show packages which are orphaned (without repository).\n" " --suggested Show packages which are suggested.\n" " --recommended Show packages which are recommended.\n" " --unneeded Show packages which are unneeded.\n" @@ -4126,15 +3719,14 @@ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Другой способ указать репозиторий.\n" "-i, --installed-only Показывать только установленные пакеты.\n" "-u, --uninstalled-only Показывать только неустановленные пакеты.\n" -" --orphaned Показывать пакеты, оставшиеся без " -"репозитория.\n" +" --orphaned Показывать пакеты, оставшиеся без репозитория.\n" " --suggested Показывать предлагаемые пакеты.\n" " --recommended Показывать рекомендованные пакеты.\n" " --unneeded Показывать ненужные пакеты.\n" "-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать по названиям.\n" "-R, --sort-by-repo Сортировать по репозиториям.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2208 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2210 msgid "" "patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -4156,7 +3748,7 @@ "-i, --installed-only Показывать только установленные шаблоны.\n" "-u, --uninstalled-only Показывать только неустановленные шаблоны.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2234 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2236 msgid "" "products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -4178,7 +3770,7 @@ "-i, --installed-only Показывать только установленные продукты.\n" "-u, --uninstalled-only Показывать только неустановленные продукты.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2266 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2268 #, c-format msgid "" "info (if) [options] <name> ...\n" @@ -4189,8 +3781,7 @@ "or use wildcards (*?) in name.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" -"-s, --match-substrings Print information for packages partially matching " -"name.\n" +"-s, --match-substrings Print information for packages partially matching name.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Work only with the specified repository.\n" "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" " Default: %s.\n" @@ -4205,8 +3796,7 @@ "\n" "Показать подробную информацию об указанных пакетах.\n" "По умолчанию выводятся пакеты с точным совпадением имени.\n" -"Для вывода также и частичных совпадений используйте опцию '--match-" -"substrings'\n" +"Для вывода также и частичных совпадений используйте опцию '--match-substrings'\n" "или шаблоны (*?) в имени.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" @@ -4216,14 +3806,13 @@ "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" " По умолчанию: %s.\n" " --provides Показывать также предоставляемые.\n" -" --requires Показывать также требуемые и предварительно " -"требуемые.\n" +" --requires Показывать также требуемые и предварительно требуемые.\n" " --conflicts Показывать также конфликтующие.\n" " --obsoletes Показывать также устаревшие.\n" " --recommends Показывать также рекомендуемые.\n" " --suggests Показывать также предлагаемые.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2299 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2301 #, c-format msgid "" "patch-info <patchname> ...\n" @@ -4238,7 +3827,7 @@ "\n" "Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2318 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2320 #, c-format msgid "" "pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n" @@ -4253,7 +3842,7 @@ "\n" "Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2337 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2339 #, c-format msgid "" "product-info <product_name> ...\n" @@ -4268,7 +3857,7 @@ "\n" "Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2356 msgid "" "what-provides (wp) <capability>\n" "\n" @@ -4282,7 +3871,7 @@ "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2405 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2407 msgid "" "moo\n" "\n" @@ -4296,13 +3885,12 @@ "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2427 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2429 #, c-format msgid "" "addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n" "\n" -"Add a package lock. Specify packages to lock by exact name or by a glob " -"pattern using '*' and '?' wildcard characters.\n" +"Add a package lock. Specify packages to lock by exact name or by a glob pattern using '*' and '?' wildcard characters.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Restrict the lock to the specified repository.\n" @@ -4311,21 +3899,19 @@ msgstr "" "addlock (al) [параметры] <имя_пакета>\n" "\n" -"Добавить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокируемые пакеты точными именами или " -"используя символы подстановки '*' и '?'.\n" +"Добавить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокируемые пакеты точными именами или используя символы подстановки '*' и '?'.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить блокировку указанным репозиторием.\n" "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2454 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2456 #, c-format msgid "" "removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n" "\n" -"Remove a package lock. Specify the lock to remove by its number obtained " -"with '%s' or by package name.\n" +"Remove a package lock. Specify the lock to remove by its number obtained with '%s' or by package name.\n" "\n" " Command options:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Remove only locks with specified repository.\n" @@ -4334,16 +3920,14 @@ msgstr "" "removelock (rl) <номер-блокировки|имя-пакета>\n" "\n" -"Удалить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокировку для удаления по номеру, " -"полученным при помощи '%s', или по имени пакета.\n" +"Удалить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокировку для удаления по номеру, полученным при помощи '%s', или по имени пакета.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" -"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Удалить блокировки только для указанного " -"репозитория.\n" +"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Удалить блокировки только для указанного репозитория.\n" "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2476 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2478 msgid "" "locks (ll)\n" "\n" @@ -4357,7 +3941,7 @@ "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2496 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2498 msgid "" "cleanlocks (cl)\n" "\n" @@ -4373,10 +3957,9 @@ "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-d, --only-duplicates Очистить только повторяющиеся блокировки.\n" -"-e, --only-empty Очистить только блокировки, которые ничего не " -"блокируют.\n" +"-e, --only-empty Очистить только блокировки, которые ничего не блокируют.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2517 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2519 msgid "" "targetos (tos) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -4394,7 +3977,7 @@ " Параметры команды:\n" "-l, --label Показывать метку операционной системы.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2538 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2540 msgid "" "versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n" "\n" @@ -4410,7 +3993,7 @@ " Параметры команды:\n" "-m, --match Считать отсутствующий номер релиза любым релизом.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2557 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2559 msgid "" "licenses\n" "\n" @@ -4424,7 +4007,7 @@ "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2576 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2578 msgid "" "ps\n" "\n" @@ -4434,19 +4017,17 @@ msgstr "" "ps\n" "\n" -"Вывести список запущенных процессов, которые могли использовать файлы, " -"удалённые недавними обновлениями.\n" +"Вывести список запущенных процессов, которые могли использовать файлы, удалённые недавними обновлениями.\n" "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2599 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2601 msgid "" "download [options] <packages>...\n" "\n" "Download rpms specified on the commandline to a local directory.\n" "Per default packages are downloaded to the libzypp package cache\n" -"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for non-root users $XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/" -"packages),\n" +"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for non-root users $XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages),\n" "but this can be changed by using the global --pkg-cache-dir option.\n" "\n" "In XML output a <download-result> node is written for each\n" @@ -4478,7 +4059,7 @@ "--dry-run Не скачивать пакеты, только сообщить о том, что\n" " было бы сделано.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2638 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2640 msgid "" "source-download\n" "\n" @@ -4495,20 +4076,18 @@ msgstr "" "source-download\n" "\n" -"Загрузить rpm с исходным кодом для всех установленных пакетов в локальный " -"каталог.\n" +"Загрузить rpm с исходным кодом для всех установленных пакетов в локальный каталог.\n" "\n" " Параметры команды:\n" "-d, --directory <каталог>\n" " Загрузить все rpm с исходным кодом в этот каталог.\n" " По умолчанию: /var/cache/zypper/source-download\n" -"--delete Удалить лишние rpm с исходным кодом из локального " -"каталога.\n" +"--delete Удалить лишние rpm с исходным кодом из локального каталога.\n" "--no-delete Не удалять лишние rpm с исходным кодом.\n" "--status Не загружать rpm с исходным кодом, но\n" " показать, какие rpm отсутствуют или являются лишними.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2665 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2667 msgid "" "quit (exit, ^D)\n" "\n" @@ -4522,7 +4101,7 @@ "\n" "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2682 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2684 msgid "" "shell (sh)\n" "\n" @@ -4537,7 +4116,7 @@ "Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2700 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2702 msgid "" "service-types (st)\n" "\n" @@ -4550,7 +4129,7 @@ #. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of #. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations #. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt. -#: src/Zypper.cc:2738 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2740 msgid "" "mount\n" "\n" @@ -4570,21 +4149,19 @@ "-n, --name <имя> Использовать данную строку как имя службы.\n" "-r, --recurse Войти вглубь подкаталогов.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2767 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2769 #, c-format msgid "" "patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" "\n" -"Search for patches matching given search strings. This is an alias for " -"'%s'.\n" +"Search for patches matching given search strings. This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" "patch-search [параметры] [строка запроса...]\n" "\n" -"Найти исправления, соответствующие данным строкам запроса. Это псевдоним для " -"'%s'.\n" +"Найти исправления, соответствующие данным строкам запроса. Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2784 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2786 msgid "" "ping [options]\n" "\n" @@ -4594,36 +4171,32 @@ "\n" "Эта команда реализована фиктивно и всегда возвращает 0.\n" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2797 src/Zypper.cc:5116 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5117 msgid "Unexpected program flow." msgstr "Неожиданный процесс выполнения программы." -#: src/Zypper.cc:2833 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2849 msgid "Non-option program arguments: " msgstr "Аргументы программы, не являющиеся параметрами: " -#: src/Zypper.cc:2888 -msgid "" -"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or " -"other software management application using PackageKit running." -msgstr "" -"PackageKit блокирует zypper. Это происходит, если у вас запущен апплет " -"обновлений или другое приложение для управления ПО, использующее PackageKit." +#: src/Zypper.cc:2904 +msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running." +msgstr "PackageKit блокирует zypper. Это происходит, если у вас запущен апплет обновлений или другое приложение для управления ПО, использующее PackageKit." -#: src/Zypper.cc:2894 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2910 msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "Завершить PackageKit?" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2903 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2919 msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)." msgstr "PackageKit всё ещё запущен (возможно, занят)." -#: src/Zypper.cc:2905 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2921 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Попробовать ещё раз?" #. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want -#: src/Zypper.cc:2958 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2974 msgid "" " \\\\\\\\\\\n" " \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n" @@ -4633,308 +4206,276 @@ " \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n" "__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2985 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3001 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services." msgstr "Для обновления служб требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3012 src/Zypper.cc:3130 src/Zypper.cc:3365 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services." msgstr "Для изменения системных служб требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3081 -msgid "" -"Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI " -"points to a valid repository." -msgstr "" -"Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывает ли введённый URI-" -"адрес на верный репозиторий." +#: src/Zypper.cc:3097 +msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository." +msgstr "Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывает ли введённый URI-адрес на верный репозиторий." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3111 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3127 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type." msgstr "`%s' не является верным типом службы." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3113 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3129 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types." -msgstr "" -"Для получения списка известных типов служб воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или " -"'%s'." +msgstr "Для получения списка известных типов служб воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или '%s'." #. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be #. followed by ms command help text which will explain it #. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be #. followed by mr command help text which will explain it -#: src/Zypper.cc:3142 src/Zypper.cc:3516 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532 msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required." msgstr "Требуется псевдоним или совокупный параметр." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3176 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3192 #, c-format msgid "Service '%s' not found." msgstr "Служба '%s' не найдена." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3212 src/Zypper.cc:3364 src/Zypper.cc:3448 src/Zypper.cc:3503 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories." msgstr "Для изменения системных репозиториев требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3267 src/Zypper.cc:3630 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646 msgid "Too few arguments." msgstr "Слишком мало аргументов." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3291 -msgid "" -"If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." -msgstr "" -"Если используется только один аргумент, он должен быть URI-адресом, " -"указывающим на файл .repo." +#: src/Zypper.cc:3307 +msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." +msgstr "Если используется только один аргумент, он должен быть URI-адресом, указывающим на файл .repo." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3321 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3337 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting." -msgstr "" -"Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s. Будет использована настройка %s." +msgstr "Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s. Будет использована настройка %s." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3342 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3358 msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:" msgstr "Указанный тип не является допустимым типом репозитория:" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3344 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3360 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types." -msgstr "" -"Для получения списка известных типов репозиториев воспользуйтесь командами " -"'%s' или '%s'." +msgstr "Для получения списка известных типов репозиториев воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3372 src/Zypper.cc:4704 src/utils/messages.cc:48 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4705 src/utils/messages.cc:48 msgid "Required argument missing." msgstr "Требуемый аргумент отсутствует." #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no repository counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3398 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3414 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не найден по псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу." #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no service counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3421 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3437 #, c-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "Служба '%s' не найдена по псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3455 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3471 msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required." msgstr "Слишком мало аргументов. Требуются хотя бы URI-адрес и псевдоним." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3479 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3495 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found." msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не найден." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3549 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3565 #, c-format msgid "Repository %s not found." msgstr "Репозиторий %s не найден." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3569 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3585 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories." msgstr "Для обновления системных репозиториев требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3576 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3592 #, c-format msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here." msgstr "Общий параметр '%s' здесь не действует." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3584 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3600 #, c-format msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used." msgstr "При использовании '%s' аргументы не разрешены." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3610 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3626 msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches." msgstr "Для очистки локальных кэшей требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3631 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3647 msgid "At least one package name is required." msgstr "Требуется хотя бы одно имя пакета." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3641 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3657 msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages." msgstr "Для установки или удаления пакетов требуются права администратора." #. translators: rug related message, shown if #. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified -#: src/Zypper.cc:3658 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3669 msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository." msgstr "Игнорирую аргументы, отмечаю весь репозиторий." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3668 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3679 #, c-format msgid "Unknown package type: %s" msgstr "Неизвестный тип пакета: %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3679 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3690 msgid "Cannot uninstall patches." msgstr "Невозможно удалить исправления." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3680 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3691 msgid "" "Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n" "Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n" "or similar." msgstr "" -"Статус установки исправления определяется исключительно на основе его " -"зависимостей.\n" -"Исправления не устанавливаются в смысле копируемых файлов, записей баз " -"данных\n" +"Статус установки исправления определяется исключительно на основе его зависимостей.\n" +"Исправления не устанавливаются в смысле копируемых файлов, записей баз данных\n" "или чего-либо похожего." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3691 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3702 msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented." msgstr "Удаление пакета с исходным кодом не определено и не реализовано." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3712 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3723 #, c-format msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it." msgstr "'%s' выглядит как файл RPM. Попробую загрузить его." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3725 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3736 #, c-format msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping." msgstr "Проблема с файлом RPM, указанным как '%s', пропуск." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3750 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3761 #, c-format msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?" msgstr "Проблема с чтением заголовка RPM файла %s. Это файл RPM?" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3775 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3786 msgid "Plain RPM files cache" msgstr "Кэш простых файлов RPM" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3792 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3803 msgid "No valid arguments specified." msgstr "Не указано допустимых аргументов." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3806 src/Zypper.cc:3949 -msgid "" -"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. " -"Nothing can be installed." -msgstr "" -"Репозитории не определены. Работа ведется только с установленными объектами " -"разрешения зависимостей. Нельзя ничего установить." +#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955 +msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed." +msgstr "Репозитории не определены. Работа ведется только с установленными объектами разрешения зависимостей. Нельзя ничего установить." #. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name -#: src/Zypper.cc:3844 src/Zypper.cc:4463 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4464 #, c-format msgid "%s contradicts %s" msgstr "%s противоречит %s" #. translators: meaning --force with --capability -#: src/Zypper.cc:3853 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3864 #, c-format msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s" msgstr "%s не может на данный момент использоваться вместе с %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3897 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3908 msgid "Source package name is a required argument." msgstr "Имя пакета с исходным кодом является требуемым аргументом." -#: src/Zypper.cc:3992 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3998 msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'" msgstr "Указан режим точного совпадения (match-exact)" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4016 src/Zypper.cc:4378 src/Zypper.cc:4484 src/Zypper.cc:4732 -#: src/Zypper.cc:4800 src/Zypper.cc:4845 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4384 src/Zypper.cc:4485 src/Zypper.cc:4733 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4801 src/Zypper.cc:4846 #, c-format msgid "Unknown package type '%s'." msgstr "Неизвестный тип пакета '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4039 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4045 #, c-format msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled." msgstr "Указанный репозиторий '%s' отключён." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4172 src/search.cc:594 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4178 src/search.cc:594 msgid "No packages found." msgstr "Не найдено пакетов." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4215 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4221 msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query" msgstr "Возникла проблема при инициализации или выполнении поискового запроса" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4216 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4222 msgid "See the above message for a hint." msgstr "Рекомендация имеется в выданном ранее сообщении." #. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option. -#: src/Zypper.cc:4399 src/Zypper.cc:4530 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4405 src/Zypper.cc:4531 #, c-format msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option." msgstr "Выполняется как '%s', невозможно использовать параметр '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4407 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4413 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s." msgstr "Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4440 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4446 msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages." msgstr "Для обновления пакетов требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4491 src/Zypper.cc:4499 src/Zypper.cc:4616 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4492 src/Zypper.cc:4500 src/Zypper.cc:4617 msgid "Operation not supported." msgstr "Операция не поддерживается." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4492 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4493 #, c-format msgid "To update installed products use '%s'." msgstr "Для обновления установленных продуктов используйте '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4501 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4502 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the " -"latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." -msgstr "" -"Zypper не следит за установленными пакетами с исходным кодом. Для установки " -"самого свежего пакета с исходным кодом и его сборочных зависимостей " -"используйте '%s'." +msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." +msgstr "Zypper не следит за установленными пакетами с исходным кодом. Для установки самого свежего пакета с исходным кодом и его сборочных зависимостей используйте '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4519 -msgid "" -"Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." -msgstr "" -"Невозможно использовать несколько типов при указании конкретных пакетов в " -"качестве аргументов." +#: src/Zypper.cc:4520 +msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." +msgstr "Невозможно использовать несколько типов при указании конкретных пакетов в качестве аргументов." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4656 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4657 msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade." msgstr "Для обновления дистрибутива требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4677 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4678 #, c-format -msgid "" -"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. " -"Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' " -"for more information about this command." -msgstr "" -"Вы собираетесь обновить дистрибутив со всех включённых репозиториев. Перед " -"тем, как продолжить, убедитесь, что эти репозитории совместимы. Больше " -"информации об этой команде можно найти в '%s'." +msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command." +msgstr "Вы собираетесь обновить дистрибутив со всех включённых репозиториев. Перед тем, как продолжить, убедитесь, что эти репозитории совместимы. Больше информации об этой команде можно найти в '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4707 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4708 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 #: src/utils/messages.cc:68 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Использование" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4762 src/Zypper.cc:4823 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4763 src/Zypper.cc:4824 msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks." msgstr "Для добавления блокировок пакетов требуются права администратора." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4891 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4892 #, c-format msgid "Removed %lu lock." msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks." @@ -4942,49 +4483,49 @@ msgstr[1] "Удалено %lu блокировки." msgstr[2] "Удалено %lu блокировок." -#: src/Zypper.cc:4918 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4919 #, c-format msgid "Distribution Label: %s" msgstr "Метка дистрибутива: %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4920 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4921 #, c-format msgid "Short Label: %s" msgstr "Короткая метка: %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4966 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4967 #, c-format msgid "%s matches %s" msgstr "%s соответствует %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4968 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4969 #, c-format msgid "%s is newer than %s" msgstr "%s новее, чем %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4970 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4971 #, c-format msgid "%s is older than %s" msgstr "%s старее, чем %s" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5043 src/source-download.cc:220 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5044 src/source-download.cc:220 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'." msgstr "Недостаточно привилегий для использования загрузочного каталога '%s'." -#: src/Zypper.cc:5101 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5102 msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell." msgstr "Эта команда имеет смысл только в оболочке zypper." -#: src/Zypper.cc:5113 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5114 msgid "You already are running zypper's shell." msgstr "У вас уже запущена оболочка zypper." -#: src/Zypper.cc:5130 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5131 msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5189 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5192 msgid "Resolvable Type" msgstr "Тип объекта разрешения зависимостей" @@ -5002,15 +4543,9 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:77 msgid "Choose the above solution using '1' or skip, retry or cancel" msgid_plural "Choose from above solutions by number or skip, retry or cancel" -msgstr[0] "" -"Выберите указанное выше решение '1' или пропустите, повторите попытку или " -"отмените" -msgstr[1] "" -"Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите " -"попытку или отмените" -msgstr[2] "" -"Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите " -"попытку или отмените" +msgstr[0] "Выберите указанное выше решение '1' или пропустите, повторите попытку или отмените" +msgstr[1] "Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите попытку или отмените" +msgstr[2] "Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите попытку или отмените" #. translators: translate 'c' to whatever you translated the 'c' in #. "c" and "s/r/c" strings @@ -5112,14 +4647,8 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:451 #, c-format -msgid "" -"There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent " -"upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list " -"these programs." -msgstr "" -"Запущены некоторые программы, которые могли использовать файлы, удалённые " -"недавним обновлением. Возможно, некоторые необходимо проверить и " -"перезапустить. Запустите '%s' для получения списка этих программ." +msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs." +msgstr "Запущены некоторые программы, которые могли использовать файлы, удалённые недавним обновлением. Возможно, некоторые необходимо проверить и перезапустить. Запустите '%s' для получения списка этих программ." #: src/solve-commit.cc:462 msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:" @@ -5147,18 +4676,12 @@ msgstr "Разрешение зависимостей пакетов..." #: src/solve-commit.cc:604 -msgid "" -"Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix " -"these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" -msgstr "" -"Некоторые из зависимостей установленных пакетов нарушены. Для того, чтобы " -"исправить эти зависимости, необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" +msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:" +msgstr "Некоторые из зависимостей установленных пакетов нарушены. Для того, чтобы исправить эти зависимости, необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" #: src/solve-commit.cc:612 msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Для исправления нарушенных зависимостей пакетов требуются права " -"администратора." +msgstr "Для исправления нарушенных зависимостей пакетов требуются права администратора." #. translators: These are the "Continue?" prompt options corresponding to #. "Yes / No / show Problems / Versions / Arch / Repository / @@ -5176,10 +4699,8 @@ #. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:644 -msgid "" -"Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." -msgstr "" -"Да, принять сводную информацию и приступить к установке/удалению пакетов." +msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages." +msgstr "Да, принять сводную информацию и приступить к установке/удалению пакетов." #. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:646 @@ -5188,12 +4709,8 @@ #. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:648 -msgid "" -"Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency " -"problems." -msgstr "" -"Перезапустить решающее устройство в режиме no-force-resolution для показа " -"проблем с зависимостями." +msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems." +msgstr "Перезапустить решающее устройство в режиме no-force-resolution для показа проблем с зависимостями." #. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:650 @@ -5207,10 +4724,8 @@ #. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:654 -msgid "" -"Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." -msgstr "" -"Переключить отображение репозиториев, из которых будут установлены пакеты." +msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed." +msgstr "Переключить отображение репозиториев, из которых будут установлены пакеты." #. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt #: src/solve-commit.cc:656 @@ -5248,16 +4763,14 @@ #: src/solve-commit.cc:833 msgid "" -"The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the " -"repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" +"The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n" "\n" "- just retry previous command\n" "- refresh the repositories using 'zypper refresh'\n" "- use another installation medium (if e.g. damaged)\n" "- use another repository" msgstr "" -"Не удалось проверить целостность пакета. Возможна проблема с репозиторием " -"или носителями. Попробуйте одно из следующих действий: \n" +"Не удалось проверить целостность пакета. Возможна проблема с репозиторием или носителями. Попробуйте одно из следующих действий: \n" "\n" " — просто повторите предыдущую команду\n" " — обновите репозитории при помощи 'zypper refresh'\n" @@ -5269,20 +4782,12 @@ msgstr "Во время или после установки или удаления пакетов возникла ошибка:" #: src/solve-commit.cc:863 -msgid "" -"One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as " -"possible." -msgstr "" -"Для одного из установленных исправлений требуется перезагрузка компьютера. " -"Выполните её как можно скорее." +msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible." +msgstr "Для одного из установленных исправлений требуется перезагрузка компьютера. Выполните её как можно скорее." #: src/solve-commit.cc:872 -msgid "" -"One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this " -"command once more to install any other needed patches." -msgstr "" -"Одно из установленных исправлений затрагивает сам менеджер пакетов. " -"Запустите эту команду ещё раз для установки других необходимых исправлений." +msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches." +msgstr "Одно из установленных исправлений затрагивает сам менеджер пакетов. Запустите эту команду ещё раз для установки других необходимых исправлений." #: src/solve-commit.cc:892 msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied." @@ -5350,9 +4855,7 @@ #: src/source-download.cc:375 msgid "Use '--verbose' option for a full list of required source packages." -msgstr "" -"Полный список требуемых пакетов с исходным кодом доступен при использовании " -"параметра '--verbose'." +msgstr "Полный список требуемых пакетов с исходным кодом доступен при использовании параметра '--verbose'." #: src/source-download.cc:384 msgid "Deleting superfluous source packages" @@ -5491,12 +4994,8 @@ #: src/PackageArgs.cc:232 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Different package type specified in '%s' option and '%s' argument. Will use " -"the latter." -msgstr "" -"Разные типы пакета указаны в параметре '%s' и аргументе '%s'. Будет " -"использован последний." +msgid "Different package type specified in '%s' option and '%s' argument. Will use the latter." +msgstr "Разные типы пакета указаны в параметре '%s' и аргументе '%s'. Будет использован последний." #: src/PackageArgs.cc:249 #, c-format @@ -5514,11 +5013,8 @@ #. is " (package-type)" if other than "package" (patch/product/pattern) #: src/misc.cc:180 #, c-format -msgid "" -"In order to install '%s'%s, you must agree to terms of the following license " -"agreement:" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы установить '%s'%s, вы должны согласиться с условиями этой лицензии:" +msgid "In order to install '%s'%s, you must agree to terms of the following license agreement:" +msgstr "Чтобы установить '%s'%s, вы должны согласиться с условиями этой лицензии:" #. lincense prompt #: src/misc.cc:195 @@ -5533,12 +5029,8 @@ #. it is a command line option #: src/misc.cc:209 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Please restart the operation in interactive mode and confirm your agreement " -"with required licenses, or use the %s option." -msgstr "" -"Выполните операцию повторно в интерактивном режиме и подтвердите согласие с " -"требуемыми лицензиями или же используйте параметр %s." +msgid "Please restart the operation in interactive mode and confirm your agreement with required licenses, or use the %s option." +msgstr "Выполните операцию повторно в интерактивном режиме и подтвердите согласие с требуемыми лицензиями или же используйте параметр %s." #. translators: e.g. "... with flash package license." #. ! \todo fix this to allow proper translation @@ -5683,8 +5175,7 @@ #. unless you translate the actual page :) #: src/utils/messages.cc:25 msgid "See http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting for instructions." -msgstr "" -"Указания приведены на странице http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting." +msgstr "Указания приведены на странице http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting." #: src/utils/messages.cc:41 msgid "Too many arguments." @@ -5697,14 +5188,8 @@ #: src/utils/messages.cc:78 #, c-format -msgid "" -"You have chosen to ignore a problem with download or installation of a " -"package which might lead to broken dependencies of other packages. It is " -"recommended to run '%s' after the operation has finished." -msgstr "" -"Вы решили игнорировать проблему с загрузкой или установкой пакета, что может " -"привести к повреждению зависимостей других пакетов. Рекомендуется запустить " -"'%s' по завершении операции." +msgid "You have chosen to ignore a problem with download or installation of a package which might lead to broken dependencies of other packages. It is recommended to run '%s' after the operation has finished." +msgstr "Вы решили игнорировать проблему с загрузкой или установкой пакета, что может привести к повреждению зависимостей других пакетов. Рекомендуется запустить '%s' по завершении операции." #: src/utils/pager.cc:36 #, c-format @@ -5713,14 +5198,11 @@ #: src/utils/pager.cc:46 msgid "Use arrows or pgUp/pgDown keys to scroll the text by lines or pages." -msgstr "" -"Используйте стрелки или клавиши pgUp/pgDown для прокрутки текста по строкам " -"или страницам." +msgstr "Используйте стрелки или клавиши pgUp/pgDown для прокрутки текста по строкам или страницам." #: src/utils/pager.cc:48 msgid "Use the Enter or Space key to scroll the text by lines or pages." -msgstr "" -"Используйте Enter или пробел для прокрутки текста по строкам или страницам." +msgstr "Используйте Enter или пробел для прокрутки текста по строкам или страницам." #: src/utils/Augeas.cc:26 msgid "Cannot initialize configuration file parser." @@ -5755,12 +5237,8 @@ #. translators: speaking of two mutually contradicting command line options #: src/utils/getopt.cc:124 #, c-format -msgid "" -"%s used together with %s, which contradict each other. This property will be " -"left unchanged." -msgstr "" -"%s используется вместе с %s, которые противоречат друг другу. Это свойство " -"останется без изменения." +msgid "%s used together with %s, which contradict each other. This property will be left unchanged." +msgstr "%s используется вместе с %s, которые противоречат друг другу. Это свойство останется без изменения." #. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):" #: src/utils/prompt.cc:87 @@ -5811,8 +5289,7 @@ #: src/utils/prompt.cc:350 #, c-format msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you." -msgstr "" -"Введите '%s' для '%s' или '%s' для '%s', если больше ничего не работает." +msgstr "Введите '%s' для '%s' или '%s' для '%s', если больше ничего не работает." #: src/utils/prompt.cc:364 #, c-format @@ -5967,19 +5444,12 @@ #: src/utils/misc.cc:461 #, c-format -msgid "" -"See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table." +msgid "See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table." msgstr "См. '%s' для сведений о значениях в приведённой таблице." #: src/utils/misc.cc:469 -msgid "" -"Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have " -"permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be " -"incomplete." -msgstr "" -"Внимание: При запуске не от имени root вы сможете производить поиск только " -"по тем файлам, к которым вам разрешено применять системную функцию stat(2). " -"Результаты могут быть неполными." +msgid "Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be incomplete." +msgstr "Внимание: При запуске не от имени root вы сможете производить поиск только по тем файлам, к которым вам разрешено применять системную функцию stat(2). Результаты могут быть неполными." #: src/utils/misc.cc:510 #, c-format @@ -6056,8 +5526,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" #~ "-r, --with-repos Refresh also the service repositories.\n" -#~ "-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled " -#~ "state.\n" +#~ "-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled state.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "refresh-services (refs) [параметры]\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6065,8 +5534,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" #~ "-r, --with-repos Обновить также и репозитории.\n" -#~ "-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев " -#~ "службы.\n" +#~ "-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев службы.\n" #~ msgid "Not Applicable" #~ msgstr "Неприменимо" @@ -6080,8 +5548,7 @@ #~ msgid "Update Repository Content Id" #~ msgstr "Обновить Content Id репозитория" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Uninstallation of a pattern is currently not defined and implemented." +#~ msgid "Uninstallation of a pattern is currently not defined and implemented." #~ msgstr "Удаление шаблона не определено и не реализовано." #~ msgid "None" @@ -6131,42 +5598,31 @@ #~ "of <, <=, =, >=, >.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" -#~ " --from <alias|#|URI> Select packages from the specified " -#~ "repository.\n" +#~ " --from <alias|#|URI> Select packages from the specified repository.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" #~ "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" #~ " Default: %s.\n" -#~ "-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by " -#~ "capability.\n" +#~ "-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n" #~ "-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n" -#~ "-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed " -#~ "(reinstall),\n" -#~ " downgraded or changes vendor or " -#~ "architecture.\n" -#~ " --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older " -#~ "one.\n" -#~ " Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --" -#~ "force\n" +#~ "-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed (reinstall),\n" +#~ " downgraded or changes vendor or architecture.\n" +#~ " --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older one.\n" +#~ " Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --force\n" #~ " it will not enforce a reinstall.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party " -#~ "license\n" +#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" #~ " confirmation prompt.\n" #~ " See 'man zypper' for more details.\n" #~ " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -#~ "required.\n" -#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in " -#~ "addition\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" #~ " to the required.\n" #~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" #~ " let it ask.\n" #~ " --force-resolution Force the solver to find a solution (even\n" #~ " an aggressive one).\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Test the installation, do not actually " -#~ "install.\n" -#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available " -#~ "modes:\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Test the installation, do not actually install.\n" +#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" #~ " %s\n" #~ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6181,52 +5637,37 @@ #~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загрузить только указанный репозиторий.\n" #~ "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" #~ " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -#~ "-n, --name Выбирать пакеты по имени, а не по " -#~ "способностям.\n" +#~ "-n, --name Выбирать пакеты по имени, а не по способностям.\n" #~ "-C, --capability Выбирать пакеты по способностям.\n" #~ "-f, --force Установить, даже если это уже установлено\n" -#~ " (переустановить), понизилась версия или " -#~ "сменились\n" +#~ " (переустановить), понизилась версия или сменились\n" #~ " производитель либо архитектура.\n" -#~ " --oldpackage Разрешить установку более старого вместо " -#~ "более\n" -#~ " нового. Удобно для выполнения отката. В " -#~ "отличие от\n" +#~ " --oldpackage Разрешить установку более старого вместо более\n" +#~ " нового. Удобно для выполнения отката. В отличие от\n" #~ " --force, переустановка не выполняется.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -#~ "запросы\n" -#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -#~ "поставщика.\n" -#~ " Более подробные сведения приведены в 'man " -#~ "zypper'.\n" -#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -#~ "решающей\n" +#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +#~ " Более подробные сведения приведены в 'man zypper'.\n" +#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей\n" #~ " программы.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -#~ "установить\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить\n" #~ " только требуемые.\n" -#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -#~ "дополнение\n" +#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" #~ " к требуемым.\n" -#~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать " -#~ "решение,\n" +#~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n" #~ " позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" -#~ " --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение " -#~ "(даже\n" +#~ " --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже\n" #~ " опасное).\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать на " -#~ "самом деле.\n" -#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -#~ "режимы:\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать на самом деле.\n" +#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" #~ " %s\n" #~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Update all or specified installed packages with newer versions, if " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "Update all or specified installed packages with newer versions, if possible.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6235,27 +5676,22 @@ #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" #~ " --skip-interactive Skip interactive updates.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party " -#~ "license\n" +#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" #~ " confirmation prompt.\n" #~ " See man zypper for more details.\n" -#~ " --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. " -#~ "Updates\n" +#~ " --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. Updates\n" #~ " to a lower than the latest version are\n" #~ " also acceptable.\n" #~ " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -#~ "required.\n" -#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in " -#~ "addition\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" #~ " to the required.\n" #~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" #~ " let it ask.\n" #~ " --force-resolution Force the solver to find a solution (even\n" #~ " an aggressive one).\n" #~ "-D, --dry-run Test the update, do not actually update.\n" -#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available " -#~ "modes:\n" +#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" #~ " %s\n" #~ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6269,35 +5705,23 @@ #~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загрузить только указанный репозиторий.\n" #~ " --skip-interactive Пропустить интерактивные обновления.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -#~ "запросы\n" -#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -#~ "поставщика.\n" -#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -#~ "подробностей.\n" -#~ " --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' " -#~ "для обновления.\n" +#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +#~ " --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для обновления.\n" #~ " Обновления до не самых последних версий\n" #~ " также приемлемы.\n" -#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -#~ "решающей программы.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -#~ "установить только требуемые.\n" -#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -#~ "дополнение\n" +#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы.\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n" +#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" #~ " к требуемым.\n" -#~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать " -#~ "решение,\n" +#~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n" #~ " позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" -#~ " --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти " -#~ "решение (даже опасное).\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновлять на " -#~ "самом деле.\n" -#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. " -#~ "Доступные режимы:\n" +#~ " --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже опасное).\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновлять на самом деле.\n" +#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" #~ " %s\n" -#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не " -#~ "устанавливать.\n" +#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "patch [options]\n" @@ -6309,27 +5733,20 @@ #~ " --skip-interactive Skip interactive patches.\n" #~ " --with-interactive Do not skip interactive patches.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party " -#~ "license\n" +#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" #~ " confirmation prompt.\n" #~ " See man zypper for more details.\n" -#~ "-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla " -#~ "issue.\n" -#~ " --cve # Install patch fixing the specified CVE " -#~ "issue.\n" +#~ "-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla issue.\n" +#~ " --cve # Install patch fixing the specified CVE issue.\n" #~ "-g --category <category> Install all patches in this category.\n" -#~ " --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install patches issued until the specified " -#~ "date\n" +#~ " --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install patches issued until the specified date\n" #~ " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -#~ "required.\n" -#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in " -#~ "addition\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" #~ " to the required.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" #~ "-D, --dry-run Test the update, do not actually update.\n" -#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available " -#~ "modes:\n" +#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" #~ " %s\n" #~ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6341,35 +5758,22 @@ #~ " --skip-interactive Пропускать интерактивные исправления.\n" #~ " --with-interactive Не пропускать интерактивные исправления.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -#~ "запросы\n" -#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -#~ "поставщика.\n" -#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -#~ "подробностей.\n" -#~ "-b, --bugzilla # Установить исправление указанной ошибки " -#~ "bugzilla.\n" -#~ " --cve # Установить исправление указанной ошибки " -#~ "CVE.\n" -#~ "-g --category <категория> Установить все исправления в этой " -#~ "категории.\n" -#~ " --date <ГГГГ-ММ-ДД> Установить исправления, выпущенные до " -#~ "указанной даты.\n" -#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -#~ "решающей программы.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -#~ "установить только требуемые.\n" -#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -#~ "дополнение\n" +#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +#~ "-b, --bugzilla # Установить исправление указанной ошибки bugzilla.\n" +#~ " --cve # Установить исправление указанной ошибки CVE.\n" +#~ "-g --category <категория> Установить все исправления в этой категории.\n" +#~ " --date <ГГГГ-ММ-ДД> Установить исправления, выпущенные до указанной даты.\n" +#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы.\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n" +#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" #~ " к требуемым.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в " -#~ "действительности.\n" -#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. " -#~ "Доступные режимы:\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в действительности.\n" +#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" #~ " %s\n" -#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не " -#~ "устанавливать.\n" +#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n" @@ -6381,19 +5785,15 @@ #~ " --from <alias|#|URI> Restrict upgrade to specified repository.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party " -#~ "license\n" +#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" #~ " confirmation prompt.\n" #~ " See man zypper for more details.\n" #~ " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -#~ "required.\n" -#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in " -#~ "addition\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" #~ " to the required.\n" #~ "-D, --dry-run Test the upgrade, do not actually upgrade\n" -#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available " -#~ "modes:\n" +#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" #~ " %s\n" #~ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6402,34 +5802,22 @@ #~ "Произвести обновление дистрибутива.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ " --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить обновления указанным " -#~ "репозиторием.\n" +#~ " --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить обновления указанным репозиторием.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -#~ "запросы\n" -#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего " -#~ "поставщика.\n" -#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -#~ "подробностей.\n" -#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки " -#~ "решающей программы\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -#~ "установить только требуемые.\n" -#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в " -#~ "дополнение\n" +#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n" +#~ " подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" +#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n" +#~ " --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" #~ " к требуемым.\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в " -#~ "действительности.\n" -#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. " -#~ "Доступные режимы:\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в действительности.\n" +#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" #~ " %s\n" -#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не " -#~ "устанавливать.\n" +#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Repository '%s' appears to outdated. Consider using a different mirror or " -#~ "server." +#~ msgid "Repository '%s' appears to outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server." #~ msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Используйте другое зеркало или сервер." #~ msgid "No package matching '%s' are installed." @@ -6444,26 +5832,14 @@ #~ msgid "No configuration file exists or could be parsed." #~ msgstr "Конфигурационные файлы не существуют или не могут быть обработаны." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match " -#~ "specified version, architecture, or repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Кандидат на обновление '%s' для '%s' существует, но не соответствует " -#~ "указанной версии, архитектуре или репозиторию." +#~ msgid "There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match specified version, architecture, or repository." +#~ msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' для '%s' существует, но не соответствует указанной версии, архитектуре или репозиторию." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from different vendor. " -#~ "Use '%s' to install this candidate." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Кандидат на обновление '%s' от другого поставщика. Используйте '%s' для " -#~ "его установки." +#~ msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from different vendor. Use '%s' to install this candidate." +#~ msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' от другого поставщика. Используйте '%s' для его установки." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from repository with " -#~ "lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Кандидат на обновление '%s' принадлежит репозиторию с более низким " -#~ "приоритетом. Используйте '%s' для его установки." +#~ msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from repository with lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate." +#~ msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' принадлежит репозиторию с более низким приоритетом. Используйте '%s' для его установки." #~ msgid "" #~ "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" @@ -6471,85 +5847,56 @@ #~ "Search for packages matching any of the given search strings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" -#~ " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words " -#~ "(default).\n" +#~ " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n" #~ " --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n" -#~ " --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --provides Search for packages which provide the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --requires Search for packages which require the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --suggests Search what packages are suggested by the " -#~ "search strings.\n" -#~ " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ "-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, " -#~ "otherwise\n" +#~ " --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search strings.\n" +#~ " --provides Search for packages which provide the search strings.\n" +#~ " --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search strings.\n" +#~ " --requires Search for packages which require the search strings.\n" +#~ " --suggests Search what packages are suggested by the search strings.\n" +#~ " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search strings.\n" +#~ " --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search strings.\n" +#~ "-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, otherwise\n" #~ " searching in package name is default.\n" -#~ "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of " -#~ "packages.\n" -#~ "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and " -#~ "descriptions.\n" +#~ "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of packages.\n" +#~ "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n" #~ "-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n" -#~ "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified " -#~ "type.\n" +#~ "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n" +#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n" +#~ "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n" #~ " --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n" #~ " --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n" -#~ "-s, --details Show each available version in each " -#~ "repository\n" +#~ "-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n" #~ " on a separate line.\n" -#~ "-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information " -#~ "where the\n" -#~ " search has matched (useful for search in " -#~ "dependencies).\n" +#~ "-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where the\n" +#~ " search has matched (useful for search in dependencies).\n" #~ "\n" #~ "* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n" -#~ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular " -#~ "expression.\n" +#~ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "search (se) [параметры] [строка запроса] .\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Искать пакеты, соответствующие заданным строкам поиска.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ " --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть " -#~ "частями слов (по умолчанию).\n" -#~ " --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть " -#~ "только целыми словами.\n" -#~ " --match-exact Искать точное совпадение со строками " -#~ "поиска.\n" -#~ " --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Предоставляет».\n" -#~ " --recommends Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Рекомендует».\n" +#~ " --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями слов (по умолчанию).\n" +#~ " --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только целыми словами.\n" +#~ " --match-exact Искать точное совпадение со строками поиска.\n" +#~ " --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предоставляет».\n" +#~ " --recommends Искать совпадение строки в поле «Рекомендует».\n" #~ " --requires Искать совпадение строки в поле «Требует».\n" -#~ " --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Предлагается».\n" -#~ " --conflicts Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Конфликтует».\n" -#~ " --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает " -#~ "устаревшим».\n" -#~ "-n, --name Полезно для использования вместе с " -#~ "параметрами\n" -#~ " зависимостей, иначе по умолчанию поиск идёт " -#~ "в\n" +#~ " --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предлагается».\n" +#~ " --conflicts Искать совпадение строки в поле «Конфликтует».\n" +#~ " --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает устаревшим».\n" +#~ "-n, --name Полезно для использования вместе с параметрами\n" +#~ " зависимостей, иначе по умолчанию поиск идёт в\n" #~ " названиях пакетов.\n" #~ "-f, --file-list Искать совпадение строки в списке файлов.\n" #~ "-d, --search-descriptions Искать также в сводках и описаниях пакетов.\n" #~ "-C, --case-sensitive Выполнить поиск с учетом регистра.\n" #~ "-i, --installed-only Показать только уже установленные пакеты.\n" -#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Показать только не установленные пока " -#~ "пакеты.\n" +#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Показать только не установленные пока пакеты.\n" #~ "-t, --type <тип> Искать пакеты только указанного типа.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Искать только в указанном репозитории.\n" #~ " --sort-by-name Упорядочить пакеты по имени (по умолчанию).\n" @@ -6560,10 +5907,8 @@ #~ " сведениями о месте совпадения (полезно для\n" #~ " поиска в зависимостях).\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках " -#~ "поиска.\n" -#~ "Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как " -#~ "регулярное выражение.\n" +#~ "* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках поиска.\n" +#~ "Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное выражение.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n" @@ -6596,24 +5941,18 @@ #~ "Install specified source packages and their build dependencies.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" -#~ "-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified " -#~ "packages.\n" +#~ "-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified packages.\n" #~ "-D, --no-build-deps Don't install build dependencies.\n" -#~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Install packages only from specified " -#~ "repositories.\n" +#~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Install packages only from specified repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "source-install (si) [параметры] <имя> ...\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Установить указанные пакеты с исходным кодом и зависимости, требуемые для " -#~ "их сборки.\n" +#~ "Установить указанные пакеты с исходным кодом и зависимости, требуемые для их сборки.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ "-d, --build-deps-only Установить только зависимости, требуемые для " -#~ "сборки указанных пакетов.\n" -#~ "-D, --no-build-deps Не устанавливать зависимости, требуемые для " -#~ "сборки.\n" -#~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных " -#~ "репозиториев.\n" +#~ "-d, --build-deps-only Установить только зависимости, требуемые для сборки указанных пакетов.\n" +#~ "-D, --no-build-deps Не устанавливать зависимости, требуемые для сборки.\n" +#~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных репозиториев.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "services (ls) [options]\n" @@ -6623,10 +5962,8 @@ #~ " Command options:\n" #~ "-u, --uri Show also base URI of repositories.\n" #~ "-p, --priority Show also repository priority.\n" -#~ "-d, --details Show more information like URI, priority, " -#~ "type.\n" -#~ "-r, --with-repos Show also repositories belonging to the " -#~ "services.\n" +#~ "-d, --details Show more information like URI, priority, type.\n" +#~ "-r, --with-repos Show also repositories belonging to the services.\n" #~ "-P, --sort-by-priority Sort the list by repository priority.\n" #~ "-U, --sort-by-uri Sort the list by URI.\n" #~ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" @@ -6636,13 +5973,10 @@ #~ "Вывести список всех определённых служб.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ "-u, --uri Показать также основные URI-адреса " -#~ "репозиториев.\n" +#~ "-u, --uri Показать также основные URI-адреса репозиториев.\n" #~ "-p, --priority Показать также приоритеты репозиториев.\n" -#~ "-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как " -#~ "URI-адрес, приоритет, тип.\n" -#~ "-r, --with-repos Показать также репозитории, принадлежащие " -#~ "службам.\n" +#~ "-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как URI-адрес, приоритет, тип.\n" +#~ "-r, --with-repos Показать также репозитории, принадлежащие службам.\n" #~ "-P, --sort-by-priority Сортировать список по приоритету репозитория.\n" #~ "-U, --sort-by-uri Сортировать список по URI-адресу.\n" #~ "-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать список по имени.\n" @@ -6653,15 +5987,13 @@ #~ "List all defined repositories.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" -#~ "-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single " -#~ "local .repo file.\n" +#~ "-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local .repo file.\n" #~ "-a, --alias Show also repository alias.\n" #~ "-n, --name Show also repository name.\n" #~ "-u, --uri Show also base URI of repositories.\n" #~ "-p, --priority Show also repository priority.\n" #~ "-r, --refresh Show also the autorefresh flag.\n" -#~ "-d, --details Show more information like URI, priority, " -#~ "type.\n" +#~ "-d, --details Show more information like URI, priority, type.\n" #~ "-s, --service Show also alias of parent service.\n" #~ "-U, --sort-by-uri Sort the list by URI.\n" #~ "-P, --sort-by-priority Sort the list by repository priority.\n" @@ -6673,16 +6005,13 @@ #~ "Вывести список всех определённых репозиториев.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ "-e, --export <ФАЙЛ.repo> Экспортировать все определённые репозитории в " -#~ "один локальный файл .repo.\n" +#~ "-e, --export <ФАЙЛ.repo> Экспортировать все определённые репозитории в один локальный файл .repo.\n" #~ "-a, --alias Показать также псевдоним репозитория.\n" #~ "-n, --name Показать также имя репозитория.\n" -#~ "-u, --uri Показать также основные URI-адреса " -#~ "репозиториев.\n" +#~ "-u, --uri Показать также основные URI-адреса репозиториев.\n" #~ "-p, --priority Показать также приоритеты репозиториев.\n" #~ "-r, --refresh Показать также флаг автообновления.\n" -#~ "-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как " -#~ "URI-адреса, приоритеты, типы.\n" +#~ "-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как URI-адреса, приоритеты, типы.\n" #~ "-s, --service Показать также псевдоним родительской службы.\n" #~ "-U, --sort-by-uri Сортировать список по URI-адресу.\n" #~ "-P, --sort-by-priority Сортировать список по приоритету репозитория.\n" @@ -6696,53 +6025,34 @@ #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" #~ " --installed-only Show only installed packages.\n" -#~ " --uninstalled-only Show only packages which are currently not " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words " -#~ "(default).\n" +#~ " --uninstalled-only Show only packages which are currently not installed.\n" +#~ " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n" #~ " --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n" -#~ " --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --provides Search for packages which provide the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --requires Search for packages which require the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --suggests Search what packages are suggested by the " -#~ "search strings.\n" -#~ " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ "-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, " -#~ "otherwise\n" +#~ " --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search strings.\n" +#~ " --provides Search for packages which provide the search strings.\n" +#~ " --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search strings.\n" +#~ " --requires Search for packages which require the search strings.\n" +#~ " --suggests Search what packages are suggested by the search strings.\n" +#~ " --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search strings.\n" +#~ " --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search strings.\n" +#~ "-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, otherwise\n" #~ " searching in package name is default.\n" -#~ "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of " -#~ "packages.\n" -#~ "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and " -#~ "descriptions.\n" +#~ "-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of packages.\n" +#~ "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n" #~ "-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n" -#~ "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified " -#~ "type.\n" +#~ "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n" +#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n" +#~ "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n" #~ " --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n" #~ " --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n" -#~ "-s, --details Show each available version in each " -#~ "repository\n" +#~ "-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n" #~ " on a separate line.\n" -#~ "-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information " -#~ "where the\n" -#~ " search has matched (useful for search in " -#~ "dependencies).\n" +#~ "-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where the\n" +#~ " search has matched (useful for search in dependencies).\n" #~ "\n" #~ "* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n" -#~ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular " -#~ "expression.\n" +#~ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "search (se) [параметры] [строка запроса] ...\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6750,34 +6060,24 @@ #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" #~ " --installed-only Отобразить только уже установленные пакеты.\n" -#~ " --uninstalled-only Отобразить только не установленные на данный " -#~ "момент пакеты.\n" -#~ " --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями " -#~ "слов (по умолчанию).\n" -#~ " --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только " -#~ "целыми словами.\n" +#~ " --uninstalled-only Отобразить только не установленные на данный момент пакеты.\n" +#~ " --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями слов (по умолчанию).\n" +#~ " --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только целыми словами.\n" #~ " --match-exact Искать точное совпадение со строками поиска.\n" -#~ " --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Предоставляет».\n" -#~ " --recommends Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Рекомендует».\n" +#~ " --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предоставляет».\n" +#~ " --recommends Искать совпадение строки в поле «Рекомендует».\n" #~ " --requires Искать совпадение строки в поле «Требует».\n" -#~ " --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Предлагается».\n" -#~ " --conflicts Искать совпадение строки в поле " -#~ "«Конфликтует».\n" -#~ " --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает " -#~ "устаревшим».\n" -#~ "-n, --name Полезно для использования вместе с " -#~ "параметрами\n" +#~ " --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предлагается».\n" +#~ " --conflicts Искать совпадение строки в поле «Конфликтует».\n" +#~ " --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает устаревшим».\n" +#~ "-n, --name Полезно для использования вместе с параметрами\n" #~ " зависимостей, иначе по умолчанию поиск идёт в\n" #~ " названиях пакетов.\n" #~ "-f, --file-list Искать совпадение строки в списке файлов.\n" #~ "-d, --search-descriptions Искать также в сводках и описаниях пакетов.\n" #~ "-c, --case-sensitive Выполнить поиск с учетом регистра.\n" #~ "-i, --installed-only Показать только уже установленные пакеты.\n" -#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Показать только не установленные на данный " -#~ "момент пакеты.\n" +#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Показать только не установленные на данный момент пакеты.\n" #~ "-t, --type <тип> Искать пакеты только указанного типа.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Искать только в указанном репозитории.\n" #~ " --sort-by-name Упорядочить пакеты по имени (по умолчанию).\n" @@ -6785,13 +6085,10 @@ #~ "-s, --details Показывать каждую доступную версию в каждом\n" #~ " репозитории отдельной строкой.\n" #~ "-v, --verbose Аналогично --details, с дополнительными\n" -#~ " сведениями о месте совпадения (полезно для " -#~ "поиска\n" +#~ " сведениями о месте совпадения (полезно для поиска\n" #~ " в зависимостях).\n" -#~ "* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках " -#~ "поиска.\n" -#~ "Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как " -#~ "регулярное выражение.\n" +#~ "* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках поиска.\n" +#~ "Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное выражение.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" @@ -6799,28 +6096,20 @@ #~ "Search for packages matching given search strings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" -#~ " --match-all Search for a match with all search strings " -#~ "(default).\n" -#~ " --match-any Search for a match with any of the search " -#~ "strings.\n" -#~ " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words " -#~ "(default).\n" +#~ " --match-all Search for a match with all search strings (default).\n" +#~ " --match-any Search for a match with any of the search strings.\n" +#~ " --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n" #~ " --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n" #~ " --match-exact Searches for an exact package name.\n" -#~ "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and " -#~ "descriptions.\n" +#~ "-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n" #~ "-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n" -#~ "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently " -#~ "installed.\n" -#~ "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified " -#~ "type.\n" +#~ "-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n" +#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n" +#~ "-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n" #~ " --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n" #~ " --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n" -#~ "-s, --details Show each available version in each " -#~ "repository\n" +#~ "-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n" #~ " on a separate line.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n" @@ -6830,29 +6119,23 @@ #~ "Искать пакеты, соответствующие заданным строкам поиска.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ " --match-all Искать соответствия всем строкам поиска (по " -#~ "умолчанию).\n" +#~ " --match-all Искать соответствия всем строкам поиска (по умолчанию).\n" #~ " --match-any Искать соответствия любой строке поиска.\n" -#~ " --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями " -#~ "слов (по умолчанию).\n" -#~ " --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только " -#~ "целыми словами.\n" +#~ " --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями слов (по умолчанию).\n" +#~ " --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только целыми словами.\n" #~ " --match-exact Искать по точному имени пакета.\n" #~ "-d, --search-descriptions Искать также в сводках и описаниях пакетов.\n" #~ "-c, --case-sensitive Выполнить поиск с учетом регистра.\n" #~ "-i, --installed-only Отобразить только уже установленные пакеты.\n" -#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Отобразить только не установленные на данный " -#~ "момент пакеты.\n" +#~ "-u, --uninstalled-only Отобразить только не установленные на данный момент пакеты.\n" #~ "-t, --type <type> Искать пакеты только указанного типа.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Искать только в указанном репозитории.\n" #~ " --sort-by-name Упорядочить пакеты по имени (по умолчанию).\n" #~ " --sort-by-repo Упорядочить пакеты по репозиторию.\n" -#~ "-s, --details Показывать каждую доступную версию в каждом " -#~ "репозитории\n" +#~ "-s, --details Показывать каждую доступную версию в каждом репозитории\n" #~ " отдельной строкой.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках " -#~ "поиска.\n" +#~ "* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках поиска.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "info (if) [options] <name> ...\n" @@ -6874,8 +6157,7 @@ #~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Работать только с указанным репозиторием.\n" #~ "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" #~ " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -#~ " --requires Показывать также требуемые и предварительно " -#~ "требуемые.\n" +#~ " --requires Показывать также требуемые и предварительно требуемые.\n" #~ " --recommends Показывать также рекомендуемые." #~ msgid "" @@ -6899,36 +6181,28 @@ #~ "of <, <=, =, >=, >.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Command options:\n" -#~ " --from <alias|#|URI> Select packages from the specified " -#~ "repository.\n" +#~ " --from <alias|#|URI> Select packages from the specified repository.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n" #~ "-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n" #~ " Default: %s.\n" -#~ "-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by " -#~ "capability.\n" +#~ "-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n" #~ "-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n" -#~ "-f, --force Reinstall the package if the exact version " -#~ "is\n" +#~ "-f, --force Reinstall the package if the exact version is\n" #~ " available in repositories.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party " -#~ "license\n" +#~ " Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n" #~ " confirmation prompt.\n" #~ " See 'man zypper' for more details.\n" #~ " --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only " -#~ "required.\n" -#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in " -#~ "addition\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n" +#~ " --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n" #~ " to the required.\n" #~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n" #~ " let it ask.\n" #~ " --force-resolution Force the solver to find a solution (even\n" #~ " an aggressive one).\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Test the installation, do not actually " -#~ "install.\n" -#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available " -#~ "modes:\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Test the installation, do not actually install.\n" +#~ " --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n" #~ " %s\n" #~ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -6939,42 +6213,29 @@ #~ "где ОП является одним из <, <=, =, >=, >.\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Параметры команды:\n" -#~ " --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Выбрать пакеты из указанного " -#~ "репозитория.\n" +#~ " --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Выбрать пакеты из указанного репозитория.\n" #~ "-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загрузить только указанный репозиторий.\n" #~ "-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n" #~ " По умолчанию: %s.\n" -#~ "-n, --name Выбрать пакеты по обычному имени, не по " -#~ "способности.\n" +#~ "-n, --name Выбрать пакеты по обычному имени, не по способности.\n" #~ "-C, --capability Выбрать пакеты по способности.\n" -#~ "-f, --force Переустановить пакет, если точно такая же " -#~ "версия\n" +#~ "-f, --force Переустановить пакет, если точно такая же версия\n" #~ " доступна в репозиториях.\n" #~ "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" -#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на " -#~ "запросы подтверждения\n" +#~ " Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы подтверждения\n" #~ " лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n" -#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения " -#~ "подробностей.\n" -#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей " -#~ "программы для отладки.\n" -#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, " -#~ "только требуемые.\n" -#~ " --recommends Устанавливать также рекомендуемые пакеты " -#~ "в дополнение\n" +#~ " Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n" +#~ " --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для отладки.\n" +#~ " --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, только требуемые.\n" +#~ " --recommends Устанавливать также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n" #~ " к требуемым.\n" -#~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать " -#~ "решение,\n" +#~ "-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n" #~ " позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n" -#~ " --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство находить " -#~ "решение (даже опасное).\n" -#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать в " -#~ "действительности.\n" -#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные " -#~ "режимы:\n" +#~ " --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство находить решение (даже опасное).\n" +#~ "-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать в действительности.\n" +#~ " --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n" #~ " %s\n" -#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не " -#~ "устанавливать.\n" +#~ "-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ " Global Options:\n" @@ -6982,8 +6243,7 @@ #~ "\t--version, -V\t\tOutput the version number.\n" #~ "\t--promptids\t\tOutput a list of zypper's user prompts.\n" #~ "\t--config, -c <file>\tUse specified config file instead of the default.\n" -#~ "\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and " -#~ "plugins.\n" +#~ "\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and plugins.\n" #~ "\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n" #~ "\t\t\t\tmessages.\n" #~ "\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n" @@ -7001,21 +6261,16 @@ #~ "\t--help, -h\t\tСправка.\n" #~ "\t--version, -V\t\tВывести номер версии.\n" #~ "\t--promptids\t\tВывести список запросов пользователя к zypper.\n" -#~ "\t--config, -c <файл>\tИспользовать указанный конфигурационный файл " -#~ "вместо файла по умолчанию.\n" -#~ "\t--userdata <строка>\tУказанный пользователем идентификатор транзакции " -#~ "для использования в журнале и модулях.\n" -#~ "\t--quiet, -q\t\tСокрытие обычного вывода, печатаются только сообщений об " -#~ "ошибках.\n" +#~ "\t--config, -c <файл>\tИспользовать указанный конфигурационный файл вместо файла по умолчанию.\n" +#~ "\t--userdata <строка>\tУказанный пользователем идентификатор транзакции для использования в журнале и модулях.\n" +#~ "\t--quiet, -q\t\tСокрытие обычного вывода, печатаются только сообщений об ошибках.\n" #~ "\t--verbose, -v\t\tБолее подробные сообщения.\n" #~ "\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tНе сокращать текст в таблицах.\n" #~ "\t--table-style, -s\tСтиль таблицы (целое число).\n" #~ "\t--rug-compatible, -r\tВключение режима совместимости с rug.\n" -#~ "\t--non-interactive\tНе задавать вопросы, автоматически использовать " -#~ "ответы по умолчанию.\n" +#~ "\t--non-interactive\tНе задавать вопросы, автоматически использовать ответы по умолчанию.\n" #~ "\t--non-interactive-include-reboot-patches\n" -#~ "\t\t\t\tНе обрабатывать патчи как интерактивные, если у них установлен " -#~ "флаг rebootSuggested.\n" +#~ "\t\t\t\tНе обрабатывать патчи как интерактивные, если у них установлен флаг rebootSuggested.\n" #~ "\t--xmlout, -x\t\tПереключиться к режиму вывода XML.\n" #~ msgid "Empty OBS project name." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89850 - trunk/lcn/ru/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 09 Oct '14

09 Oct '14

Author: minton Date: 2014-10-09 05:23:00 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89850 Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/slideshow.ru.po Log: Merged slideshow.pot for ru Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/slideshow.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ru/po/slideshow.ru.po 2014-10-08 23:14:51 UTC (rev 89849) +++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/slideshow.ru.po 2014-10-09 03:23:00 UTC (rev 89850) @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" -"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: slideshow.xml:14(title) @@ -31,356 +30,137 @@ msgstr "Добро пожаловать в openSUSE™!" #: slideshow.xml:19(para) -#| msgid "Whether you use your computer to communicate with friends, family, or colleagues; to manage and enjoy your pictures and music; to browse the Internet for the latest news or for fun; to write a report or budget; or to host a personal Web site or home network, you will find everything you need in openSUSE 13.1." -msgid "" -"Whether you use your computer to communicate with friends, family, or " -"colleagues; to manage and enjoy your pictures and music; to browse the " -"Internet for the latest news or for fun; to write a report or budget; or to " -"host a personal Web site or home network, you will find everything you need " -"in openSUSE 13.2." -msgstr "" -"Используете ли вы ваш компьютер для связи с друзьями, родственниками или " -"коллегами, для управления коллекциями фотографий и музыки, путешествуете ли в " -"интернете в поисках последних новостей или информации, составляете ли отчёт " -"или финансовую смету, содержите ли личный веб-сайт или домашнюю сеть, вы " -"найдете всё, что вам нужно, в openSUSE 13.2." +msgid "Whether you use your computer to communicate with friends, family, or colleagues; to manage and enjoy your pictures and music; to browse the Internet for the latest news or for fun; to write a report or budget; or to host a personal Web site or home network, you will find everything you need in openSUSE 13.2." +msgstr "Используете ли вы ваш компьютер для связи с друзьями, родственниками или коллегами, для управления коллекциями фотографий и музыки, путешествуете ли в интернете в поисках последних новостей или информации, составляете ли отчёт или финансовую смету, содержите ли личный веб-сайт или домашнюю сеть, вы найдете всё, что вам нужно, в openSUSE 13.2." #: slideshow.xml:29(title) msgid "openSUSE.org" msgstr "openSUSE.org" #: slideshow.xml:31(para) -msgid "" -"openSUSE is a community project created and sponsored by SUSE to deliver the " -"world's most user-friendly computing platform. Many people from around the " -"world contribute to the openSUSE Project by packaging software, testing " -"programs, writing documentation, and translating components into dozens of " -"languages. All of that work is available for free in the openSUSE Linux " -"distribution available at www.opensuse.org." -msgstr "" -"openSUSE — это проект сообщества по созданию наиболее дружественной к " -"пользователю вычислительной платформы, созданный и поддерживаемый SUSE. " -"Многие люди со всего мира вносят вклад в проект openSUSE, собирая пакеты, " -"участвуя в тестировании программ, написании документации и переводе " -"компонентов на десятки языков. Вся их работа свободно доступна в дистрибутиве " -"openSUSE Linux, доступном по адресу www.opensuse.org." +msgid "openSUSE is a community project created and sponsored by SUSE to deliver the world's most user-friendly computing platform. Many people from around the world contribute to the openSUSE Project by packaging software, testing programs, writing documentation, and translating components into dozens of languages. All of that work is available for free in the openSUSE Linux distribution available at www.opensuse.org." +msgstr "openSUSE — это проект сообщества по созданию наиболее дружественной к пользователю вычислительной платформы, созданный и поддерживаемый SUSE. Многие люди со всего мира вносят вклад в проект openSUSE, собирая пакеты, участвуя в тестировании программ, написании документации и переводе компонентов на десятки языков. Вся их работа свободно доступна в дистрибутиве openSUSE Linux, доступном по адресу www.opensuse.org." #: slideshow.xml:39(para) -msgid "" -"Visit www.opensuse.org/How_to_Participate to learn how you can join the " -"openSUSE community." -msgstr "" -"Посетите www.opensuse.org/How_to_Participate, чтобы узнать, как можно " -"присоединиться к сообществу openSUSE." +msgid "Visit www.opensuse.org/How_to_Participate to learn how you can join the openSUSE community." +msgstr "Посетите www.opensuse.org/How_to_Participate, чтобы узнать, как можно присоединиться к сообществу openSUSE." #: slideshow.xml:44(title) msgid "openSUSE in Many Languages" msgstr "openSUSE на многих языках" #: slideshow.xml:46(para) -msgid "" -"The openSUSE distribution is available in many languages. Localization for " -"openSUSE software occurs through the efforts of our hard-working, " -"community-driven language teams. Thank you to all of our contributors. Find " -"the localization portal at: http://i18n.opensuse.org/" -msgstr "" -"Дистрибутив openSUSE переведён на многие языки. Перевод программного " -"обеспечения для openSUSE осуществляется силами сообщества. Спасибо всем, кто " -"принимает в этом участие. Портал локализации находится по адресу " -"http://i18n.opensuse.org/, сообщения об ошибках в русском переводе " -"принимаются на http://bugzilla.suse.ru" +msgid "The openSUSE distribution is available in many languages. Localization for openSUSE software occurs through the efforts of our hard-working, community-driven language teams. Thank you to all of our contributors. Find the localization portal at: http://i18n.opensuse.org/" +msgstr "Дистрибутив openSUSE переведён на многие языки. Перевод программного обеспечения для openSUSE осуществляется силами сообщества. Спасибо всем, кто принимает в этом участие. Портал локализации находится по адресу http://i18n.opensuse.org/, сообщения об ошибках в русском переводе принимаются на http://bugzilla.suse.ru" #: slideshow.xml:55(title) msgid "Connect and Communicate" msgstr "Подключайтесь и общайтесь" #: slideshow.xml:57(para) -#| msgid "You can communicate more effectively with openSUSE 13.1 because it provides a complete set of tools for Web browsing and e-mail management—it even includes the newest Voice over IP technology." -msgid "" -"You can communicate more effectively with openSUSE 13.2 because it provides a " -"complete set of tools for Web browsing and e-mail management — it even " -"includes the newest Voice over IP technology." -msgstr "" -"При помощи openSUSE 13.2 вы можете общаться более эффективно, потому что он " -"предоставляет полный набор средств для обзора интернета и управления " -"электронной почтой — он даже включает новейшие технологии VoIP." +msgid "You can communicate more effectively with openSUSE 13.2 because it provides a complete set of tools for Web browsing and e-mail management — it even includes the newest Voice over IP technology." +msgstr "При помощи openSUSE 13.2 вы можете общаться более эффективно, потому что он предоставляет полный набор средств для обзора интернета и управления электронной почтой — он даже включает новейшие технологии VoIP." #: slideshow.xml:63(para) -#| msgid "openSUSE includes Mozilla Firefox, one of the best Web browsers in the world. Firefox includes all the features you need to enjoy the Web, including the newest HTML5 technologies. Firefox also boasts lightning-fast performance, and a number of improvements designed to protect your privacy and prevent phishing attacks." -msgid "" -"openSUSE 13.2 includes Mozilla Firefox, one of the best Web browsers in the " -"world. Firefox includes all the features you need to enjoy the Web, including " -"the newest HTML5 technologies. Firefox also boasts lightning-fast " -"performance, and a number of improvements designed to protect your privacy " -"and prevent phishing attacks." -msgstr "" -"openSUSE 13.2 включает Mozilla Firefox, один из лучших веб-браузеров в мире. " -"Firefox включает все возможности, необходимые вам, чтобы наслаждаться веб, " -"включая новейшие технологии HTML5. Firefox может также похвастаться " -"молниеносным быстродействием и большим числом улучшений, созданных для защиты " -"вашей конфиденциальности и предотвращения фишинговых атак." +msgid "openSUSE 13.2 includes Mozilla Firefox, one of the best Web browsers in the world. Firefox includes all the features you need to enjoy the Web, including the newest HTML5 technologies. Firefox also boasts lightning-fast performance, and a number of improvements designed to protect your privacy and prevent phishing attacks." +msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 включает Mozilla Firefox, один из лучших веб-браузеров в мире. Firefox включает все возможности, необходимые вам, чтобы наслаждаться веб, включая новейшие технологии HTML5. Firefox может также похвастаться молниеносным быстродействием и большим числом улучшений, созданных для защиты вашей конфиденциальности и предотвращения фишинговых атак." #: slideshow.xml:69(para) -#| msgid "Also included with openSUSE are Evolution and Kontact, complete e-mail and contact management applications. For instant messaging, openSUSE features easy to use IM clients that support all of the popular protocols: AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise, and many others." -msgid "" -"Also included with openSUSE 13.2 are Evolution and Kontact, complete e-mail " -"and contact management applications. For instant messaging, openSUSE features " -"easy to use IM clients that support all of the popular protocols: AIM, " -"Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise, and many others." -msgstr "" -"Кроме того, в состав openSUSE 13.2 включены Evolution и Kontact, полноценные " -"приложения для управления электронной почтой и контактами. Для мгновенного " -"обмена сообщениями openSUSE имеет в наличии простые в использовании " -"IM-клиенты, которые поддерживают все популярные протоколы: AIM, Facebook, " -"Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise и многие другие." +msgid "Also included with openSUSE 13.2 are Evolution and Kontact, complete e-mail and contact management applications. For instant messaging, openSUSE features easy to use IM clients that support all of the popular protocols: AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise, and many others." +msgstr "Кроме того, в состав openSUSE 13.2 включены Evolution и Kontact, полноценные приложения для управления электронной почтой и контактами. Для мгновенного обмена сообщениями openSUSE имеет в наличии простые в использовании IM-клиенты, которые поддерживают все популярные протоколы: AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise и многие другие." #: slideshow.xml:78(title) msgid "Create, View and Listen" msgstr "Создавайте, смотрите и слушайте" #: slideshow.xml:79(para) -#| msgid "Download tunes from the Internet. Rip CDs to create your own customized music library. Listen to your playlist online. Burn CDs or DVDs. Copy your files to an iPod or media player and take your music anywhere. Manage and edit digital pictures with powerful graphics editors. It's all easy with openSUSE." -msgid "" -"Download tunes from the Internet. Rip CDs to create your own customized music " -"library. Listen to your playlist online. Burn CDs or DVDs. Copy your files to " -"an iPod or media player and take your music anywhere. Manage and edit digital " -"pictures with powerful graphics editors. It's all easy with openSUSE 13.2." -msgstr "" -"Загружайте мелодии из интернета. Копируйте музыку с компакт-дисков, чтобы " -"создать свою собственную музыкальную библиотеку. Прослушивайте ваш плейлист " -"по сети. Записывайте компакт-диски или диски DVD. Копируйте ваши файлы на " -"iPod или проигрыватель мультимедиа, возьмите музыку в дорогу. Управляйте " -"вашими цифровыми фотографиями и редактируйте их с помощью мощных графических " -"редакторов. Всё это легко с openSUSE 13.2." +msgid "Download tunes from the Internet. Rip CDs to create your own customized music library. Listen to your playlist online. Burn CDs or DVDs. Copy your files to an iPod or media player and take your music anywhere. Manage and edit digital pictures with powerful graphics editors. It's all easy with openSUSE 13.2." +msgstr "Загружайте мелодии из интернета. Копируйте музыку с компакт-дисков, чтобы создать свою собственную музыкальную библиотеку. Прослушивайте ваш плейлист по сети. Записывайте компакт-диски или диски DVD. Копируйте ваши файлы на iPod или проигрыватель мультимедиа, возьмите музыку в дорогу. Управляйте вашими цифровыми фотографиями и редактируйте их с помощью мощных графических редакторов. Всё это легко с openSUSE 13.2." #: slideshow.xml:89(title) msgid "Documents, Spreadsheets and More" msgstr "Документы, электронные таблицы и многое другое" #: slideshow.xml:91(para) -#| msgid "The openSUSE 13.1 distribution comes complete with the latest version of the leading Linux productivity suite, LibreOffice. It features a word processor, spreadsheet application, HTML editor, presentation designer, and database manager. It reads and writes multiple formats—including Microsoft Office formats—so you can move back and forth easily between openSUSE and popular non-Linux productivity software. LibreOffice is the perfect choice for reports, papers, home budgets, simple graphics and more." -msgid "" -"The openSUSE 13.2 distribution comes complete with the latest version of the " -"leading Linux productivity suite, LibreOffice. It features a word processor, " -"spreadsheet application, HTML editor, presentation designer, and database " -"manager. It reads and writes multiple formats—including Microsoft Office " -"formats—so you can move back and forth easily between openSUSE and popular " -"non-Linux productivity software. LibreOffice is the perfect choice for " -"reports, papers, home budgets, simple graphics and more." -msgstr "" -"В составе дистрибутива openSUSE 13.2 поставляется последняя версия " -"LibreOffice — ведущего офисного пакета для Linux. В него входят текстовый " -"процессор, приложение для работы с электронными таблицами, редактор HTML, " -"конструктор презентаций и средство управления базами данных. Он может читать " -"и записывать файлы в различных форматах, включая форматы Microsoft Office, " -"так что вы можете легко передавать данные между openSUSE и популярными " -"программами не из Linux. LibreOffice — это идеальный выбор для работы с " -"отчётами, докладами, домашним бюджетом, простой графикой и многим другим." +msgid "The openSUSE 13.2 distribution comes complete with the latest version of the leading Linux productivity suite, LibreOffice. It features a word processor, spreadsheet application, HTML editor, presentation designer, and database manager. It reads and writes multiple formats—including Microsoft Office formats—so you can move back and forth easily between openSUSE and popular non-Linux productivity software. LibreOffice is the perfect choice for reports, papers, home budgets, simple graphics and more." +msgstr "В составе дистрибутива openSUSE 13.2 поставляется последняя версия LibreOffice — ведущего офисного пакета для Linux. В него входят текстовый процессор, приложение для работы с электронными таблицами, редактор HTML, конструктор презентаций и средство управления базами данных. Он может читать и записывать файлы в различных форматах, включая форматы Microsoft Office, так что вы можете легко передавать данные между openSUSE и популярными программами не из Linux. LibreOffice — это идеальный выбор для работы с отчётами, докладами, домашним бюджетом, простой графикой и мног� �м другим." #: slideshow.xml:102(title) msgid "Graphics, Graphics, Graphics" msgstr "Графика, графика, графика" #: slideshow.xml:104(para) -#| msgid "Using the tools in openSUSE, you can create or edit almost any type of graphic. For advanced image manipulation and graphics creation, use The GIMP a powerful tool for image retouching, composition, and authoring." -msgid "" -"Using the tools in openSUSE 13.2, you can create or edit almost any type of " -"graphic. For advanced image manipulation and graphics creation, use The GIMP " -"a powerful tool for image retouching, composition, and authoring." -msgstr "" -"При помощи средств, входящих в состав openSUSE 13.2, вы можете создавать или " -"редактировать практически любой тип графики. Для более сложной работы с " -"изображениями и создания графики используйте GIMP, многофункциональное " -"средство для обработки изображений, компоновки и дизайна." +msgid "Using the tools in openSUSE 13.2, you can create or edit almost any type of graphic. For advanced image manipulation and graphics creation, use The GIMP a powerful tool for image retouching, composition, and authoring." +msgstr "При помощи средств, входящих в состав openSUSE 13.2, вы можете создавать или редактировать практически любой тип графики. Для более сложной работы с изображениями и создания графики используйте GIMP, многофункциональное средство для обработки изображений, компоновки и дизайна." #: slideshow.xml:109(para) -#| msgid "For vector graphics, openSUSE includes Inkscape—a versatile graphics solution delivers support for transparent layers, bitmap tracing, text paths and much more." -msgid "" -"For vector graphics, openSUSE 13.2 includes Inkscape — a versatile graphics " -"solution delivers support for transparent layers, bitmap tracing, text paths " -"and much more." -msgstr "" -"Для работы с векторной графикой в составе openSUSE 13.2 имеется программа " -"Inkscape — универсальное графическое решение, поддерживающее прозрачные слои, " -"векторизацию растров, расположение текста вдоль кривой и многое другое." +msgid "For vector graphics, openSUSE 13.2 includes Inkscape — a versatile graphics solution delivers support for transparent layers, bitmap tracing, text paths and much more." +msgstr "Для работы с векторной графикой в составе openSUSE 13.2 имеется программа Inkscape — универсальное графическое решение, поддерживающее прозрачные слои, векторизацию растров, расположение текста вдоль кривой и многое другое." #: slideshow.xml:117(title) msgid "Computing On-the-Go" msgstr "Работа в дороге" #: slideshow.xml:119(para) -#| msgid "openSUSE includes the most advanced mobility features. You can switch effortlessly between wireless and wired networks using NetworkManager from openSUSE. Connect with mobile devices like mobile phones and PDAs via Bluetooth, or use infrared ports to synchronize your data." -msgid "" -"openSUSE 13.2 includes the most advanced mobility features. You can switch " -"effortlessly between wireless and wired networks using NetworkManager. " -"Connect with mobile devices like mobile phones, tablets and PDAs via " -"Bluetooth, or use infrared ports to synchronize your data." -msgstr "" -"В дистрибутиве openSUSE 13.2 имеются наиболее современные функции для " -"мобильного пользователя. Переключайтесь без усилий между беспроводными и " -"проводными сетями при помощи NetworkManager. Подключайте мобильные " -"устройства, такие как мобильные телефоны, планшеты и КПК, через Bluetooth или " -"используйте инфракрасные порты для синхронизации ваших данных." +msgid "openSUSE 13.2 includes the most advanced mobility features. You can switch effortlessly between wireless and wired networks using NetworkManager. Connect with mobile devices like mobile phones, tablets and PDAs via Bluetooth, or use infrared ports to synchronize your data." +msgstr "В дистрибутиве openSUSE 13.2 имеются наиболее современные функции для мобильного пользователя. Переключайтесь без усилий между беспроводными и проводными сетями при помощи NetworkManager. Подключайте мобильные устройства, такие как мобильные телефоны, планшеты и КПК, через Bluetooth или используйте инфракрасные порты для синхронизации ваших данных." #: slideshow.xml:124(para) -msgid "" -"The newest innovations in power management from openSUSE increase your " -"mobility and give you the freedom to take your work wherever you go." -msgstr "" -"Последние инновации в управлении питанием в openSUSE повышают вашу " -"мобильность и дают возможность взять с собой работу, куда бы вы ни ехали." +msgid "The newest innovations in power management from openSUSE increase your mobility and give you the freedom to take your work wherever you go." +msgstr "Последние инновации в управлении питанием в openSUSE повышают вашу мобильность и дают возможность взять с собой работу, куда бы вы ни ехали." #: slideshow.xml:132(title) msgid "Keep Your System Secure and Up to Date" msgstr "Держите свою систему защищённой и обновлённой" #: slideshow.xml:134(para) -#| msgid "Help secure your system and data from Internet intruders with SUSE Firewall. This security device is activated by default and easy to configure. But you can do even more to protect your system with openSUSE because it also includes AppArmor, the most effective and easy-to-use Linux application security system available today. AppArmor proactively protects your operating system and applications from internal or external threats." -msgid "" -"Help secure your system and data from Internet intruders with SUSE Firewall. " -"This security device is activated by default and easy to configure. But you " -"can do even more to protect your system with openSUSE 13.2 because it also " -"includes AppArmor, the most effective and easy-to-use Linux application " -"security system available today. AppArmor proactively protects your operating " -"system and applications from internal or external threats." -msgstr "" -"Помогите обезопасить вашу систему и данные от злоумышленников в интернете при " -"помощи брандмауэра SUSE. Эта функция безопасности активирована по умолчанию и " -"проста в настройке, но в openSUSE 13.2 можно сделать ещё больше для защиты " -"вашей системы, так как в состав этого дистрибутива входит AppArmor, наиболее " -"эффективная и простая в использовании система безопасности приложений Linux " -"из имеющихся сегодня. AppArmor осуществляет профилактическую защиту вашей " -"операционной системы и приложений от внешних или внутренних атак." +msgid "Help secure your system and data from Internet intruders with SUSE Firewall. This security device is activated by default and easy to configure. But you can do even more to protect your system with openSUSE 13.2 because it also includes AppArmor, the most effective and easy-to-use Linux application security system available today. AppArmor proactively protects your operating system and applications from internal or external threats." +msgstr "Помогите обезопасить вашу систему и данные от злоумышленников в интернете при помощи брандмауэра SUSE. Эта функция безопасности активирована по умолчанию и проста в настройке, но в openSUSE 13.2 можно сделать ещё больше для защиты вашей системы, так как в состав этого дистрибутива входит AppArmor, наиболее эффективная и простая в использовании система безопасности приложений Linux из имеющихся сегодня. AppArmor осуществляет профилактическую защиту вашей операционной системы и приложений от внешних или внутренних атак." #. for the online update feature, see bnc#793710 #: slideshow.xml:143(para) -#| msgid "In addition to SUSE Firewall and AppArmor, openSUSE also includes a special security patch update system. To ensure that the latest security patches are installed on your system, you can choose to perform an online update at the end of this installation procedure (if you did not choose the automatic installation modus at the beginning). And in the future, you will be automatically informed of the availability of important security updates, so you can install them at your convenience." -msgid "" -"In addition to SUSE Firewall and AppArmor, openSUSE 13.2 also includes a " -"special security patch update system. To ensure that the latest security " -"patches are installed on your system, you can choose to perform an online " -"update at the end of this installation procedure (if you did not choose the " -"automatic installation modus at the beginning). And in the future, you will " -"be automatically informed of the availability of important security updates, " -"so you can install them at your convenience." -msgstr "" -"Помимо брандмауэра SUSE и AppArmor, в состав openSUSE 13.2 входит специальная " -"система исправлений и обновлений безопасности. Чтобы убедиться, что последние " -"исправления безопасности установлены в системе, запустите обновление по сети " -"в конце процедуры установки (если в начале не был выбран режим автоматической " -"установки). В будущем вы будете автоматически извещены о наличии важных " -"обновлений безопасности и сможете устанавливать их по вашему усмотрению." +msgid "In addition to SUSE Firewall and AppArmor, openSUSE 13.2 also includes a special security patch update system. To ensure that the latest security patches are installed on your system, you can choose to perform an online update at the end of this installation procedure (if you did not choose the automatic installation modus at the beginning). And in the future, you will be automatically informed of the availability of important security updates, so you can install them at your convenience." +msgstr "Помимо брандмауэра SUSE и AppArmor, в состав openSUSE 13.2 входит специальная система исправлений и обновлений безопасности. Чтобы убедиться, что последние исправления безопасности установлены в системе, запустите обновление по сети в конце процедуры установки (если в начале не был выбран режим автоматической установки). В будущем вы будете автоматически извещены о наличии важных обновлений безопасности и сможете устанавливать их по вашему усмотрению." #: slideshow.xml:155(title) msgid "Virtualization Technology and Application Development Tools" msgstr "Технология виртуализации и средства разработки приложений" #: slideshow.xml:157(para) -#| msgid "The Xen hypervisor is included with openSUSE. Xen is one of the most robust solutions for virtualization available. In addition, openSUSE provides tools for network file sharing (Samba, NFS, etc.), printing (CUPS) and Web hosting (Apache). For application development, openSUSE comes with a complete set of runtime environments plus extensive application development tools." -msgid "" -"Both Xen and KVM hypervisors are included with openSUSE 13.2. Xen is one of " -"the most robust solutions for virtualization available. In addition, openSUSE " -"provides tools for network file sharing (Samba, NFS, etc.), printing (CUPS) " -"and Web hosting (Apache). For application development, openSUSE comes with a " -"complete set of runtime environments plus extensive application development " -"tools." -msgstr "" -"В состав openSUSE 13.2 включены гипервизоры Xen и KVM. Xen — одно из " -"доступных решений для виртуализации с самой высокой производительностью. К " -"тому же openSUSE предоставляет средства для совместного использования файлов " -"и принтеров по сети (Samba) и веб-хостинга (Apache). Для разработки " -"приложений в составе openSUSE поставляется полный набор сред выполнения и " -"дополнительные средства разработки приложений." +msgid "Both Xen and KVM hypervisors are included with openSUSE 13.2. Xen is one of the most robust solutions for virtualization available. In addition, openSUSE provides tools for network file sharing (Samba, NFS, etc.), printing (CUPS) and Web hosting (Apache). For application development, openSUSE comes with a complete set of runtime environments plus extensive application development tools." +msgstr "В состав openSUSE 13.2 включены гипервизоры Xen и KVM. Xen — одно из доступных решений для виртуализации с самой высокой производительностью. К тому же openSUSE предоставляет средства для совместного использования файлов и принтеров по сети (Samba) и веб-хостинга (Apache). Для разработки приложений в составе openSUSE поставляется полный набор сред выполнения и дополнительные средства разработки приложений." #: slideshow.xml:167(title) msgid "Learn More" msgstr "Узнайте больше" #: slideshow.xml:168(para) -#| msgid "The openSUSE distribution provides extensive documentation for specific openSUSE questions as well as general Linux-related questions. The Help Center is accessible via the main menu. Manuals are also available in PDF and can be downloaded and printed (http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" -msgid "" -"openSUSE 13.2 provides extensive documentation for specific openSUSE " -"questions as well as general Linux-related questions. The Help Center is " -"accessible via the main menu. Manuals are also available in PDF and can be " -"downloaded and printed (http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" -msgstr "" -"В openSUSE 13.2 предоставлена обширная документация как по специфичным для " -"openSUSE вопросам, так и по общим вопросам, связанным с Linux. Центр справки " -"SUSE доступен через основное меню. Кроме того, можно загрузить и распечатать " -"руководства в формате PDF (http://ru.opensuse.org/Portal:Документация)" +msgid "openSUSE 13.2 provides extensive documentation for specific openSUSE questions as well as general Linux-related questions. The Help Center is accessible via the main menu. Manuals are also available in PDF and can be downloaded and printed (http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" +msgstr "В openSUSE 13.2 предоставлена обширная документация как по специфичным для openSUSE вопросам, так и по общим вопросам, связанным с Linux. Центр справки SUSE доступен через основное меню. Кроме того, можно загрузить и распечатать руководства в формате PDF (http://ru.opensuse.org/Portal:Документация)" #: slideshow.xml:178(para) -msgid "" -"Even more information is available in the openSUSE wiki at " -"http://en.opensuse.org/. Under \"Documentation,\" you'll discover links to " -"useful information created and maintained by other openSUSE users. You can " -"also find links to the documentation available on the official SUSE Web site. " -"For help with specific openSUSE problems, check out the Support Database at " -"www.opensuse.org" -msgstr "" -"Дополнительные сведения имеются на страницах вики openSUSE по адресу " -"http://ru.opensuse.org/. В разделе \"Документация\" вы найдёте множество " -"ссылок на различные полезные сведения, созданные и поддерживаемые другими " -"пользователями openSUSE. Кроме того, на официальном веб-сайте SUSE есть " -"ссылки на имеющуюся документацию. Для получения справки по решению " -"специфических проблем openSUSE воспользуйтесь базой данных поддержки на " -"www.opensuse.org." +msgid "Even more information is available in the openSUSE wiki at http://en.opensuse.org/. Under \"Documentation,\" you'll discover links to useful information created and maintained by other openSUSE users. You can also find links to the documentation available on the official SUSE Web site. For help with specific openSUSE problems, check out the Support Database at www.opensuse.org" +msgstr "Дополнительные сведения имеются на страницах вики openSUSE по адресу http://ru.opensuse.org/. В разделе \"Документация\" вы найдёте множество ссылок на различные полезные сведения, созданные и поддерживаемые другими пользователями openSUSE. Кроме того, на официальном веб-сайте SUSE есть ссылки на имеющуюся документацию. Для получения справки по решению специфических проблем openSUSE воспользуйтесь базой данных поддержки на www.opensuse.org." #: slideshow.xml:189(para) -msgid "" -"For support from other openSUSE users, visit the official openSUSE forums at " -"http://forums.opensuse.org/. Here you'll find thousands of other openSUSE " -"users, eager to help you get everything you can out of Linux. If you're an " -"experienced openSUSE user, the forums are a great place to meet other users, " -"and help out other Linux users." -msgstr "" -"Для поддержки других пользователей openSUSE посетите официальные форумы " -"openSUSE на http://forums.opensuse.org/. Здесь вы найдёте тысячи других " -"пользователей openSUSE, жаждущих помочь вам получить от Linux всё, что вы " -"можете. Если вы опытный пользователь openSUSE, форумы — отличное место для " -"встреч с другими пользователями и помощи пользователям Linux. На форуме есть " -"и русскоязычный раздел: http://forums.opensuse.org/p-russian/" +msgid "For support from other openSUSE users, visit the official openSUSE forums at http://forums.opensuse.org/. Here you'll find thousands of other openSUSE users, eager to help you get everything you can out of Linux. If you're an experienced openSUSE user, the forums are a great place to meet other users, and help out other Linux users." +msgstr "Для поддержки других пользователей openSUSE посетите официальные форумы openSUSE на http://forums.opensuse.org/. Здесь вы найдёте тысячи других пользователей openSUSE, жаждущих помочь вам получить от Linux всё, что вы можете. Если вы опытный пользователь openSUSE, форумы — отличное место для встреч с другими пользователями и помощи пользователям Linux. На форуме есть и русскоязычный раздел: http://forums.opensuse.org/p-russian/" #: slideshow.xml:198(para) -msgid "" -"Want to make openSUSE even better? You can build almost anything with " -"openSUSE. It's easy to create and share new packages for multiple Linux " -"distributions using the unique and powerful openSUSE Build Service. Join " -"openSUSE.org to collaborate." -msgstr "" -"Хотите сделать openSUSE ещё лучше? При помощи openSUSE можно собрать " -"практически всё, что угодно. С помощью openSUSE Build Service с широкими " -"возможностями создание и распространение новых пакетов для различных " -"дистрибутивов Linux становится совсем простым делом. Присоединитесь к " -"openSUSE.org для совместной работы." +msgid "Want to make openSUSE even better? You can build almost anything with openSUSE. It's easy to create and share new packages for multiple Linux distributions using the unique and powerful openSUSE Build Service. Join openSUSE.org to collaborate." +msgstr "Хотите сделать openSUSE ещё лучше? При помощи openSUSE можно собрать практически всё, что угодно. С помощью openSUSE Build Service с широкими возможностями создание и распространение новых пакетов для различных дистрибутивов Linux становится совсем простым делом. Присоединитесь к openSUSE.org для совместной работы." #: slideshow.xml:207(title) msgid "SUSE and Linux" msgstr "SUSE и Linux" #: slideshow.xml:208(para) -msgid "" -"SUSE is committed to your success with Linux. In addition to openSUSE, SUSE " -"also delivers an exciting suite of products designed to meet the needs of " -"businesses large and small." -msgstr "" -"Компания SUSE поставила себе задачу помочь вам добиться успеха при помощи " -"Linux. В дополнение к openSUSE, SUSE предоставляет замечательный набор " -"продуктов, предназначенных для удовлетворения потребностей большого и малого " -"бизнеса." +msgid "SUSE is committed to your success with Linux. In addition to openSUSE, SUSE also delivers an exciting suite of products designed to meet the needs of businesses large and small." +msgstr "Компания SUSE поставила себе задачу помочь вам добиться успеха при помощи Linux. В дополнение к openSUSE, SUSE предоставляет замечательный набор продуктов, предназначенных для удовлетворения потребностей большого и малого бизнеса." #: slideshow.xml:213(para) -msgid "" -"The enterprise Linux products from SUSE include SUSE Linux Enterprise Server " -"and SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Our enterprise products are delivered with " -"a seven-year maintenance guarantee and optional support programs. For more " -"information on enterprise Linux from SUSE, visit http://www.suse.com" -msgstr "" -"В число производимых компанией SUSE продуктов Linux для предприятий входят " -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server и SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Наши продукты " -"для предприятий поставляются с гарантированным семилетним обслуживанием и с " -"дополнительными программами поддержки. Для получения дополнительных сведений " -"о Linux для предприятий от SUSE посетите http://www.suse.com" +msgid "The enterprise Linux products from SUSE include SUSE Linux Enterprise Server and SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Our enterprise products are delivered with a seven-year maintenance guarantee and optional support programs. For more information on enterprise Linux from SUSE, visit http://www.suse.com" +msgstr "В число производимых компанией SUSE продуктов Linux для предприятий входят SUSE Linux Enterprise Server и SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Наши продукты для предприятий поставляются с гарантированным семилетним обслуживанием и с дополнительными программами поддержки. Для получения дополнительных сведений о Linux для предприятий от SUSE посетите http://www.suse.com" #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 #: slideshow.xml:0(None) @@ -390,4 +170,3 @@ "Николай Деркач <nderkach(a)gmail.com>, 2007.\n" "Игорь Кондрашкин <poseidos(a)mail.ru>, 2007.\n" "Александр Мелентьев <alex239(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011." - -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89849 - branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: mlandres Date: 2014-10-09 01:14:51 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89849 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 29036865bef94b7b972e8a876159c52a666fce40 (HEAD, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) Update zypper-po.tar.bz2 Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-10-08 23:13:26 UTC (rev 89848) +++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-10-08 23:14:51 UTC (rev 89849) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-09 01:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073 #: src/repos.cc:2480 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688 -#: src/Zypper.cc:5130 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5131 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 msgid "Name" @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ msgid "Target initialization failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4217 +#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4223 msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2479 src/Zypper.cc:5130 +#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2479 src/Zypper.cc:5131 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3080 +#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "" @@ -2304,7 +2304,11 @@ msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:203 +#: src/Zypper.cc:97 +msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead." +msgstr "" + +#: src/Zypper.cc:210 msgid "" " Global Options:\n" "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n" @@ -2326,7 +2330,7 @@ "\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:224 +#: src/Zypper.cc:231 msgid "" "\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n" "\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n" @@ -2336,7 +2340,7 @@ "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:232 +#: src/Zypper.cc:239 msgid "" " Repository Options:\n" "\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n" @@ -2351,7 +2355,7 @@ "\t--no-remote\t\tIgnore remote repositories.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:245 +#: src/Zypper.cc:252 msgid "" " Target Options:\n" "\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n" @@ -2359,14 +2363,14 @@ "\t\t\t\tDo not read installed packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:259 msgid "" " Commands:\n" "\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n" "\tshell, sh\t\tAccept multiple commands at once.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:257 +#: src/Zypper.cc:264 msgid "" " Repository Management:\n" "\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n" @@ -2378,7 +2382,7 @@ "\tclean\t\t\tClean local caches.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:267 +#: src/Zypper.cc:274 msgid "" " Service Management:\n" "\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n" @@ -2388,7 +2392,7 @@ "\trefresh-services, refs\tRefresh all services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:275 +#: src/Zypper.cc:282 msgid "" " Software Management:\n" "\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n" @@ -2401,7 +2405,7 @@ "\t\t\t\tby installed packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:286 +#: src/Zypper.cc:293 msgid "" " Update Management:\n" "\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n" @@ -2412,7 +2416,7 @@ "\tpatch-check, pchk\tCheck for patches.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:295 +#: src/Zypper.cc:302 msgid "" " Querying:\n" "\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n" @@ -2427,7 +2431,7 @@ "\twhat-provides, wp\tList packages providing specified capability.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:310 +#: src/Zypper.cc:317 msgid "" " Package Locks:\n" "\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n" @@ -2436,7 +2440,7 @@ "\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tRemove unused locks.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:317 +#: src/Zypper.cc:324 msgid "" " Other Commands:\n" "\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n" @@ -2448,7 +2452,7 @@ "\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:328 +#: src/Zypper.cc:335 msgid "" " Usage:\n" "\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n" @@ -2456,109 +2460,109 @@ #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:361 #, c-format msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:363 +#: src/Zypper.cc:370 #, c-format msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:519 +#: src/Zypper.cc:526 #, c-format msgid "Verbosity: %d" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:533 +#: src/Zypper.cc:540 #, c-format msgid "Invalid table style %d." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:534 +#: src/Zypper.cc:541 #, c-format msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:551 +#: src/Zypper.cc:558 msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:583 +#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832 msgid "Entering non-interactive mode." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:589 +#: src/Zypper.cc:596 msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:595 +#: src/Zypper.cc:602 msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:602 +#: src/Zypper.cc:609 #, c-format msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:615 +#: src/Zypper.cc:622 msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:631 +#: src/Zypper.cc:638 msgid "" "The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n" "The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:670 +#: src/Zypper.cc:677 msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:682 +#: src/Zypper.cc:689 msgid "Autorefresh disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:689 +#: src/Zypper.cc:696 msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:696 +#: src/Zypper.cc:703 msgid "Remote repositories disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:703 +#: src/Zypper.cc:710 msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables." msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name" -#: src/Zypper.cc:821 src/Zypper.cc:871 +#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878 #, c-format msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1026 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1033 #, c-format msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1028 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1035 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' for all available options." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1053 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1060 msgid "Unexpected exception." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. second %s = "package", #. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1161 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1167 #, c-format msgid "" "install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n" @@ -2603,7 +2607,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "package" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1233 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1238 #, c-format msgid "" "remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n" @@ -2629,7 +2633,7 @@ " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1270 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1275 msgid "" "source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n" "\n" @@ -2642,7 +2646,7 @@ " --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1308 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1312 #, c-format msgid "" "verify (ve) [options]\n" @@ -2662,7 +2666,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1348 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1352 #, c-format msgid "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" @@ -2680,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported) -#: src/Zypper.cc:1378 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1382 #, c-format msgid "" "addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -2694,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1401 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1405 msgid "" "removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -2706,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1437 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1441 #, c-format msgid "" "modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n" @@ -2735,7 +2739,7 @@ "-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to services of specified type.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1485 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1489 msgid "" "services (ls) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -2752,7 +2756,7 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1513 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1517 msgid "" "refresh-services (refs) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -2765,7 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1545 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1549 #, c-format msgid "" "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -2788,14 +2792,14 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:1600 src/Zypper.cc:2716 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718 msgid "" "list-resolvables (lr)\n" "\n" "List available resolvable types.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1608 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1612 msgid "" "repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n" "\n" @@ -2817,7 +2821,7 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1640 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1644 msgid "" "removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -2828,7 +2832,7 @@ " --loose-query Ignore query string in the URI.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1659 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1663 msgid "" "renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n" "\n" @@ -2839,7 +2843,7 @@ #. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type" #. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1692 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1696 #, c-format msgid "" "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n" @@ -2866,7 +2870,7 @@ "-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to repositories of specified type.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1734 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1738 msgid "" "refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -2882,7 +2886,7 @@ "-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1763 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1767 msgid "" "clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -2897,7 +2901,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "patch" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1792 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1796 #, c-format msgid "" "list-updates (lu) [options]\n" @@ -2919,7 +2923,7 @@ #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. the second %s = "patch", #. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1854 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1856 #, c-format msgid "" "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" @@ -2958,7 +2962,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1924 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1926 #, c-format msgid "" "patch [options]\n" @@ -2992,7 +2996,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1973 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1975 msgid "" "list-patches (lp) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3008,7 +3012,7 @@ " --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List patches issued up to the specified date\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2015 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2017 #, c-format msgid "" "dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n" @@ -3037,7 +3041,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2076 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2078 msgid "" "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3073,7 +3077,7 @@ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2123 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2125 msgid "" "patch-check (pchk) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3084,7 +3088,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2145 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2147 msgid "" "patches (pch) [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3095,7 +3099,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2176 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2178 msgid "" "packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3114,7 +3118,7 @@ "-R, --sort-by-repo Sort the list by repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2208 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2210 msgid "" "patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3127,7 +3131,7 @@ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only patterns which are not installed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2234 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2236 msgid "" "products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3140,7 +3144,7 @@ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only products which are not installed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2266 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2268 #, c-format msgid "" "info (if) [options] <name> ...\n" @@ -3163,7 +3167,7 @@ " --suggests Show suggests.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2299 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2301 #, c-format msgid "" "patch-info <patchname> ...\n" @@ -3173,7 +3177,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2318 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2320 #, c-format msgid "" "pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n" @@ -3183,7 +3187,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2337 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2339 #, c-format msgid "" "product-info <product_name> ...\n" @@ -3193,7 +3197,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2356 msgid "" "what-provides (wp) <capability>\n" "\n" @@ -3202,7 +3206,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2405 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2407 msgid "" "moo\n" "\n" @@ -3211,7 +3215,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2427 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2429 #, c-format msgid "" "addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n" @@ -3224,7 +3228,7 @@ " Default: %s.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2454 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2456 #, c-format msgid "" "removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n" @@ -3237,7 +3241,7 @@ " Default: %s.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2476 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2478 msgid "" "locks (ll)\n" "\n" @@ -3246,7 +3250,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2496 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2498 msgid "" "cleanlocks (cl)\n" "\n" @@ -3257,7 +3261,7 @@ "-e, --only-empty Clean only locks which doesn't lock anything.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2517 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2519 msgid "" "targetos (tos) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3268,7 +3272,7 @@ "-l, --label Show the operating system label.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2538 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2540 msgid "" "versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n" "\n" @@ -3278,7 +3282,7 @@ "-m, --match Takes missing release number as any release.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2557 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2559 msgid "" "licenses\n" "\n" @@ -3287,7 +3291,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2576 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2578 msgid "" "ps\n" "\n" @@ -3296,7 +3300,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2599 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2601 msgid "" "download [options] <packages>...\n" "\n" @@ -3317,7 +3321,7 @@ " would be done.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2638 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2640 msgid "" "source-download\n" "\n" @@ -3333,7 +3337,7 @@ " but show which source rpms are missing or extraneous.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2665 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2667 msgid "" "quit (exit, ^D)\n" "\n" @@ -3342,7 +3346,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2682 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2684 msgid "" "shell (sh)\n" "\n" @@ -3352,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2700 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2702 msgid "" "service-types (st)\n" "\n" @@ -3362,7 +3366,7 @@ #. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of #. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations #. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt. -#: src/Zypper.cc:2738 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2740 msgid "" "mount\n" "\n" @@ -3374,7 +3378,7 @@ "-r, --recurse Dive into subdirectories.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2767 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2769 #, c-format msgid "" "patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" @@ -3383,63 +3387,63 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2784 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2786 msgid "" "ping [options]\n" "\n" "This command has dummy implementation which always returns 0.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2797 src/Zypper.cc:5116 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5117 msgid "Unexpected program flow." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2833 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2849 msgid "Non-option program arguments: " msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2888 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2904 msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2894 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2910 msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2903 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2919 msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2905 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2921 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want -#: src/Zypper.cc:2958 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2974 msgid "" " \\\\\\\\\\\n" " \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n" "__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2985 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3001 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3012 src/Zypper.cc:3130 src/Zypper.cc:3365 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3081 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3097 msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3111 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3127 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3113 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3129 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types." msgstr "" @@ -3448,296 +3452,296 @@ #. followed by ms command help text which will explain it #. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be #. followed by mr command help text which will explain it -#: src/Zypper.cc:3142 src/Zypper.cc:3516 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532 msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3176 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3192 #, c-format msgid "Service '%s' not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3212 src/Zypper.cc:3364 src/Zypper.cc:3448 src/Zypper.cc:3503 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3267 src/Zypper.cc:3630 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646 msgid "Too few arguments." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3291 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3307 msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3321 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3337 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3342 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3358 msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3344 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3360 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3372 src/Zypper.cc:4704 src/utils/messages.cc:48 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4705 src/utils/messages.cc:48 msgid "Required argument missing." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no repository counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3398 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3414 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no service counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3421 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3437 #, c-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3455 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3471 msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3479 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3495 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3549 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3565 #, c-format msgid "Repository %s not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3569 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3585 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3576 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3592 #, c-format msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3584 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3600 #, c-format msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3610 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3626 msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3631 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3647 msgid "At least one package name is required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3641 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3657 msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages." msgstr "" #. translators: rug related message, shown if #. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified -#: src/Zypper.cc:3658 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3669 msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3668 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3679 #, c-format msgid "Unknown package type: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3679 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3690 msgid "Cannot uninstall patches." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3680 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3691 msgid "" "Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n" "Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n" "or similar." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3691 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3702 msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3712 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3723 #, c-format msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3725 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3736 #, c-format msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3750 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3761 #, c-format msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3775 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3786 msgid "Plain RPM files cache" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3792 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3803 msgid "No valid arguments specified." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3806 src/Zypper.cc:3949 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955 msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name -#: src/Zypper.cc:3844 src/Zypper.cc:4463 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4464 #, c-format msgid "%s contradicts %s" msgstr "" #. translators: meaning --force with --capability -#: src/Zypper.cc:3853 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3864 #, c-format msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3897 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3908 msgid "Source package name is a required argument." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3992 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3998 msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4016 src/Zypper.cc:4378 src/Zypper.cc:4484 src/Zypper.cc:4732 -#: src/Zypper.cc:4800 src/Zypper.cc:4845 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4384 src/Zypper.cc:4485 src/Zypper.cc:4733 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4801 src/Zypper.cc:4846 #, c-format msgid "Unknown package type '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4039 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4045 #, c-format msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4172 src/search.cc:594 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4178 src/search.cc:594 msgid "No packages found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4215 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4221 msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4216 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4222 msgid "See the above message for a hint." msgstr "" #. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option. -#: src/Zypper.cc:4399 src/Zypper.cc:4530 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4405 src/Zypper.cc:4531 #, c-format msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4407 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4413 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4440 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4446 msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4491 src/Zypper.cc:4499 src/Zypper.cc:4616 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4492 src/Zypper.cc:4500 src/Zypper.cc:4617 msgid "Operation not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4492 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4493 #, c-format msgid "To update installed products use '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4501 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4502 #, c-format msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4519 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4520 msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4656 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4657 msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4677 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4678 #, c-format msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4707 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4708 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 #: src/utils/messages.cc:68 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4762 src/Zypper.cc:4823 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4763 src/Zypper.cc:4824 msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4891 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4892 #, c-format msgid "Removed %lu lock." msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4918 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4919 #, c-format msgid "Distribution Label: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4920 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4921 #, c-format msgid "Short Label: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4966 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4967 #, c-format msgid "%s matches %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4968 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4969 #, c-format msgid "%s is newer than %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4970 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4971 #, c-format msgid "%s is older than %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5043 src/source-download.cc:220 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5044 src/source-download.cc:220 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5101 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5102 msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5113 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5114 msgid "You already are running zypper's shell." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5130 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5131 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5189 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5192 msgid "Resolvable Type" msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89848 - trunk/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: mlandres Date: 2014-10-09 01:13:26 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89848 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot Log: 62e34d1b301eb5fce7fbee1a95e4d33673cf1592 (HEAD, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) Warn if legacy CLI options are used (bnc#899781) Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-10-08 20:14:15 UTC (rev 89847) +++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-10-08 23:13:26 UTC (rev 89848) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-09 01:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ #. translators: name (general header) #: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073 #: src/repos.cc:2480 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688 -#: src/Zypper.cc:5130 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5131 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252 #: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678 #: src/locks.cc:40 msgid "Name" @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ msgid "Target initialization failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4217 +#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4223 msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem." msgstr "" @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2479 src/Zypper.cc:5130 +#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2479 src/Zypper.cc:5131 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:" msgstr "" -#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3080 +#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096 msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:" msgstr "" @@ -2304,7 +2304,11 @@ msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:203 +#: src/Zypper.cc:97 +msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead." +msgstr "" + +#: src/Zypper.cc:210 msgid "" " Global Options:\n" "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n" @@ -2326,7 +2330,7 @@ "\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:224 +#: src/Zypper.cc:231 msgid "" "\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n" "\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n" @@ -2336,7 +2340,7 @@ "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:232 +#: src/Zypper.cc:239 msgid "" " Repository Options:\n" "\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n" @@ -2351,7 +2355,7 @@ "\t--no-remote\t\tIgnore remote repositories.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:245 +#: src/Zypper.cc:252 msgid "" " Target Options:\n" "\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n" @@ -2359,14 +2363,14 @@ "\t\t\t\tDo not read installed packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:252 +#: src/Zypper.cc:259 msgid "" " Commands:\n" "\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n" "\tshell, sh\t\tAccept multiple commands at once.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:257 +#: src/Zypper.cc:264 msgid "" " Repository Management:\n" "\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n" @@ -2378,7 +2382,7 @@ "\tclean\t\t\tClean local caches.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:267 +#: src/Zypper.cc:274 msgid "" " Service Management:\n" "\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n" @@ -2388,7 +2392,7 @@ "\trefresh-services, refs\tRefresh all services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:275 +#: src/Zypper.cc:282 msgid "" " Software Management:\n" "\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n" @@ -2401,7 +2405,7 @@ "\t\t\t\tby installed packages.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:286 +#: src/Zypper.cc:293 msgid "" " Update Management:\n" "\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n" @@ -2412,7 +2416,7 @@ "\tpatch-check, pchk\tCheck for patches.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:295 +#: src/Zypper.cc:302 msgid "" " Querying:\n" "\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n" @@ -2427,7 +2431,7 @@ "\twhat-provides, wp\tList packages providing specified capability.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:310 +#: src/Zypper.cc:317 msgid "" " Package Locks:\n" "\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n" @@ -2436,7 +2440,7 @@ "\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tRemove unused locks.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:317 +#: src/Zypper.cc:324 msgid "" " Other Commands:\n" "\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n" @@ -2448,7 +2452,7 @@ "\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:328 +#: src/Zypper.cc:335 msgid "" " Usage:\n" "\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n" @@ -2456,109 +2460,109 @@ #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:361 #, c-format msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether #. zypper shell is running or not -#: src/Zypper.cc:363 +#: src/Zypper.cc:370 #, c-format msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:519 +#: src/Zypper.cc:526 #, c-format msgid "Verbosity: %d" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:533 +#: src/Zypper.cc:540 #, c-format msgid "Invalid table style %d." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:534 +#: src/Zypper.cc:541 #, c-format msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:551 +#: src/Zypper.cc:558 msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:583 +#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832 msgid "Entering non-interactive mode." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:589 +#: src/Zypper.cc:596 msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:595 +#: src/Zypper.cc:602 msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:602 +#: src/Zypper.cc:609 #, c-format msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:615 +#: src/Zypper.cc:622 msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:631 +#: src/Zypper.cc:638 msgid "" "The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n" "The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:670 +#: src/Zypper.cc:677 msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:682 +#: src/Zypper.cc:689 msgid "Autorefresh disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:689 +#: src/Zypper.cc:696 msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:696 +#: src/Zypper.cc:703 msgid "Remote repositories disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:703 +#: src/Zypper.cc:710 msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables." msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo" #. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name" -#: src/Zypper.cc:821 src/Zypper.cc:871 +#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878 #, c-format msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1026 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1033 #, c-format msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1028 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1035 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' for all available options." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1053 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1060 msgid "Unexpected exception." msgstr "" #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. second %s = "package", #. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1161 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1167 #, c-format msgid "" "install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n" @@ -2603,7 +2607,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "package" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1233 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1238 #, c-format msgid "" "remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n" @@ -2629,7 +2633,7 @@ " --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1270 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1275 msgid "" "source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n" "\n" @@ -2642,7 +2646,7 @@ " --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1308 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1312 #, c-format msgid "" "verify (ve) [options]\n" @@ -2662,7 +2666,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1348 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1352 #, c-format msgid "" "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" @@ -2680,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported) -#: src/Zypper.cc:1378 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1382 #, c-format msgid "" "addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -2694,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1401 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1405 msgid "" "removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -2706,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1437 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1441 #, c-format msgid "" "modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n" @@ -2735,7 +2739,7 @@ "-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to services of specified type.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1485 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1489 msgid "" "services (ls) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -2752,7 +2756,7 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1513 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1517 msgid "" "refresh-services (refs) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -2765,7 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1545 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1549 #, c-format msgid "" "addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n" @@ -2788,14 +2792,14 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:1600 src/Zypper.cc:2716 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718 msgid "" "list-resolvables (lr)\n" "\n" "List available resolvable types.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1608 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1612 msgid "" "repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n" "\n" @@ -2817,7 +2821,7 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1640 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1644 msgid "" "removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n" "\n" @@ -2828,7 +2832,7 @@ " --loose-query Ignore query string in the URI.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1659 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1663 msgid "" "renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n" "\n" @@ -2839,7 +2843,7 @@ #. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type" #. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1692 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1696 #, c-format msgid "" "modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n" @@ -2866,7 +2870,7 @@ "-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to repositories of specified type.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1734 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1738 msgid "" "refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -2882,7 +2886,7 @@ "-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1763 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1767 msgid "" "clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n" "\n" @@ -2897,7 +2901,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "patch" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1792 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1796 #, c-format msgid "" "list-updates (lu) [options]\n" @@ -2919,7 +2923,7 @@ #. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product", #. the second %s = "patch", #. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1854 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1856 #, c-format msgid "" "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" @@ -2958,7 +2962,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1924 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1926 #, c-format msgid "" "patch [options]\n" @@ -2992,7 +2996,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:1973 +#: src/Zypper.cc:1975 msgid "" "list-patches (lp) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3008,7 +3012,7 @@ " --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List patches issued up to the specified date\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2015 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2017 #, c-format msgid "" "dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n" @@ -3037,7 +3041,7 @@ "-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2076 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2078 msgid "" "search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3073,7 +3077,7 @@ "If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2123 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2125 msgid "" "patch-check (pchk) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3084,7 +3088,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2145 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2147 msgid "" "patches (pch) [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3095,7 +3099,7 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2176 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2178 msgid "" "packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3114,7 +3118,7 @@ "-R, --sort-by-repo Sort the list by repository.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2208 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2210 msgid "" "patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3127,7 +3131,7 @@ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only patterns which are not installed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2234 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2236 msgid "" "products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n" "\n" @@ -3140,7 +3144,7 @@ "-u, --uninstalled-only Show only products which are not installed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2266 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2268 #, c-format msgid "" "info (if) [options] <name> ...\n" @@ -3163,7 +3167,7 @@ " --suggests Show suggests.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2299 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2301 #, c-format msgid "" "patch-info <patchname> ...\n" @@ -3173,7 +3177,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2318 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2320 #, c-format msgid "" "pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n" @@ -3183,7 +3187,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2337 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2339 #, c-format msgid "" "product-info <product_name> ...\n" @@ -3193,7 +3197,7 @@ "This is an alias for '%s'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2354 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2356 msgid "" "what-provides (wp) <capability>\n" "\n" @@ -3202,7 +3206,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2405 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2407 msgid "" "moo\n" "\n" @@ -3211,7 +3215,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2427 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2429 #, c-format msgid "" "addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n" @@ -3224,7 +3228,7 @@ " Default: %s.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2454 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2456 #, c-format msgid "" "removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n" @@ -3237,7 +3241,7 @@ " Default: %s.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2476 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2478 msgid "" "locks (ll)\n" "\n" @@ -3246,7 +3250,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2496 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2498 msgid "" "cleanlocks (cl)\n" "\n" @@ -3257,7 +3261,7 @@ "-e, --only-empty Clean only locks which doesn't lock anything.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2517 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2519 msgid "" "targetos (tos) [options]\n" "\n" @@ -3268,7 +3272,7 @@ "-l, --label Show the operating system label.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2538 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2540 msgid "" "versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n" "\n" @@ -3278,7 +3282,7 @@ "-m, --match Takes missing release number as any release.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2557 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2559 msgid "" "licenses\n" "\n" @@ -3287,7 +3291,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2576 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2578 msgid "" "ps\n" "\n" @@ -3296,7 +3300,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2599 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2601 msgid "" "download [options] <packages>...\n" "\n" @@ -3317,7 +3321,7 @@ " would be done.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2638 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2640 msgid "" "source-download\n" "\n" @@ -3333,7 +3337,7 @@ " but show which source rpms are missing or extraneous.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2665 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2667 msgid "" "quit (exit, ^D)\n" "\n" @@ -3342,7 +3346,7 @@ "This command has no additional options.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2682 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2684 msgid "" "shell (sh)\n" "\n" @@ -3352,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2700 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2702 msgid "" "service-types (st)\n" "\n" @@ -3362,7 +3366,7 @@ #. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of #. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations #. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt. -#: src/Zypper.cc:2738 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2740 msgid "" "mount\n" "\n" @@ -3374,7 +3378,7 @@ "-r, --recurse Dive into subdirectories.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2767 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2769 #, c-format msgid "" "patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" @@ -3383,63 +3387,63 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: this is just a legacy command -#: src/Zypper.cc:2784 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2786 msgid "" "ping [options]\n" "\n" "This command has dummy implementation which always returns 0.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2797 src/Zypper.cc:5116 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5117 msgid "Unexpected program flow." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2833 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2849 msgid "Non-option program arguments: " msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2888 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2904 msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2894 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2910 msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2903 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2919 msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2905 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2921 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want -#: src/Zypper.cc:2958 +#: src/Zypper.cc:2974 msgid "" " \\\\\\\\\\\n" " \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n" "__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:2985 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3001 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3012 src/Zypper.cc:3130 src/Zypper.cc:3365 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3081 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3097 msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3111 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3127 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3113 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3129 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types." msgstr "" @@ -3448,296 +3452,296 @@ #. followed by ms command help text which will explain it #. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be #. followed by mr command help text which will explain it -#: src/Zypper.cc:3142 src/Zypper.cc:3516 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532 msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3176 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3192 #, c-format msgid "Service '%s' not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3212 src/Zypper.cc:3364 src/Zypper.cc:3448 src/Zypper.cc:3503 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519 msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3267 src/Zypper.cc:3630 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646 msgid "Too few arguments." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3291 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3307 msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3321 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3337 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3342 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3358 msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3344 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3360 #, c-format msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3372 src/Zypper.cc:4704 src/utils/messages.cc:48 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4705 src/utils/messages.cc:48 msgid "Required argument missing." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no repository counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3398 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3414 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "" #. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which #. for which no service counterpart was found -#: src/Zypper.cc:3421 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3437 #, c-format msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3455 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3471 msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3479 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3495 #, c-format msgid "Repository '%s' not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3549 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3565 #, c-format msgid "Repository %s not found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3569 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3585 msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3576 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3592 #, c-format msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3584 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3600 #, c-format msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3610 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3626 msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3631 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3647 msgid "At least one package name is required." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3641 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3657 msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages." msgstr "" #. translators: rug related message, shown if #. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified -#: src/Zypper.cc:3658 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3669 msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3668 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3679 #, c-format msgid "Unknown package type: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3679 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3690 msgid "Cannot uninstall patches." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3680 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3691 msgid "" "Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n" "Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n" "or similar." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3691 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3702 msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3712 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3723 #, c-format msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3725 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3736 #, c-format msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3750 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3761 #, c-format msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3775 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3786 msgid "Plain RPM files cache" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3792 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3803 msgid "No valid arguments specified." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3806 src/Zypper.cc:3949 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955 msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed." msgstr "" #. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name -#: src/Zypper.cc:3844 src/Zypper.cc:4463 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4464 #, c-format msgid "%s contradicts %s" msgstr "" #. translators: meaning --force with --capability -#: src/Zypper.cc:3853 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3864 #, c-format msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3897 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3908 msgid "Source package name is a required argument." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:3992 +#: src/Zypper.cc:3998 msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4016 src/Zypper.cc:4378 src/Zypper.cc:4484 src/Zypper.cc:4732 -#: src/Zypper.cc:4800 src/Zypper.cc:4845 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4384 src/Zypper.cc:4485 src/Zypper.cc:4733 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4801 src/Zypper.cc:4846 #, c-format msgid "Unknown package type '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4039 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4045 #, c-format msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4172 src/search.cc:594 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4178 src/search.cc:594 msgid "No packages found." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4215 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4221 msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4216 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4222 msgid "See the above message for a hint." msgstr "" #. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option. -#: src/Zypper.cc:4399 src/Zypper.cc:4530 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4405 src/Zypper.cc:4531 #, c-format msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4407 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4413 #, c-format msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4440 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4446 msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4491 src/Zypper.cc:4499 src/Zypper.cc:4616 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4492 src/Zypper.cc:4500 src/Zypper.cc:4617 msgid "Operation not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4492 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4493 #, c-format msgid "To update installed products use '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4501 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4502 #, c-format msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4519 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4520 msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4656 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4657 msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4677 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4678 #, c-format msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4707 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4708 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50 #: src/utils/messages.cc:68 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4762 src/Zypper.cc:4823 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4763 src/Zypper.cc:4824 msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4891 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4892 #, c-format msgid "Removed %lu lock." msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4918 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4919 #, c-format msgid "Distribution Label: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4920 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4921 #, c-format msgid "Short Label: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4966 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4967 #, c-format msgid "%s matches %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4968 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4969 #, c-format msgid "%s is newer than %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:4970 +#: src/Zypper.cc:4971 #, c-format msgid "%s is older than %s" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5043 src/source-download.cc:220 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5044 src/source-download.cc:220 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5101 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5102 msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5113 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5114 msgid "You already are running zypper's shell." msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5130 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5131 msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: src/Zypper.cc:5189 +#: src/Zypper.cc:5192 msgid "Resolvable Type" msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89847 - trunk/lcn/cs/po
by honyczek＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: honyczek Date: 2014-10-08 22:14:15 +0200 (Wed, 08 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89847 Modified: trunk/lcn/cs/po/slideshow.cs.po trunk/lcn/cs/po/software-opensuse-org.cs.po Log: Czech translation: trunk: lcn: slideshow, software-opensuse-org Modified: trunk/lcn/cs/po/slideshow.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/cs/po/slideshow.cs.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) +++ trunk/lcn/cs/po/slideshow.cs.po 2014-10-08 20:14:15 UTC (rev 89847) @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ # Vojtěch Zeisek <Vojtech.Zeisek(a)opensuse.org>, 2010. # Vít Pelčák <vit(a)pelcak.org>, 2011. # Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2011, 2012. -# Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2012, 2013. +# Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slideshow\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-01 15:23+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-01 19:18+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Jan Papez <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 22:10+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -39,163 +39,350 @@ msgstr "Vítejte v systému openSUSE™!" #: slideshow.xml:19(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Whether you use your computer to communicate with friends, family, or colleagues; to manage and enjoy your pictures and music; to browse the Internet for the latest news or for fun; to write a report or budget; or to host a personal Web site or home network, you will find everything you need in openSUSE 13.1." -msgid "Whether you use your computer to communicate with friends, family, or colleagues; to manage and enjoy your pictures and music; to browse the Internet for the latest news or for fun; to write a report or budget; or to host a personal Web site or home network, you will find everything you need in openSUSE 13.2." -msgstr "Ať už používáte počítač ke komunikaci s přáteli, svými blízkými nebo kolegy, ke správě svých fotek, poslouchání hudby, brouzdání po Internetu, mailování, vedení účtů, provozování webových stránek nebo k síťování, vždy vám bude spolehlivým pomocníkem váš openSUSE 13.1." +msgid "" +"Whether you use your computer to communicate with friends, family, or " +"colleagues; to manage and enjoy your pictures and music; to browse the " +"Internet for the latest news or for fun; to write a report or budget; or to " +"host a personal Web site or home network, you will find everything you need " +"in openSUSE 13.2." +msgstr "" +"Ať už používáte počítač ke komunikaci s přáteli, svými blízkými nebo kolegy; " +"ke správě a prohlížení svých fotek, či poslouchání hudby; k brouzdání po " +"Internetu za posledními novinkami či za zábavou; k sepisování referátu nebo " +"rozpočtu; anebo pro provozování osobních webových stránek či k domácímu " +"síťování, vše potřebné naleznete v openSUSE 13.2." #: slideshow.xml:29(title) msgid "openSUSE.org" msgstr "openSUSE.org" #: slideshow.xml:31(para) -msgid "openSUSE is a community project created and sponsored by SUSE to deliver the world's most user-friendly computing platform. Many people from around the world contribute to the openSUSE Project by packaging software, testing programs, writing documentation, and translating components into dozens of languages. All of that work is available for free in the openSUSE Linux distribution available at www.opensuse.org." -msgstr "openSUSE je komunitní projekt vytvářený a sponzorovaný společností SUSE tak, aby se stal uživatelsky nejpřívětivější výpočetní platformou na světě. Mnoho lidí z celého světa přispívá projektu openSUSE vytvářením softwarových balíčků, testováním programů, psaním dokumentace a překládáním komponent do spousty jazyků. Výsledek této práce je k dispozici zdarma jako distribuce openSUSE Linux na stránkách: www.opensuse.org." +msgid "" +"openSUSE is a community project created and sponsored by SUSE to deliver the " +"world's most user-friendly computing platform. Many people from around the " +"world contribute to the openSUSE Project by packaging software, testing " +"programs, writing documentation, and translating components into dozens of " +"languages. All of that work is available for free in the openSUSE Linux " +"distribution available at www.opensuse.org." +msgstr "" +"openSUSE je komunitní projekt vytvářený a sponzorovaný společností SUSE tak, " +"aby se stal uživatelsky nejpřívětivější výpočetní platformou na světě. Mnoho " +"lidí z celého světa přispívá projektu openSUSE vytvářením softwarových " +"balíčků, testováním programů, psaním dokumentace a překládáním komponent do " +"spousty jazyků. Výsledek této práce je k dispozici zdarma jako distribuce " +"openSUSE Linux na stránkách: www.opensuse.org." #: slideshow.xml:39(para) -msgid "Visit www.opensuse.org/How_to_Participate to learn how you can join the openSUSE community." -msgstr "Chcete-li se dozvědět, jak se připojit ke komunitě openSUSE, navštivte stránky http://cs.opensuse.org/Jak_se_zapojit." +msgid "" +"Visit www.opensuse.org/How_to_Participate to learn how you can join the " +"openSUSE community." +msgstr "" +"Chcete-li se dozvědět, jak se připojit ke komunitě openSUSE, navštivte " +"stránky http://cs.opensuse.org/Jak_se_zapojit." #: slideshow.xml:44(title) msgid "openSUSE in Many Languages" msgstr "openSUSE v mnoha jazycích" #: slideshow.xml:46(para) -msgid "The openSUSE distribution is available in many languages. Localization for openSUSE software occurs through the efforts of our hard-working, community-driven language teams. Thank you to all of our contributors. Find the localization portal at: http://i18n.opensuse.org/" -msgstr "Distribuce openSUSE je dostupná v mnoha jazycích. Lokalizace softwaru openSUSE je dílem našich pracovitých jazykových týmů, které jsou součástí komunity. Děkujeme všem našim přispěvatelům. Lokalizační portál naleznete na stránce: http://i18n.opensuse.org." +msgid "" +"The openSUSE distribution is available in many languages. Localization for " +"openSUSE software occurs through the efforts of our hard-working, " +"community-driven language teams. Thank you to all of our contributors. Find " +"the localization portal at: http://i18n.opensuse.org/" +msgstr "" +"Distribuce openSUSE je dostupná v mnoha jazycích. Lokalizace softwaru " +"openSUSE je dílem našich pracovitých jazykových týmů, které jsou součástí " +"komunity. Děkujeme všem našim přispěvatelům. Lokalizační portál naleznete na " +"stránce: http://i18n.opensuse.org." #: slideshow.xml:55(title) msgid "Connect and Communicate" msgstr "Připojte se a komunikujte" #: slideshow.xml:57(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "You can communicate more effectively with openSUSE 13.1 because it provides a complete set of tools for Web browsing and e-mail management—it even includes the newest Voice over IP technology." -msgid "You can communicate more effectively with openSUSE 13.2 because it provides a complete set of tools for Web browsing and e-mail management — it even includes the newest Voice over IP technology." -msgstr "S distribucí openSUSE 13.1 můžete efektivněji komunikovat. Obsahuje totiž úplnou sadu nástrojů pro prohlížení webu, správu e-mailů a též podporuje i nejnovější technologii internetového telefonování VoIP." +msgid "" +"You can communicate more effectively with openSUSE 13.2 because it provides a " +"complete set of tools for Web browsing and e-mail management — it even " +"includes the newest Voice over IP technology." +msgstr "" +"S distribucí openSUSE 13.2 můžete komunikovat efektivněji. Obsahuje totiž " +"úplnou sadu nástrojů pro prohlížení webu, správu e-mailů a též podporuje i " +"nejnovější technologii internetového telefonování VoIP." #: slideshow.xml:63(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "openSUSE includes Mozilla Firefox, one of the best Web browsers in the world. Firefox includes all the features you need to enjoy the Web, including the newest HTML5 technologies. Firefox also boasts lightning-fast performance, and a number of improvements designed to protect your privacy and prevent phishing attacks." -msgid "openSUSE 13.2 includes Mozilla Firefox, one of the best Web browsers in the world. Firefox includes all the features you need to enjoy the Web, including the newest HTML5 technologies. Firefox also boasts lightning-fast performance, and a number of improvements designed to protect your privacy and prevent phishing attacks." -msgstr "S distribucí openSUSE získáváte webový prohlížeč Mozilla Firefox, jeden z nejlepších webových prohlížečů na světě. Firefox obsahuje všechny funkce potřebné k tomu, abyste si web užívali, včetně nejnovějších technologií HTML5. Také se pyšní bleskově rychlým výkonem a spoustou vylepšení navržených k ochraně vašeho soukromí a předchází phishingovým útokům." +msgid "" +"openSUSE 13.2 includes Mozilla Firefox, one of the best Web browsers in the " +"world. Firefox includes all the features you need to enjoy the Web, including " +"the newest HTML5 technologies. Firefox also boasts lightning-fast " +"performance, and a number of improvements designed to protect your privacy " +"and prevent phishing attacks." +msgstr "" +"S distribucí openSUSE 13.2 získáváte Mozilla Firefox, jeden z nejlepších " +"webových prohlížečů na světě. Firefox obsahuje všechny funkce potřebné k " +"tomu, abyste si web užívali, včetně nejnovějších technologií HTML5. Také se " +"pyšní bleskově rychlým výkonem, spoustou vylepšení navržených k ochraně " +"vašeho soukromí a k předcházení phishingovým útokům." #: slideshow.xml:69(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Also included with openSUSE are Evolution and Kontact, complete e-mail and contact management applications. For instant messaging, openSUSE features easy to use IM clients that support all of the popular protocols: AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise, and many others." -msgid "Also included with openSUSE 13.2 are Evolution and Kontact, complete e-mail and contact management applications. For instant messaging, openSUSE features easy to use IM clients that support all of the popular protocols: AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise, and many others." -msgstr "V openSUSE také najdete aplikace Evolution a Kontact, kompletní řešení pro správu emailů a kontaktů. Pro pokec v openSUSE můžete použít některý z uživatelsky přívětivých IM programů podporujících protokoly AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise a řadu dalších." +msgid "" +"Also included with openSUSE 13.2 are Evolution and Kontact, complete e-mail " +"and contact management applications. For instant messaging, openSUSE features " +"easy to use IM clients that support all of the popular protocols: AIM, " +"Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise, and many others." +msgstr "" +"V openSUSE 13.2 také najdete aplikace Evolution a Kontact, kompletní řešení " +"pro správu emailů a kontaktů. Pro pokec v openSUSE můžete použít některý z " +"uživatelsky přívětivých IM klientů podporujících populární protokoly: AIM, " +"Facebook, Google Talk, Jabber, MSN, Yahoo!, Groupwise a řadu dalších." #: slideshow.xml:78(title) msgid "Create, View and Listen" msgstr "Vytvářejte, prohlížejte a poslouchejte" #: slideshow.xml:79(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Download tunes from the Internet. Rip CDs to create your own customized music library. Listen to your playlist online. Burn CDs or DVDs. Copy your files to an iPod or media player and take your music anywhere. Manage and edit digital pictures with powerful graphics editors. It's all easy with openSUSE." -msgid "Download tunes from the Internet. Rip CDs to create your own customized music library. Listen to your playlist online. Burn CDs or DVDs. Copy your files to an iPod or media player and take your music anywhere. Manage and edit digital pictures with powerful graphics editors. It's all easy with openSUSE 13.2." -msgstr "Stahujte si hudbu z Internetu nebo ripujte svá CD do vlastní sbírky skladeb, poslouchejte své skladby online, vypalujte CD a DVD nebo si jednoduše překopírujte soubory do iPodu nebo do přehrávače souborů MP3. Spravujte a upravujte své digitální fotografie pomocí výkonných grafických editorů. S openSUSE je to hračka." +msgid "" +"Download tunes from the Internet. Rip CDs to create your own customized music " +"library. Listen to your playlist online. Burn CDs or DVDs. Copy your files to " +"an iPod or media player and take your music anywhere. Manage and edit digital " +"pictures with powerful graphics editors. It's all easy with openSUSE 13.2." +msgstr "" +"Stahujte si hudbu z Internetu nebo ripujte svá CD do vlastní sbírky skladeb, " +"poslouchejte své skladby online, vypalujte CD a DVD nebo si hudební soubory " +"jednoduše překopírujte do iPodu či MP3 přehrávače, abyste ji měli všude s " +"sebou. Spravujte a upravujte své digitální fotografie pomocí výkonných " +"grafických editorů. S openSUSE 13.2 je to hračka." #: slideshow.xml:89(title) msgid "Documents, Spreadsheets and More" msgstr "Dokumenty, tabulky a další" #: slideshow.xml:91(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The openSUSE 13.1 distribution comes complete with the latest version of the leading Linux productivity suite, LibreOffice. It features a word processor, spreadsheet application, HTML editor, presentation designer, and database manager. It reads and writes multiple formats—including Microsoft Office formats—so you can move back and forth easily between openSUSE and popular non-Linux productivity software. LibreOffice is the perfect choice for reports, papers, home budgets, simple graphics and more." -msgid "The openSUSE 13.2 distribution comes complete with the latest version of the leading Linux productivity suite, LibreOffice. It features a word processor, spreadsheet application, HTML editor, presentation designer, and database manager. It reads and writes multiple formats—including Microsoft Office formats—so you can move back and forth easily between openSUSE and popular non-Linux productivity software. LibreOffice is the perfect choice for reports, papers, home budgets, simple graphics and more." -msgstr "Distribuce openSUSE 13.1 obsahuje nejnovější verzi předního linuxového kancelářského balíku — LibreOffice. Obsahuje textový procesor, tabulkovou aplikaci, HTML editor, designer prezentací a správce databází. Také umí číst a zapisovat soubory v mnoha formátech — včetně formátů Microsoft Office — takže můžete své dokumenty snadno přenášet mezi openSUSE a oblíbenými kancelářskými balíky na jiných nelinuxových operačních systémech. LibreOffice je skvělou volbou pro vytvářeních vašich zpráv, referátů, domácí účtování, jednoduchou grafiku a další dokumenty." +msgid "" +"The openSUSE 13.2 distribution comes complete with the latest version of the " +"leading Linux productivity suite, LibreOffice. It features a word processor, " +"spreadsheet application, HTML editor, presentation designer, and database " +"manager. It reads and writes multiple formats—including Microsoft Office " +"formats—so you can move back and forth easily between openSUSE and popular " +"non-Linux productivity software. LibreOffice is the perfect choice for " +"reports, papers, home budgets, simple graphics and more." +msgstr "" +"Distribuce openSUSE 13.2 obsahuje nejnovější verzi předního linuxového " +"kancelářského balíku — LibreOffice. Obsahuje textový procesor, tabulkovou " +"aplikaci, HTML editor, designer prezentací a správce databází. Také umí číst " +"a zapisovat soubory v mnoha formátech — včetně formátů Microsoft Office — " +"takže můžete své dokumenty snadno přenášet mezi openSUSE a oblíbenými " +"kancelářskými balíky na jiných nelinuxových operačních systémech. LibreOffice " +"je skvělou volbou pro vytváření vašich referátů, novin, domácího účtování, " +"jednoduché grafiky a dalších dokumentů." #: slideshow.xml:102(title) msgid "Graphics, Graphics, Graphics" msgstr "Grafika, grafika, grafika" #: slideshow.xml:104(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Using the tools in openSUSE, you can create or edit almost any type of graphic. For advanced image manipulation and graphics creation, use The GIMP a powerful tool for image retouching, composition, and authoring." -msgid "Using the tools in openSUSE 13.2, you can create or edit almost any type of graphic. For advanced image manipulation and graphics creation, use The GIMP a powerful tool for image retouching, composition, and authoring." -msgstr "S nástroji dodávanými v openSUSE můžete vytvářet prakticky jakoukoli grafiku. Pro pokročilou práci s obrázky a tvorbu grafiky můžete použít GIMP, program umožňující jak retušování fotografií, tak i tvorbu grafiky." +msgid "" +"Using the tools in openSUSE 13.2, you can create or edit almost any type of " +"graphic. For advanced image manipulation and graphics creation, use The GIMP " +"a powerful tool for image retouching, composition, and authoring." +msgstr "" +"S nástroji dodávanými v openSUSE 13.2 můžete vytvářet a upravovat prakticky " +"jakoukoli grafiku. Pro pokročilou práci s obrázky a tvorbu grafiky můžete " +"použít GIMP, silný nástroj pro retušování, spojování fotografií nebo tvorbu " +"grafiky." #: slideshow.xml:109(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "For vector graphics, openSUSE includes Inkscape—a versatile graphics solution delivers support for transparent layers, bitmap tracing, text paths and much more." -msgid "For vector graphics, openSUSE 13.2 includes Inkscape — a versatile graphics solution delivers support for transparent layers, bitmap tracing, text paths and much more." -msgstr "Pokud chcete pracovat s vektorovou grafikou, vyzkoušejte Inkscape. Toto všestranné grafické řešení obsahuje podporu průhledných vrstev, vektorizaci bitmap, textové cesty a řadu dalších funkcí." +msgid "" +"For vector graphics, openSUSE 13.2 includes Inkscape — a versatile graphics " +"solution delivers support for transparent layers, bitmap tracing, text paths " +"and much more." +msgstr "" +"Pokud chcete v openSUSE 13.2 pracovat s vektorovou grafikou, vyzkoušejte " +"Inkscape. Toto všestranné grafické řešení obsahuje podporu průhledných " +"vrstev, vektorizaci bitmap, textové cesty a řadu dalších funkcí." #: slideshow.xml:117(title) msgid "Computing On-the-Go" msgstr "Počítače na cestách" #: slideshow.xml:119(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "openSUSE includes the most advanced mobility features. You can switch effortlessly between wireless and wired networks using NetworkManager from openSUSE. Connect with mobile devices like mobile phones and PDAs via Bluetooth, or use infrared ports to synchronize your data." -msgid "openSUSE 13.2 includes the most advanced mobility features. You can switch effortlessly between wireless and wired networks using NetworkManager. Connect with mobile devices like mobile phones, tablets and PDAs via Bluetooth, or use infrared ports to synchronize your data." -msgstr "openSUSE obsahuje nejnovější funkce pro mobilní využívání počítače. Mezi pevnými a bezdrátovými sítěmi se můžete v distribuci openSUSE snadno přepínat pomocí programu NetworkManager. Pomocí technologie Bluetooth nebo infračerveného portu se můžete připojovat k zařízením, jako jsou mobilní telefony a zařízení PDA, a synchronizovat svá data. " +msgid "" +"openSUSE 13.2 includes the most advanced mobility features. You can switch " +"effortlessly between wireless and wired networks using NetworkManager. " +"Connect with mobile devices like mobile phones, tablets and PDAs via " +"Bluetooth, or use infrared ports to synchronize your data." +msgstr "" +"openSUSE 13.2 obsahuje pokročilé funkce pro mobilní využívání počítače. Mezi " +"pevnými a bezdrátovými sítěmi se můžete v distribuci openSUSE snadno přepínat " +"pomocí programu NetworkManager. Pomocí technologie Bluetooth nebo " +"infračerveného portu se můžete připojovat k zařízením, jako jsou mobilní " +"telefony a zařízení PDA, a synchronizovat svá data. " #: slideshow.xml:124(para) -msgid "The newest innovations in power management from openSUSE increase your mobility and give you the freedom to take your work wherever you go." -msgstr "Nejnovější inovace distribuce openSUSE v oblasti správy napájení zlepšují vaši mobilitu a dávají vám svobodu, abyste si mohli vzít práci s sebou, ať už míříte kamkoliv." +msgid "" +"The newest innovations in power management from openSUSE increase your " +"mobility and give you the freedom to take your work wherever you go." +msgstr "" +"Nejnovější inovace distribuce openSUSE v oblasti správy napájení zlepšují " +"vaši mobilitu a dávají vám svobodu, abyste si mohli vzít práci s sebou, ať už " +"míříte kamkoliv." #: slideshow.xml:132(title) msgid "Keep Your System Secure and Up to Date" msgstr "Udržujte svůj systém bezpečný a aktuální" #: slideshow.xml:134(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Help secure your system and data from Internet intruders with SUSE Firewall. This security device is activated by default and easy to configure. But you can do even more to protect your system with openSUSE because it also includes AppArmor, the most effective and easy-to-use Linux application security system available today. AppArmor proactively protects your operating system and applications from internal or external threats." -msgid "Help secure your system and data from Internet intruders with SUSE Firewall. This security device is activated by default and easy to configure. But you can do even more to protect your system with openSUSE 13.2 because it also includes AppArmor, the most effective and easy-to-use Linux application security system available today. AppArmor proactively protects your operating system and applications from internal or external threats." -msgstr "Svůj systém a svá data můžete před útočníky z Internetu zabezpečit pomocí nástroje SUSE Firewall. Tato bezpečnostní funkce je aktivována ve výchozím nastavení a snadno se konfiguruje. Svůj systém openSUSE však můžete zabezpečit ještě lépe, protože součástí distribuce je řešení AppArmor, nejúčinnější snadno použitelný systém zabezpečení linuxových aplikací, který je v současnosti dostupný. Systém AppArmor proaktivně chrání váš operační systém a aplikace před vnějšími i vnitřními útoky." +msgid "" +"Help secure your system and data from Internet intruders with SUSE Firewall. " +"This security device is activated by default and easy to configure. But you " +"can do even more to protect your system with openSUSE 13.2 because it also " +"includes AppArmor, the most effective and easy-to-use Linux application " +"security system available today. AppArmor proactively protects your operating " +"system and applications from internal or external threats." +msgstr "" +"Svůj systém a svá data můžete před útočníky z Internetu zabezpečit pomocí " +"nástroje SUSE Firewall. Tato bezpečnostní funkce je aktivována ve výchozím " +"nastavení a snadno se konfiguruje. Svůj systém openSUSE 13.2 však můžete " +"zabezpečit ještě lépe, protože součástí distribuce je řešení AppArmor, " +"nejúčinnější snadno použitelný systém zabezpečení linuxových aplikací, který " +"je v současnosti dostupný. Systém AppArmor proaktivně chrání váš operační " +"systém a aplikace před vnějšími i vnitřními hrozbami." #. for the online update feature, see bnc#793710 #: slideshow.xml:143(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "In addition to SUSE Firewall and AppArmor, openSUSE also includes a special security patch update system. To ensure that the latest security patches are installed on your system, you can choose to perform an online update at the end of this installation procedure (if you did not choose the automatic installation modus at the beginning). And in the future, you will be automatically informed of the availability of important security updates, so you can install them at your convenience." -msgid "In addition to SUSE Firewall and AppArmor, openSUSE 13.2 also includes a special security patch update system. To ensure that the latest security patches are installed on your system, you can choose to perform an online update at the end of this installation procedure (if you did not choose the automatic installation modus at the beginning). And in the future, you will be automatically informed of the availability of important security updates, so you can install them at your convenience." -msgstr "Kromě řešení SUSE Firewall a AppArmor vám openSUSE navíc nabízí také zvláštní systém bezpečnostních aktualizací. Chcete-li zajistit, aby ve vašem systému byly nainstalovány nejnovější bezpečnostní opravy, můžete na konci této instalace zvolit provedení online aktualizace (pokud však nebyl na začátku zvolen automatický způsob instalace). V budoucnosti budete také automaticky informováni o dostupnosti důležitých bezpečnostních aktualizací, takže je budete moci nainstalovat, jak se vám to bude nejlépe hodit." +msgid "" +"In addition to SUSE Firewall and AppArmor, openSUSE 13.2 also includes a " +"special security patch update system. To ensure that the latest security " +"patches are installed on your system, you can choose to perform an online " +"update at the end of this installation procedure (if you did not choose the " +"automatic installation modus at the beginning). And in the future, you will " +"be automatically informed of the availability of important security updates, " +"so you can install them at your convenience." +msgstr "" +"Kromě řešení SUSE Firewall a AppArmor obsahuje openSUSE 13.2 také zvláštní " +"systém bezpečnostních aktualizací systému. Chcete-li zajistit, aby ve vašem " +"systému byly nainstalovány nejnovější bezpečnostní opravy, můžete na konci " +"této instalace zvolit provedení online aktualizace (pokud však nebyl na " +"začátku zvolen automatický způsob instalace). V budoucnosti budete také " +"automaticky informováni o dostupnosti důležitých bezpečnostních aktualizací, " +"takže je budete moci nainstalovat, jak se vám to bude nejlépe hodit." #: slideshow.xml:155(title) msgid "Virtualization Technology and Application Development Tools" msgstr "Virtualizace a vývojové nástroje" #: slideshow.xml:157(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The Xen hypervisor is included with openSUSE. Xen is one of the most robust solutions for virtualization available. In addition, openSUSE provides tools for network file sharing (Samba, NFS, etc.), printing (CUPS) and Web hosting (Apache). For application development, openSUSE comes with a complete set of runtime environments plus extensive application development tools." -msgid "Both Xen and KVM hypervisors are included with openSUSE 13.2. Xen is one of the most robust solutions for virtualization available. In addition, openSUSE provides tools for network file sharing (Samba, NFS, etc.), printing (CUPS) and Web hosting (Apache). For application development, openSUSE comes with a complete set of runtime environments plus extensive application development tools." -msgstr "Součástí distribuce openSUSE je hypervisor Xen, jeden z nejsilnějších dostupných řešení pro virtualizaci. Kromě toho openSUSE poskytuje nástroje pro sdílení souborů (Samba, NFS atd.), tisk (CUPS) a webový hosting (Apache). Chcete-li vyvíjet aplikace, poskytuje openSUSE úplnou sadu běhových prostředí a také rozsáhlou sadu vývojových nástrojů." +msgid "" +"Both Xen and KVM hypervisors are included with openSUSE 13.2. Xen is one of " +"the most robust solutions for virtualization available. In addition, openSUSE " +"provides tools for network file sharing (Samba, NFS, etc.), printing (CUPS) " +"and Web hosting (Apache). For application development, openSUSE comes with a " +"complete set of runtime environments plus extensive application development " +"tools." +msgstr "" +"Součástí distribuce openSUSE 13.2 jsou hypervisory Xen a KVM. Xen je jeden z " +"nejsilnějších dostupných řešení pro virtualizaci. Kromě toho openSUSE " +"poskytuje nástroje pro sdílení souborů (Samba, NFS atd.), tisk (CUPS) a " +"webový hosting (Apache). Chcete-li vyvíjet aplikace, poskytuje openSUSE " +"úplnou sadu běhových prostředí a také rozsáhlou sadu vývojových nástrojů." #: slideshow.xml:167(title) msgid "Learn More" msgstr "Chcete se dozvědět více?" #: slideshow.xml:168(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The openSUSE distribution provides extensive documentation for specific openSUSE questions as well as general Linux-related questions. The Help Center is accessible via the main menu. Manuals are also available in PDF and can be downloaded and printed (http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" -msgid "openSUSE 13.2 provides extensive documentation for specific openSUSE questions as well as general Linux-related questions. The Help Center is accessible via the main menu. Manuals are also available in PDF and can be downloaded and printed (http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" -msgstr "Distribuce openSUSE poskytuje rozsáhlou dokumentaci, která odpovídá na otázky týkající se nejen distribuce openSUSE, ale i Linuxu obecně. Centrum nápovědy je přístupné pomocí hlavní nabídky. Příručky jsou dostupné také ve formátu PDF a můžete si je stáhnout a vytisknout. (Anglicky: http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" +msgid "" +"openSUSE 13.2 provides extensive documentation for specific openSUSE " +"questions as well as general Linux-related questions. The Help Center is " +"accessible via the main menu. Manuals are also available in PDF and can be " +"downloaded and printed (http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation)" +msgstr "" +"Distribuce openSUSE 13.2 poskytuje rozsáhlou dokumentaci, která odpovídá na " +"otázky týkající se nejen distribuce openSUSE, ale i Linuxu obecně. Centrum " +"nápovědy je přístupné pomocí hlavní nabídky. Příručky jsou dostupné také ve " +"formátu PDF a můžete si je stáhnout a vytisknout " +"(http://cs.opensuse.org/Portal:Dokumentace)" #: slideshow.xml:178(para) -msgid "Even more information is available in the openSUSE wiki at http://en.opensuse.org/. Under \"Documentation,\" you'll discover links to useful information created and maintained by other openSUSE users. You can also find links to the documentation available on the official SUSE Web site. For help with specific openSUSE problems, check out the Support Database at www.opensuse.org" -msgstr "Další informace jsou dostupné v openSUSE wiki na adrese http://cs.opensuse.org/. V části \"Dokumentace\" naleznete odkazy na užitečné materiály vytvořené a spravované jinými uživateli distribuce openSUSE. Také zde naleznete odkazy na dokumentaci dostupnou na oficiálních webových stránkách společnosti SUSE. Nápovědu týkající se konkrétních problémů s distribucí openSUSE naleznete v Databázi podpory na stránkách www.opensuse.org." +msgid "" +"Even more information is available in the openSUSE wiki at " +"http://en.opensuse.org/. Under \"Documentation,\" you'll discover links to " +"useful information created and maintained by other openSUSE users. You can " +"also find links to the documentation available on the official SUSE Web site. " +"For help with specific openSUSE problems, check out the Support Database at " +"www.opensuse.org" +msgstr "" +"Další informace jsou dostupné v openSUSE wiki na adrese " +"http://cs.opensuse.org/. V části \"Dokumentace\" naleznete odkazy na užitečné " +"materiály vytvořené a spravované jinými uživateli distribuce openSUSE. Také " +"zde naleznete odkazy na dokumentaci dostupnou na oficiálních webových " +"stránkách společnosti SUSE. Nápovědu týkající se konkrétních problémů s " +"distribucí openSUSE naleznete v Databázi podpory na stránkách " +"www.opensuse.org." #: slideshow.xml:189(para) -msgid "For support from other openSUSE users, visit the official openSUSE forums at http://forums.opensuse.org/. Here you'll find thousands of other openSUSE users, eager to help you get everything you can out of Linux. If you're an experienced openSUSE user, the forums are a great place to meet other users, and help out other Linux users." -msgstr "Podporu od dalších uživatelů najdete na oficiálním fóru openSUSE http://forums.opensuse.org/. Setkat se zde můžete s tisíci dalších uživatelů openSUSE a získat radu z každého koutku Linuxu. Pokud patříte k pokročilým uživatelům, fórum je skvělé místo, jak pomáhat ostatním. Můžete také navštívit fórum české openSUSE komunity http://www.opensuse.cz/forum" +msgid "" +"For support from other openSUSE users, visit the official openSUSE forums at " +"http://forums.opensuse.org/. Here you'll find thousands of other openSUSE " +"users, eager to help you get everything you can out of Linux. If you're an " +"experienced openSUSE user, the forums are a great place to meet other users, " +"and help out other Linux users." +msgstr "" +"Podporu od dalších uživatelů najdete na oficiálním fóru openSUSE " +"http://forums.opensuse.org/. Setkat se zde můžete s tisíci dalších uživatelů " +"openSUSE a získat radu z každého koutku Linuxu. Pokud patříte k pokročilým " +"uživatelům, fórum je skvělé místo, jak pomáhat ostatním. Můžete také " +"navštívit fórum české openSUSE komunity http://www.opensuse.cz/forum" #: slideshow.xml:198(para) -msgid "Want to make openSUSE even better? You can build almost anything with openSUSE. It's easy to create and share new packages for multiple Linux distributions using the unique and powerful openSUSE Build Service. Join openSUSE.org to collaborate." -msgstr "Chcete udělat openSUSE ještě lepším? S distribucí openSUSE můžete vytvářet takřka cokoliv. Pomocí jedinečné služby openSUSE Build Service můžete snadno vytvářet a sdílet nové balíčky pro více distribucí. Chcete-li spolupracovat, navštivte stránky openSUSE.org." +msgid "" +"Want to make openSUSE even better? You can build almost anything with " +"openSUSE. It's easy to create and share new packages for multiple Linux " +"distributions using the unique and powerful openSUSE Build Service. Join " +"openSUSE.org to collaborate." +msgstr "" +"Chcete udělat openSUSE ještě lepším? S distribucí openSUSE můžete vytvářet " +"takřka cokoliv. Pomocí jedinečné služby openSUSE Build Service můžete snadno " +"vytvářet a sdílet nové balíčky pro více distribucí. Chcete-li spolupracovat, " +"navštivte stránky openSUSE.org." #: slideshow.xml:207(title) msgid "SUSE and Linux" msgstr "SUSE a Linux" #: slideshow.xml:208(para) -msgid "SUSE is committed to your success with Linux. In addition to openSUSE, SUSE also delivers an exciting suite of products designed to meet the needs of businesses large and small." -msgstr "SUSE je založeno k vašemu úspěchu s Linuxem. Kromě openSUSE také nabízí SUSE rozsáhlou sadu produktů ušitých na míru velkým i malým podnikům." +msgid "" +"SUSE is committed to your success with Linux. In addition to openSUSE, SUSE " +"also delivers an exciting suite of products designed to meet the needs of " +"businesses large and small." +msgstr "" +"SUSE je založeno k vašemu úspěchu s Linuxem. Kromě openSUSE také nabízí SUSE " +"rozsáhlou sadu produktů ušitých na míru velkým i malým podnikům." #: slideshow.xml:213(para) -msgid "The enterprise Linux products from SUSE include SUSE Linux Enterprise Server and SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Our enterprise products are delivered with a seven-year maintenance guarantee and optional support programs. For more information on enterprise Linux from SUSE, visit http://www.suse.com" -msgstr "Produkty SUSE pro podniky zahrnují SUSE Linux Enterprise Server a SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Podniková řešení jsou dodávána se sedmiletou zárukou správy a volitelnými programy. Pro další informace o podnikových linuxových systémech SUSE navštivte stránky http://www.suse.com" +msgid "" +"The enterprise Linux products from SUSE include SUSE Linux Enterprise Server " +"and SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop. Our enterprise products are delivered with " +"a seven-year maintenance guarantee and optional support programs. For more " +"information on enterprise Linux from SUSE, visit http://www.suse.com" +msgstr "" +"Produkty SUSE pro podniky zahrnují SUSE Linux Enterprise Server a SUSE Linux " +"Enterprise Desktop. Podniková řešení jsou dodávána se sedmiletou zárukou " +"správy a volitelnými programy. Pro další informace o podnikových linuxových " +"systémech SUSE navštivte stránky http://www.suse.com" #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 #: slideshow.xml:0(None) @@ -203,4 +390,6 @@ msgstr "" "Klára Cihlářová <koty(a)seznam.cz>, 2006\n" "Jakub Friedl <jfriedl(a)suse.cz>, 2006\n" -"Jakub Hegenbart <jhegenbart(a)suse.cz>, 2007 Vojtěch Zeisek <Vojtech.Zeisek(a)opensuse.org>, 2010Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2011" +"Jakub Hegenbart <jhegenbart(a)suse.cz>, 2007 Vojtěch Zeisek <" +"Vojtech.Zeisek(a)opensuse.org>, 2010Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2011" + Modified: trunk/lcn/cs/po/software-opensuse-org.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/cs/po/software-opensuse-org.cs.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) +++ trunk/lcn/cs/po/software-opensuse-org.cs.po 2014-10-08 20:14:15 UTC (rev 89847) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-17 16:11+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-20 21:07+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 22:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: cs\n" @@ -41,11 +41,31 @@ msgid "64 Bit PC" msgstr "64 bitové PC" -msgid "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE startup guide</a>" -msgstr "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">Startovní průvodce openSUSEm</a>" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE " +"startup guide</a>" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">Startovní " +"průvodce openSUSEm</a>" -msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a special client to handle it though." -msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Metalink\">Metalink</a> je otevřený standard, který spojuje různé cesty (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) tak, aby dostal soubory do jediného formátu pro snadnější stahování. To je dobré ke stahování ISO obrazů; částečně pro lidi, kteří nemohou využít P2P spojení z důvodů omezení od poskytovatele nebo univerzity. Může dosáhnout velmi vysoké rychlosti stahování, protože většina klientů automaticky podporuje vícenásobná spojení k více zrcadlům. Navíc má automatickou detekci chyb. Je k tomu však potřeba speciální klient." +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open " +"standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files " +"into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading " +"ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from " +"their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most " +"clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In " +"addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a " +"special client to handle it though." +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Metalink\">Metalink</a> je otevřený " +"standard, který spojuje různé cesty (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) tak, aby dostal " +"soubory do jediného formátu pro snadnější stahování. To je dobré ke stahování " +"ISO obrazů; částečně pro lidi, kteří nemohou využít P2P spojení z důvodů " +"omezení od poskytovatele nebo univerzity. Může dosáhnout velmi vysoké " +"rychlosti stahování, protože většina klientů automaticky podporuje " +"vícenásobná spojení k více zrcadlům. Navíc má automatickou detekci chyb. Je " +"k tomu však potřeba speciální klient." msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">License</a>" msgstr "<a href=\"http://cs.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Licence\">Licence</a>" @@ -59,11 +79,19 @@ msgid "official update" msgstr "oficiální aktualizace" -msgid "A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -msgstr "Pracovní prostředí GNOME, které můžete spustit z %s nebo z USB flash disku. Může být nainstalováno tak, jak je (bez povýšení)." +msgid "" +"A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed " +"as is (no upgrade)." +msgstr "" +"Pracovní prostředí GNOME, které můžete spustit z %s nebo z USB flash disku.<" +"br />Může být nainstalováno tak, jak je (bez povýšení)." -msgid "A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -msgstr "Pracovní prostředí KDE, které můžete spustit z %s nebo z USB flash disku. Může být nainstalováno tak, jak je (bez povýšení)." +msgid "" +"A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as " +"is (no upgrade)." +msgstr "" +"Pracovní prostředí KDE, které můžete spustit z %s nebo z USB flash disku. Může být nainstalováno tak, jak je (bez povýšení)." msgid "Add repository and install manually" msgstr "Přidat repozitář a instalovat ručně" @@ -71,21 +99,31 @@ msgid "Add-On Downloads (optional)" msgstr "Doplňky ke stažení (volitelné)" -msgid "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." -msgstr "Poté co si úspěšně stáhnete ISO obraz(y), vytvořte startovací USB flash disk nebo je vypalte na DVD (popř. na CD, pokud vybraný obraz vyhovuje velikostí)." +msgid "" +"After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB " +"stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." +msgstr "" +"Poté co si úspěšně stáhnete ISO obraz(y), vytvořte startovací USB flash disk " +"nebo je vypalte na DVD (popř. na CD, pokud vybraný obraz vyhovuje velikostí)." msgid "" "All data is used only for sending openSUSE promotional material\n" " and will not be spread to third parties. We store the data to\n" " inform the users if a new version is available. All requests have\n" " to be screened to fulfill the US export embargo. More information\n" -" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a " +"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" +"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." msgstr "" "Všechna data jsou použita pouze pro odeslání propagačních materiálů openSUSE\n" " a nebudou rozšiřována třetím stranám. Tato data ukládáme k tomu,\n" -" abychom informovali uživatele, zda je k dispozici nová verze. Všechny požadavky\n" -" musí být promítány, aby bylo vyhověno exportnímu embargu Spojených států amerických. Více informací\n" -" o embargu a seznam zemí na Wikipedii <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" abychom informovali uživatele, zda je k dispozici nová verze. Všechny " +"požadavky\n" +" musí být promítány, aby bylo vyhověno exportnímu embargu Spojených " +"států amerických. Více informací\n" +" o embargu a seznam zemí na Wikipedii <a " +"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" +"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." msgid "An internal error happened :-(" msgstr "Došlo k interní chybě :-(" @@ -99,8 +137,13 @@ msgid "BitTorrent" msgstr "BitTorrent" -msgid "Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow booting from it." -msgstr "Nastartujte z DVD, CD nebo USB flash disku. Pokud váš počítač automaticky nestartuje z vybraného zařízení, upravte patřičné nastavení v BIOSu." +msgid "" +"Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not " +"automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow " +"booting from it." +msgstr "" +"Nastartujte z DVD, CD nebo USB flash disku. Pokud váš počítač automaticky " +"nestartuje z vybraného zařízení, upravte patřičné nastavení v BIOSu." msgid "Bronze Sponsor" msgstr "Bronzový sponzor" @@ -117,8 +160,13 @@ msgid "Category" msgstr "Kategorie" -msgid "Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative download method." -msgstr "Kliknutím vyberte instalační médium a stiskněte tlačítko stahování. Případně můžete zvolit typ vašeho počítače a jinou metodu stahování." +msgid "" +"Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to " +"start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative " +"download method." +msgstr "" +"Kliknutím vyberte instalační médium a stiskněte tlačítko stahování. Případně " +"můžete zvolit typ vašeho počítače a jinou metodu stahování." msgid "Click to Download" msgstr "Klikněte a stáhněte" @@ -126,8 +174,12 @@ msgid "Community" msgstr "Komunita" -msgid "Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. Suitable for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Obsahuje obrovskou sbírku software pro použití na osobních počítačích i serverech. Vhodné pro instalaci nebo upgrade." +msgid "" +"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. " +"Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Obsahuje obrovskou sbírku software pro použití na osobních počítačích i " +"serverech. Vhodné pro instalaci nebo upgrade." msgid "Countdown" msgstr "Odpočítávání" @@ -192,8 +244,12 @@ msgid "Downloads" msgstr "Stažení" -msgid "Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories. Suitable for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Stahuje instalační systém a všechny balíčky z on-line repozitáře. Vhodné k instalaci nebo upgrade." +msgid "" +"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories.<" +"br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Stahuje instalační systém a všechny balíčky z on-line repozitáře. Vhodné " +"k instalaci nebo upgrade." msgid "Expand all sections ('e')" msgstr "Rozbalit všechny oddíly ('e')" @@ -208,13 +264,20 @@ msgstr "Další jazyky (64 bitů)" msgid "For %s run the following as root:" -msgstr "Pro %s spusťte jako root následující:" +msgstr "" +"Pro %s spusťte jako root následující:" msgid "For %s run the following:" msgstr "Pro %s spusťte následující:" -msgid "For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following (note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since pacman always downloads the first found package):" -msgstr "V Arch Linuxu upravte /etc/pacman.conf a přidejte následující (pozor, pořadí repozitářů v souboru pacman.conf je důležité, protože pacman vždy stahuje první nalezený balíček):" +msgid "" +"For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following " +"(note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since " +"pacman always downloads the first found package):" +msgstr "" +"V Arch Linuxu upravte /etc/pacman.conf a přidejte " +"následující (pozor, pořadí repozitářů v souboru pacman.conf je důležité, " +"protože pacman vždy stahuje první nalezený balíček):" msgid "Games" msgstr "Hry" @@ -243,8 +306,14 @@ msgid "How to Proceed" msgstr "Jak postupovat" -msgid "If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." -msgstr "Pokud chcete použít přímý odkaz, ale žijete v místě, kde přesměrovávač stahování nemá dostatek informací k tomu, aby vás přesměroval na rychlejší zrcadlo, můžete si nejbližší zrcadlo vybrat sami." +msgid "" +"If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our " +"download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest " +"mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." +msgstr "" +"Pokud chcete použít přímý odkaz, ale žijete v místě, kde přesměrovávač " +"stahování nemá dostatek informací k tomu, aby vás přesměroval na rychlejší " +"zrcadlo, můžete si nejbližší zrcadlo vybrat sami." msgid "Image:" msgstr "Obraz:" @@ -266,8 +335,10 @@ msgid "" "Join the fast-growing community, put openSUSE into more hands by\n" -" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, school\n" -" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and conferences.\n" +" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, " +"school\n" +" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and " +"conferences.\n" " Promo DVDs help to increase awareness and visibility of openSUSE!" msgstr "" "Přidejte se k rychle rostoucí komunitě. Předejte openSUSE do dalších\n" @@ -276,8 +347,15 @@ "uživatelů linuxu (LUG), installfesty a konference. Propagační DVD pomáhají\n" "zvyšovat povědomí openSUSE a zviditelňují je!" -msgid "Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>continue</a>." -msgstr "Konqueror z KDE 3 je naneštěstí neudržovaný a jeho implementace JavaScriptu obsahuje chyby, které jeho použití na této stránce činí nemožným. Prosíme, ujistěte se, že máte vypnutý javascript a pak <a href='%s'>pokračujte</a>." +msgid "" +"Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript " +"implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. " +"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>" +"continue</a>." +msgstr "" +"Konqueror z KDE 3 je naneštěstí neudržovaný a jeho implementace JavaScriptu " +"obsahuje chyby, které jeho použití na této stránce činí nemožným. Prosíme, " +"ujistěte se, že máte vypnutý javascript a pak <a href='%s'>pokračujte</a>." # label for language selection msgid "Language" @@ -286,15 +364,13 @@ msgid "Last searches:" msgstr "Nedávná vyhledávání:" -#, fuzzy #| msgid "32 Bit PC" msgid "Legacy 32 Bit PC" -msgstr "32 bitové PC" +msgstr "Staré 32 bitové PC" -#, fuzzy #| msgid "32 Bit PC" msgid "Legacy 32 Bit PC" -msgstr "32 bitové PC" +msgstr "Staré 32 bitové PC" msgid "Live GNOME" msgstr "Živé GNOME" @@ -302,8 +378,14 @@ msgid "Live KDE" msgstr "Živé KDE" -msgid "Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you wanted to download and not some broken version." -msgstr "Mnoho aplikací může ověřit kontrolní součet stažených dat. Ověření stažených dat může být důležité, protože se ujistíte, že jste skutečně stáhli soubor ISO, který jste chtěli a ne nějakou poškozenou verzi." +msgid "" +"Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your " +"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you " +"wanted to download and not some broken version." +msgstr "" +"Mnoho aplikací může ověřit kontrolní součet stažených dat. Ověření stažených " +"dat může být důležité, protože se ujistíte, že jste skutečně stáhli soubor " +"ISO, který jste chtěli a ne nějakou poškozenou verzi." msgid "Metalink" msgstr "Metalink" @@ -311,17 +393,37 @@ msgid "More information on burning the ISO file to CD/DVD" msgstr "Více informací k vypalování ISO souboru na CD/DVD" -msgid "More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>" -msgstr "Více informací k vytváření <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Live_USB_stick'>spustitelného USB flashdisku</a>" +msgid "" +"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'" +">bootable USB stick</a>" +msgstr "" +"Více informací k vytváření <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Live_USB_s" +"tick'>spustitelného USB flashdisku</a>" -msgid "More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." +msgid "" +"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a " +"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a " +"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network " +"Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Document" +"ation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." msgstr "" "Více informací ke stahování openSUSE je k dispozici v \n" -"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Nápovědě ke stahování</a> a <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Síťové instalaci</a>,\n" -"které naleznete v <a href=\"http://cs.opensuse.org/Portal:Dokumentace\">Dokumentační Wiki</a>." +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Nápovědě ke stahování</a>" +" a <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Síťové " +"instalaci</a>,\n" +"které naleznete v <a href=\"http://cs.opensuse.org/Portal:Dokumentace\">" +"Dokumentační Wiki</a>." -msgid "Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it." -msgstr "Většina nových počítačů podporuje <a href=\"http://cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (také známé jako AMD64 a Intel64), ale některé procesory notebooků a netbooků to nepodporují. Pokud si nejste jisti, jestli váš počítač podporuje 64 bitů, obraťte se na Wikipedii nebo na stránky výrobce." +msgid "" +"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">" +"x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and " +"netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you " +"want to be sure your computer supports it." +msgstr "" +"Většina nových počítačů podporuje <a href=\"http://cs.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-6" +"4\">x86-64</a> (také známé jako AMD64 a Intel64), ale některé procesory " +"notebooků a netbooků to nepodporují. Pokud si nejste jisti, jestli váš " +"počítač podporuje 64 bitů, obraťte se na Wikipedii nebo na stránky výrobce." msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimédia" @@ -378,25 +480,39 @@ msgstr "Platinový sponzor" msgid "" -"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial repositories.\n" -" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or experimental software." +"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial " +"repositories.\n" +" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or " +"experimental software." msgstr "" -"Buďte si prosím vědomi, že následující balíčky jsou z neoficiálních repozitářů.\n" -" To znamená, že nebyly openSUSEm prohlédnuty a mohou obsahovat nestabilní nebo experimentální software." +"Buďte si prosím vědomi, že následující balíčky jsou z neoficiálních " +"repozitářů.\n" +" To znamená, že nebyly openSUSEm prohlédnuty a mohou obsahovat nestabilní " +"nebo experimentální software." -msgid "Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and provide a link of the event/purpose." -msgstr "Zadejte prosím stručný důvod (anglicky), nač chcete použít DVD, a přiložte odkaz na událost/účel." +msgid "" +"Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and " +"provide a link of the event/purpose." +msgstr "" +"Zadejte prosím stručný důvod (anglicky), nač chcete použít DVD, a " +"přiložte odkaz na událost/účel." msgid "Please enter more than 2 characters" msgstr "Zadejte prosím více než 2 znaky" -msgid "Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " -msgstr "Vezměte na vědomí, že toto není nejposlednější vydání openSUSE. Poslední vydání můžete obdržet <a href='/'>zde</a>. " +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the " +"latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " +msgstr "" +"Vezměte na vědomí, že toto není nejposlednější vydání openSUSE. Poslední " +"vydání můžete obdržet <a href='/'>zde</a>. " msgid "" "Promo DVDs and all the related artwork -labels and sleeve- can be\n" -" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n" -" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special version of openSUSE,\n" +" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\"" +">promodvd\n" +" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special " +"version of openSUSE,\n" " namely designed for promotional distribution." msgstr "" "PromoDVD a všechny příbuzné propagační materiály - štítky a obal - můžete\n" @@ -416,8 +532,12 @@ msgid "Rescue" msgstr "Záchrana" -msgid "Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Záchranný systém, který můžete spustit z CD nebo z USB flash disku. Nemůže být použit pro instalaci ani povýšení verze distribuce." +msgid "" +"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used " +"for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Záchranný systém, který můžete spustit z CD nebo z USB flash disku. " +"Nemůže být použit pro instalaci ani povýšení verze distribuce." msgid "Search" msgstr "Najít" @@ -455,8 +575,14 @@ msgid "Silver Sponsor" msgstr "Stříbrný sponzor" -msgid "Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." -msgstr "Některé živé distribuce založené na openSUSE. Ti, co by měli zájem o tvorbu své vlastní odvozeniny, se mohou podívat na <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +msgid "" +"Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying " +"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a " +"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +msgstr "" +"Některé živé distribuce založené na openSUSE. Ti, co by měli zájem o tvorbu " +"své vlastní odvozeniny, se mohou podívat na <a " +"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." msgid "Source" msgstr "Zdroj" @@ -485,20 +611,56 @@ msgid "Support" msgstr "Podpora" -msgid "The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." -msgstr "Instalační proces je dostupný v mnoha jazycích, ale pro většinu z nich není překlad aplikací zahrnutý v obrazu. Pokud chcete, aby váš systém openSUSE podporoval další jazyk, budete jej muset stáhnout z internetu během instalace nebo kdykoliv později. Toto CD nepotřebujete, pokud máte snadný přístup k internetu, ale pokud se chystáte instalovat openSUSE na nějaký stroj bez internetového připojení, máte na tomto CD možnost si vybrat z dostupných překladů." +msgid "" +"The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of " +"them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If " +"you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need " +"to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after " +"it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if " +"you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet " +"connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." +msgstr "" +"Instalační proces je dostupný v mnoha jazycích, ale pro většinu z nich není " +"překlad aplikací zahrnutý v obrazu. Pokud chcete, aby váš systém openSUSE " +"podporoval další jazyk, budete jej muset stáhnout z internetu během instalace " +"nebo kdykoliv později. Toto CD nepotřebujete, pokud máte snadný přístup k " +"internetu, ale pokud se chystáte instalovat openSUSE na nějaký stroj bez " +"internetového připojení, máte na tomto CD možnost si vybrat z dostupných " +"překladů." msgid "Then run the following as root" msgstr "Potom jako root spusťte následující:" -msgid "There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgstr "V současnosti nemáme žádné vydání openSUSE v této fázi. Pokud chcete používat krajní verze softwaru, použijte prosím <a href='http://cs.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgid "" +"There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you " +"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgstr "" +"V současnosti nemáme žádné vydání openSUSE v této fázi. Pokud chcete " +"používat krajní verze softwaru, použijte prosím <a " +"href='http://cs.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgid "This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS repository." -msgstr "Toto CD obsahuje software dostupný zdarma, ale pod proprietární licencí, která neumožňuje jeho zařazení na hlavní média dohromady se svobodným open-source software. Veškerý software z tohoto CD může být stažen z NON-OSS repozitáře." +msgid "" +"This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not " +"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free " +"open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from " +"NON-OSS repository." +msgstr "" +"Toto CD obsahuje software dostupný zdarma, ale pod proprietární licencí, " +"která neumožňuje jeho zařazení na hlavní média dohromady se svobodným " +"open-source software. Veškerý software z tohoto CD může být stažen z NON-OSS " +"repozitáře." -msgid "This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." -msgstr "Tato verze funguje na všech typech PC včetně těch podporujících 64 bitů. Pokud máte více jak 3 GB RAM, měli byste dát raději přednost 64 bitové verzi. openSUSE nepodporuje procesory starší než Pentium - živá CD podporují pouze i686 (Pentium Pro a novější)." +msgid "" +"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have " +"more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE " +"does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only " +"i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." +msgstr "" +"Tato verze funguje na všech typech PC včetně těch podporujících 64 bitů. " +"Pokud máte více jak 3 GB RAM, měli byste dát raději přednost 64 bitové verzi. " +"openSUSE nepodporuje procesory starší než Pentium - živá CD podporují pouze " +"i686 (Pentium Pro a novější)." msgid "Top 1-click downloads:" msgstr "Nejstahovanější balíčky Jedním klepnutím:" @@ -515,11 +677,33 @@ msgid "Unsupported distributions:" msgstr "Nepodporované distribuce:" -msgid "User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>." -msgstr "Uživatelské příručky jsou dostupné na <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, například <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Oficiální Startovní průvodce</a>." +msgid "" +"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">" +"activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a " +"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official " +"Start-Up Guide</a>." +msgstr "" +"Uživatelské příručky jsou dostupné na <a " +"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, například " +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Oficiální " +"Startovní průvodce</a>." -msgid "Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the download at any time and resume it later." -msgstr "Použití <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrentu</a> je doporučeno na pomalých linkách, zvláště stahujete-li obraz DVD. Stahování přes BitTorrent má řadu výhod, klient je chráněn před poškozením dat a zároveň pomáháte odlehčit zátěž centrálním serverům podílem na uploadu - pokud se na stahování podílí hodně lidí, je to také pro všechny rychlejší než stahování z jednoho serveru. Navíc máte možnost kdykoliv přerušit stahování a obnovit jej později." +msgid "" +"Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is " +"recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. " +"BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data " +"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in " +"the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the " +"centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the " +"download at any time and resume it later." +msgstr "" +"Použití <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrentu</a> je " +"doporučeno na pomalých linkách, zvláště stahujete-li obraz DVD. Stahování " +"přes BitTorrent má řadu výhod, klient je chráněn před poškozením dat a " +"zároveň pomáháte odlehčit zátěž centrálním serverům podílem na uploadu - " +"pokud se na stahování podílí hodně lidí, je to také pro všechny rychlejší než " +"stahování z jednoho serveru. Navíc máte možnost kdykoliv přerušit stahování a " +"obnovit jej později." msgid "Verify your download before use" msgstr "Před použitím ověřte vaše stažené soubory" @@ -533,29 +717,62 @@ msgid "" "We would like you, to keep us informed about your usage of the DVDs, so we\n" " can help you to promote your organization, event or school on our\n" -" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news page</a>\n" -" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). Please contact us at\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news " +"page</a>\n" +" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). " +"Please contact us at\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" +"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" " to discuss promotion and/or other ways we can assist you." msgstr "" "Byli bychom rádi, kdybyste nás informovali o využívání získaných DVD.\n" "Můžeme vám takto pomoci propagovat vaši organizaci, událost nebo školu na\n" -"naší <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>stránce s novinkami</a> nebo dalšími prostředky.\n" +"naší <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>stránce " +"s novinkami</a> nebo dalšími prostředky.\n" "(Rada: Máme rádi fotografie. Vyfoťte jich hodně!)\n" -"Kontaktujte nás prosím (anglicky) na adrese <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>, abychom\n" +"Kontaktujte nás prosím (anglicky) na adrese <a " +"href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" +"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>, abychom\n" "prodiskutovali propagaci a/nebo další způsoby, jak vám můžeme pomoci." -msgid "When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk of corrupted data." -msgstr "Pokud stahujete jiné obrazy než CD pro síťovou instalaci, je důrazně doporučeno použití kvalitního správce stahování, abyste minimalizovali riziko poškození dat během přenosu." +msgid "" +"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is " +"strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk " +"of corrupted data." +msgstr "" +"Pokud stahujete jiné obrazy než CD pro síťovou instalaci, je důrazně " +"doporučeno použití kvalitního správce stahování, abyste minimalizovali riziko " +"poškození dat během přenosu." -msgid "You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" -msgstr "Klíč repozitáře můžete do aptu přidat. Vezměte v úvahu, že vlastník klíče může distribuovat aktualizace, balíčky a repozitáře, kterým pak bude váš systém důvěřovat (<a href=\"%s\">více informací</a>). Pro přidání klíče spusťte:" +msgid "" +"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key " +"may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust " +"(<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" +msgstr "" +"Klíč repozitáře můžete do aptu přidat. Vezměte v úvahu, že vlastník klíče " +"může distribuovat aktualizace, balíčky a repozitáře, kterým pak bude váš " +"systém důvěřovat (<a href=\"%s\">více informací</a>). Pro přidání klíče " +"spusťte:" -msgid "You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for another base distribution (currently )." -msgstr "Zkuste rozšířit vyhledávání na vývojové balíčky nebo hledat v jiné základní distribuce (aktuálně)." +msgid "" +"You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for " +"another base distribution (currently )." +msgstr "" +"Zkuste rozšířit vyhledávání na vývojové balíčky nebo hledat v jiné základní " +"distribuce (aktuálně)." -msgid "You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." -msgstr "Ověřit soubor můžete i v průběhu stahování. Pokud například v políčku výše vyberete <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> a ve <a href='http://cs.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefoxu</a> použijete rozšíření DownThemAll!, pak se automaticky zpracuje kontrolní součet (SHA256)." +msgid "" +"You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a " +"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above " +"and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>" +"Firefox</a>." +msgstr "" +"Ověřit soubor můžete i v průběhu stahování. Pokud například " +"v políčku výše vyberete <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>" +"Metalink</a> a ve <a href='http://cs.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefoxu</a> " +"použijete rozšíření DownThemAll!, pak se automaticky zpracuje kontrolní " +"součet (SHA256)." msgid "gpg signature" msgstr "GPG podpis" @@ -576,28 +793,44 @@ msgstr "http://cs.opensuse.org/N%C3%A1vod_na_sta%C5%BEen%C3%AD" msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help#Burn_the_ISO_image.28s.29" -msgstr "http://cs.opensuse.org/N%C3%A1vod_na_sta%C5%BEen%C3%AD#Vyp.C3.A1len.C3.AD_I…" +msgstr "" +"http://cs.opensuse.org/N%C3%A1vod_na_sta%C5%BEen%C3%" +"AD#Vyp.C3.A1len.C3.AD_ISO_obraz.C5.AF" msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.1/" -msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.1/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +msgstr "" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.1/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +"tml" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.2/" -msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.2/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +msgstr "" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.2/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +"tml" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.3/" -msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.3/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +msgstr "" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.3/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +"tml" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1" -msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +msgstr "" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +"tml" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" -msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +msgstr "" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/RELEASE-NOTES.c…" +"tml" -msgid "is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right before burning." -msgstr "je stále nejpoužívanějším kontrolním součtem. Mnoho nástrojů vypalujících ISO jej před vypálením zobrazí." +msgid "" +"is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right " +"before burning." +msgstr "" +"je stále nejpoužívanějším kontrolním součtem. Mnoho nástrojů vypalujících ISO " +"jej před vypálením zobrazí." msgid "is the less known but more secure checksum than md5." msgstr "jde o méně známý kontrolní součet než MD5, ale je bezpečnější." @@ -605,8 +838,12 @@ msgid "md5 checksum" msgstr "kontrolní součet MD5" -msgid "offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%s</tt>." -msgstr "nabízí nejvíc bezpečnosti, protože můžete ověřit, kdo to podepsal. Mělo by to být <tt>%s</tt>." +msgid "" +"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%" +"s</tt>." +msgstr "" +"nabízí nejvíc bezpečnosti, protože můžete ověřit, kdo to podepsal. Mělo by to " +"být <tt>%s</tt>." msgid "openSUSE Countdown" msgstr "Odpočítávání openSUSE" @@ -614,8 +851,12 @@ msgid "openSUSE Derivatives" msgstr "Odvozeniny openSUSE" -msgid "openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for network installation is only available via http." -msgstr "openSUSE je dostupné přes HTTP (přímý odkaz) nebo BitTorrent. CD pro síťovou instalaci je dostupné pouze přes HTTP." +msgid "" +"openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for " +"network installation is only available via http." +msgstr "" +"openSUSE je dostupné přes HTTP (přímý odkaz) nebo BitTorrent. CD pro síťovou " +"instalaci je dostupné pouze přes HTTP." msgid "openSUSE only supports PCs with 32 Bits and 64 Bits." msgstr "openSUSE podporuje pouze 32 a 64 bitové počítače." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89846 - trunk/yast/da/po
by cb400f＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: cb400f Date: 2014-10-08 21:36:15 +0200 (Wed, 08 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89846 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po Log: translation update Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:07+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -132,8 +132,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Klient til oprettelse af en AutoYaST-profil baseret på det aktuelt kørende system" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Klient til oprettelse af en AutoYaST-profil baseret på det aktuelt kørende " +"system" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -150,32 +153,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." -msgstr "Den resulterende AutoYaST-profil kan findes i /root/autoinst.xml." +msgstr "Den resulterende autoyast-profil kan findes i %s." #. help 1/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Kopiér indholdet af filen og angiv den endelige søgesti på det installerede\n" -"system, med denne dialog. YaST vil kopiere denne fil til den angivne placering." +"Kopiér indholdet af filen og angiv den endelige søgesti på det " +"installerede\n" +"system, med denne dialog. YaST vil kopiere denne fil til den angivne " +"placering." # help 2/2 #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Sæt ejer og rettighederne for filerne, for at beskytte de kopierede filer.\n" -"Sæt ejeren ved brug af syntaksen bruger-id:gruppe-id. Tilladelser kan være en\n" -"symbolsk repræsentation af ændringer, der skal laves, eller et tal som repræsenterer\n" +"Sæt ejer og rettighederne for filerne, for at beskytte de kopierede " +"filer.\n" +"Sæt ejeren ved brug af syntaksen bruger-id:gruppe-id. Tilladelser kan " +"være en\n" +"symbolsk repræsentation af ændringer, der skal laves, eller et tal som " +"repræsenterer\n" "bit-mønsteret for de nye tilladelser." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -249,8 +259,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "For mange programmer og tjenester har du måske forberedt en\n" @@ -639,7 +651,9 @@ msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" -msgstr "Afhængig af din erfaring kan du springe over, logge og vise installationsbeskeder (med tidsudløb). \n" +msgstr "" +"Afhængig af din erfaring kan du springe over, logge og vise " +"installationsbeskeder (med tidsudløb). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" @@ -662,12 +676,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Markér en af følgende basale udvalg og tryk på Detaljeret for at tilføje\n" +"Markér en af følgende basale udvalg og tryk på Detaljeret for at " +"tilføje\n" "flere tillægs-valg og -pakker.\n" "\n" @@ -679,8 +695,11 @@ msgstr "Placering af installationskilden (såsom http://minmaskine/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "Dette systems installationskilde (du kan ikke oprette imagefiler hvis du vælger dette)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"Dette systems installationskilde (du kan ikke oprette imagefiler hvis du " +"vælger dette)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -695,15 +714,20 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Montér i /etc/fstab ved:\n" "\tNormalt identificeres et filsystem til montering i /etc/fstab\n" -"\tved enhedsnavnet. Denne identificering kan ændres, så filsystemet, der monteres,\n" -"\tfindes ved at søge efter et UUID eller delarkivetiket. Ikke alle filsystemer kan\n" +"\tved enhedsnavnet. Denne identificering kan ændres, så filsystemet, der " +"monteres,\n" +"\tfindes ved at søge efter et UUID eller delarkivetiket. Ikke alle " +"filsystemer kan\n" "\tmonteres ved UUID eller delarkiv-etiket. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" "\ter det ikke muligt.\n" "\t" @@ -712,13 +736,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Delarkiv-etiket:\n" -"\t Navnet, der angives i dette felt, bruges som delarkiv-etiket. Dette giver normalt kun\n" +"\t Navnet, der angives i dette felt, bruges som delarkiv-etiket. Dette giver " +"normalt kun\n" "\t mening, hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering efter delarkiv-etiket.\n" "\t En delarkivetiket kan ikke indeholde skråstreg \"/\" eller mellemrum.\n" "\t " @@ -889,8 +915,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Størrelsen \"auto\" er kun gyldig, hvis monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller \"swap\" vælges." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Størrelsen \"auto\" er kun gyldig, hvis monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller " +"\"swap\" vælges." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1075,7 +1104,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Anvend denne grænseflade, til at definere klasser af kontrolfiler. \n" +msgstr "" +"Anvend denne grænseflade, til at definere klasser af kontrolfiler. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1373,8 +1403,12 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra modulet '%1' på dit nuværende system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra modulet '%1' på dit nuværende " +"system?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1388,8 +1422,11 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra profilen på dit nuværende system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra profilen på dit nuværende system?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1531,7 +1568,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart-filen blev importeret.\n" @@ -1666,25 +1704,29 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Indstillingen installationsbekræftelse er som standard valgt, for at\n" "undgå uønskede installationer. Det stopper systemet under installationen,\n" "og viser en oversigt over krævede operationer i den sædvanlige forslags-\n" -"menu. Afmarkér denne indstilling for at installere automatisk uden afbrydelser.\n" +"menu. Afmarkér denne indstilling for at installere automatisk uden " +"afbrydelser.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis du lukker for trin 2 af AutoYaST, fortsætter installationen i manuel tilstand\n" +"Hvis du lukker for trin 2 af AutoYaST, fortsætter installationen i manuel " +"tilstand\n" "efter den første genstart (efter pakkeinstallation).\n" "\n" @@ -1829,11 +1871,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dette værktøj anvender xmllint til at validere profilen mod DTD og\n" +"Dette værktøj anvender xmllint til at validere profilen mod DTD " +"og\n" "tjekker for manglende data. Nogle manglende data kan være tilsigtede,\n" "og fejlene kan ignoreres, som f.eks. når klasser oprettes.\n" @@ -1857,13 +1901,15 @@ msgstr "" "For at importere en kickstart-fil, angiv stien til konfigurationsfilen. \n" "De importerede data indlæses i systemet for konfigurationshåndtering, for\n" -"at tilføje flere konfigurationsindstillinger, der er tilgængelige med SUSE.\n" +"at tilføje flere konfigurationsindstillinger, der er tilgængelige med SUSE.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Dette værktøj laver en referenceprofil, ved at læse information fra dette\n" "system. Vælg de ressourcer, der skal læses fra dette system i tillæg til\n" @@ -1875,7 +1921,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Tabellen til højre viser de partitioner, der oprettes på målsystemet.\n" @@ -1916,7 +1963,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Hvis ingen partitioner angives, og det valgte drev,\n" @@ -1936,8 +1984,18 @@ msgstr "Avancerede indstillinger" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Som standard opretter AutoYaST en udvidet partition, og tilføjer alle nye partitioner som logiske enheder. Det er dog muligt at få AutoYaST til at oprette en særlig partion som enten primær eller udvidet partition. Endvidere er det muligt at angive størrelsen på en partition med sektorer istedet for størrelsen i MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Som standard opretter AutoYaST en udvidet partition, og tilføjer alle nye " +"partitioner som logiske enheder. Det er dog muligt at få AutoYaST til at " +"oprette en særlig partion som enten primær eller udvidet partition. Endvidere " +"er det muligt at angive størrelsen på en partition med sektorer istedet for " +"størrelsen i MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1951,25 +2009,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "For LVM- og RAID-opsætning, kig i dokumentationen og tilføj konfigurationen\n" -"til en eksisterrende kontrolfil. Du kan kun lave ikke-formaterede LVM- og RAID-partitioner\n" +"til en eksisterrende kontrolfil. Du kan kun lave ikke-formaterede LVM- og " +"RAID-partitioner\n" "som en forberedelse.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via HTTP(S)-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via HTTP(S)-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %" +"2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via FTP-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via FTP-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2050,7 +2113,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Før-installation-scripter</h3>\n" -"Tilføj kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, før installationen begynder. \n" +"Tilføj kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, før installationen " +"begynder. \n" # help 2/6 #. help 2/6 @@ -2064,7 +2128,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Efter-installation-scripter</h3>\n" -"Du kan også tilføje kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, efter installationen\n" +"Du kan også tilføje kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, efter " +"installationen\n" "er færdiggjort. Disse scripter bliver kørt uden for 'chroot'-miljøet.\n" "" @@ -2077,7 +2142,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " +"\n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2096,13 +2162,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " +"\"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Det er muligt at køre 'chroot'-scripter i et senere trin, efter at\n" -"opstartsindlæseren er blevet konfigureret, med det specielle boolske mærke \"chrooted\".\n" +"opstartsindlæseren er blevet konfigureret, med det specielle boolske mærke " +"\"chrooted\".\n" "Dette kører scriptet i det installerede system. \n" "\n" @@ -2124,7 +2192,8 @@ "Disse scripter udføres i den indledende boot-proces og efter\n" "at YaST har færdigkonfigureret systemet. De afsluttende scripter udføres \n" "med et specielt rc-script, som kun udføres en enkelt gang. \n" -"De afsluttende scripter bliver udført i slutningen af boot-processen, og efter\n" +"De afsluttende scripter bliver udført i slutningen af boot-processen, og " +"efter\n" "at netværket er blevet initialiseret.\n" "\n" @@ -2134,13 +2203,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Fortolker:</H3>\n" -"Før-installations-scripts kan kun være skal-scripts. Brug ikke Perl eller \n" +"Før-installations-scripts kan kun være skal-scripts. Brug ikke Perl " +"eller \n" "Python til før-installation-scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2150,9 +2221,12 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2169,14 +2243,18 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " +"as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Tilbagemelding og fejlretning:</H3>\n" -"Alle scripts undtagen init-scripts kan vise STDOUT+STDERR i en pop-op-boks som tilbagemelding.\n" -"Hvis du slår fejlretning til, får du mere output i tilbagemelding-dialogen, der måske kan hjælpe\n" +"Alle scripts undtagen init-scripts kan vise STDOUT+STDERR i en pop-op-boks " +"som tilbagemelding.\n" +"Hvis du slår fejlretning til, får du mere output i tilbagemelding-dialogen, " +"der måske kan hjælpe\n" "dig med at fejlrette dine scripts.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2264,12 +2342,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " +"for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ved at tilføje scripts til autoinstallationsprocessen, tilpasses installationen\n" -"til dine behov, og tager kontrol over de forskellige trin af installationen.\n" +"Ved at tilføje scripts til autoinstallationsprocessen, tilpasses " +"installationen\n" +"til dine behov, og tager kontrol over de forskellige trin af installationen.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2296,8 +2377,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. Fejlbeskeden er:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. " +"Fejlbeskeden er:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2376,22 +2461,28 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De fleste moduler, anvendt til oprettelse af konfigurationen, er identiske med\n" -"de tilgængelige i YaST kontrolcenter. I stedet for at konfigurere dette system,\n" -"samles og eksporteres data til kontrolfilen, som kan anvendes til at installere\n" +"De fleste moduler, anvendt til oprettelse af konfigurationen, er identiske " +"med\n" +"de tilgængelige i YaST kontrolcenter. I stedet for at konfigurere dette " +"system,\n" +"samles og eksporteres data til kontrolfilen, som kan anvendes til at " +"installere\n" "et andet system med AutoYaST.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Udover de eksisterende og kendte moduler blev nye grænseflader\n" @@ -2585,16 +2676,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Opretter imagefil - installerer pakker" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2606,10 +2705,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " +"anymore." msgstr "" "Du kan udføre ændringer på imagefilen i %1/ nu\n" -"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke længere ændres." +"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke " +"længere ændres." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2654,10 +2755,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Du kan udføre ændringer på ISO'en nu i %1, såsom at tilføje en helt anden AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n" +"Du kan udføre ændringer på ISO'en nu i %1, såsom at tilføje en helt anden " +"AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n" "Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen vil ISO'en blive oprettet." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2700,13 +2803,20 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "Partitionsplanen, konfigureret i din XML-profil, kan ikke være på harddisken. Der mangler %1 MB" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"Partitionsplanen, konfigureret i din XML-profil, kan ikke være på harddisken. " +"Der mangler %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2731,7 +2841,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Flere rodpartitioner blev fundet, men du har ikke valgt\n" -"hvilken rodpartition, der skal anvendes. Automatisk installation er ikke muligt.\n" +"hvilken rodpartition, der skal anvendes. Automatisk installation er ikke " +"muligt.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ # Martin Møller <martin(a)martinm-76.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006, 2007. # Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2006, 2007. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -85,7 +85,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "Tilføjelse af tilvalg er kun tilgængeligt i interaktiv kommandolinje-tilstand" +msgstr "" +"Tilføjelse af tilvalg er kun tilgængeligt i interaktiv kommandolinje-tilstand" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -115,7 +116,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ "in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit system lukker nu ned.%1%2\n" +"Dit system lukker nu ned.%1\n" "Se efter detaljer i det relaterede \n" "kapitel i dokumentationen. \n" @@ -142,13 +142,18 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Ingen bootloader er valgt til installation. Dit system kan måske ikke starte." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Ingen bootloader er valgt til installation. Dit system kan måske ikke starte." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "På grund at partitioneringen kan bootloaderen ikke installeres ordenligt" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"På grund at partitioneringen kan bootloaderen ikke installeres ordenligt" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -211,13 +216,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Angiv aktivt flag i partitionstabel for boot-partition \n" -"For at aktivere den partition, som indeholder bootloaderen. Den generiske MBR-kode vil \n" -"så boote den aktive partition. Ældre BIOS’er kræver, at én partition er aktiv, også selvom\n" +"For at aktivere den partition, som indeholder bootloaderen. Den generiske " +"MBR-kode vil \n" +"så boote den aktive partition. Ældre BIOS’er kræver, at én partition er " +"aktiv, også selvom\n" "bootloaderen er installeret i MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -238,7 +247,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Tidsudløb i sekunder \n" "Angiver hvor længe bootloaderen venter, før standardkernen indlæses.\n" @@ -261,57 +271,74 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Skriv generisk boot-kode til MBR erstat diskens master boot record med generisk kode (OS-uafhængig kode, som\n" +"<big>Skriv generisk boot-kode til MBR erstat diskens master boot " +"record med generisk kode (OS-uafhængig kode, som\n" " starter den aktive partition)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Boot fra boot-partition er en af de anbefalede indstillinger. Den anden er \n" +"Boot fra boot-partition er en af de anbefalede indstillinger. Den " +"anden er \n" " Boot fra rodpartition ." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Brug betroet GRUB, betyder installér betroet GRUB og brug det. Tilvalget Grafisk menufil ignoreres.\n" +"Brug betroet GRUB, betyder installér betroet GRUB og brug det. " +"Tilvalget Grafisk menufil ignoreres.\n" "Det anbefales at installere GRUB til MBR" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Boot fra MBR (Master Boot Record) anbefales ikke, hvis du har et andet operativsystem\n" +"Boot fra MBR (Master Boot Record) anbefales ikke, hvis du har et " +"andet operativsystem\n" " installeret på computeren" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" "Boot fra rodpartition anbefales, når der er en egnet\n" -" partition. Vælg enten Sæt aktivt flag i partitionstabel for boot-partition og Skriv generisk boot-kode til MBR\n" -" i Tilvalg til bootloader, for at opdatere MBR, hvis det er nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n" +" partition. Vælg enten Sæt aktivt flag i partitionstabel for " +"boot-partition og Skriv generisk boot-kode til MBR\n" +" i Tilvalg til bootloader, for at opdatere MBR, hvis det er " +"nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n" " til at starte denne sektion." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Brugervalgt boot-partition lader dig vælge, hvilken partition der skal bootes fra." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Brugervalgt boot-partition lader dig vælge, hvilken partition der " +"skal bootes fra." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -324,31 +351,41 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub<" +"/code>) for details." msgstr "" "Brug seriel konsol lader dig definere parametre, til brug\n" -"for en seriel konsol. Se efter detaljer i GRUB-dokumentationen (<code>info grub</code>)." +"for en seriel konsol. Se efter detaljer i GRUB-dokumentationen (<code>info " +"grub</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" +"/code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinition \n" -"Definerer typen af terminal, du vil bruge. Til en seriel terminal (f.eks. en seriel konsol),\n" -"skal du angive <code>seriel</code>. Du kan også føje <code>konsol</code> til \n" -"kommandoen som <code>seriel konsol</code>. I det tilfælde vælges en terminal,\n" +"Definerer typen af terminal, du vil bruge. Til en seriel terminal (f.eks. en " +"seriel konsol),\n" +"skal du angive <code>seriel</code>. Du kan også føje <code>konsol</code> til " +"\n" +"kommandoen som <code>seriel konsol</code>. I det tilfælde vælges en " +"terminal,\n" "i hvilken du trykker på en tast, som en GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Fallback-sektioner hvis standard fejler indeholder en liste over sektionsnumre,\n" +"Fallback-sektioner hvis standard fejler indeholder en liste over " +"sektionsnumre,\n" "der bliver brugt til boot, hvis standardsektionen ikke kan bootes." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 @@ -356,21 +393,28 @@ msgstr "At vælge Skjul menu under boot , skjuler boot-menuen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -msgstr "Grafisk menufil definerer filen, der skal bruges til den grafiske boot-menu." +msgid "" +"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"Grafisk menufil definerer filen, der skal bruges til den grafiske " +"boot-menu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "Aktivér akustiske signaler slå akustiske signaler til/fra." +msgstr "" +"Aktivér akustiske signaler slå akustiske signaler til/fra." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " +"only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Beskyt bootloader med adgangskode \n" -"Definer den adgangskode, som kræves for tilgang til boot-menuen. YaST accepterer kun adgangskoden, hvis du gentager \n" +"Definer den adgangskode, som kræves for tilgang til boot-menuen. YaST " +"accepterer kun adgangskoden, hvis du gentager \n" "den i Gentag adgangskode." #. help text 1/5 @@ -581,21 +625,18 @@ #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader" +msgstr "Tilvalg til bootkode" #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Andre kerne&parametre" +msgstr "Kerneparametre" #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader" @@ -610,15 +651,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "Bootloaders placering" +msgstr "Boot&loaders placering" #. help text #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vælg partition hvor boot-sekvensen skal installeres." #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: @@ -636,28 +676,49 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Valgfri parameter for kernekommandolinje lader dig angive yderligere parametre, der skal sendes videre til kernen." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Valgfri parameter for kernekommandolinje lader dig angive " +"yderligere parametre, der skal sendes videre til kernen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-tilstand angiver den VGA-tilstand, kernen skal sætte forkonsol under boot." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" +"/i> to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-tilstand angiver den VGA-tilstand, kernen skal sætte for" +"konsol under boot." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen lader dig angive fejlsikre parametre som skal skal sendes videre til kernen." +msgid "" +"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen lader dig angive " +"fejlsikre parametre som skal skal sendes videre til kernen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -667,7 +728,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "D&istributør" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 @@ -684,7 +745,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beskyttende MBR-flag" #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels @@ -721,17 +782,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 msgid "set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sæt" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 msgid "remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "fjern" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 msgid "do not change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ændr ikke" #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget @@ -1109,13 +1170,16 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Fra Andet,\n" -"kan du manuelt redigere bootloaderens konfigurationsfiler, rydde den nuværende \n" -"konfiguration, foreslå en ny konfiguration, starte fra bunden eller genindlæse\n" +"kan du manuelt redigere bootloaderens konfigurationsfiler, rydde den " +"nuværende \n" +"konfiguration, foreslå en ny konfiguration, starte fra bunden eller " +"genindlæse\n" "konfigurationen gemt på disken. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1200,7 +1264,8 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" +"/b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -1209,7 +1274,8 @@ "- I Boot-sektoren af <tt>/boot</tt>- eller <tt>/</tt> (root)-\n" "partitionen. Dette anbefales altid, når der er en passende\n" "partition. Sæt Aktivér bootloader-partition og\n" -"Erstat MBR med generisk kode i Bootloaders installationsdetaljer\n" +"Erstat MBR med generisk kode i Bootloaders installationsdetaljer" +"\n" "for at opdatere master boot record,\n" "hvis det er nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n" "til at starte &product;." @@ -1226,7 +1292,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "- På en diskette.\n" -"Brug dette for at undgå risiko for at lave problemer for en allerede eksisterende\n" +"Brug dette for at undgå risiko for at lave problemer for en allerede " +"eksisterende\n" "boot-mekanisme. Aktivér boot fra diskette i\n" "BIOS på din maskine for at bruge denne mulighed." @@ -1274,7 +1341,8 @@ msgstr "" "Bootloaders installationsdetaljer \n" "For at justere de avancerede installationsmuligheder for bootloader (såsom\n" -"kortlægning af enheder) skal du klikke på Bootloaders installationsdetaljer." +"kortlægning af enheder) skal du klikke på Bootloaders " +"installationsdetaljer." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 @@ -1346,7 +1414,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Vælg imagefil-sektion for at tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller anden imagefil\n" +"Vælg imagefil-sektion for at tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller anden " +"imagefil\n" "at indlæse og starte." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1355,7 +1424,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Vælg Xen-sektion for at tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller anden imagefil,\n" +"Vælg Xen-sektion for at tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller anden " +"imagefil,\n" "men for at starte den i et Xen-miljø." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1366,17 +1436,20 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Vælg Andet system (Chainloader) for at tilføje en sektion der \n" -"indlæser og starter en boot-sektor fra en partition på disken. Dette bruges til at \n" +"indlæser og starter en boot-sektor fra en partition på disken. Dette bruges " +"til at \n" "boote andre operativsystemer." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Vælg Menu-sektion for at tilføje en sektion, der\n" -"indlæser konfigurationsfilen (listen over boot-sektioner) fra en partition på disken. Dette bruges til at \n" +"indlæser konfigurationsfilen (listen over boot-sektioner) fra en partition på " +"disken. Dette bruges til at \n" "boote andre operativsystemer." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1608,51 +1681,83 @@ msgstr "Sektion for imagefil" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "Kerne-imagefil angiver den kerne, der skal bootes. Angiv enten navnet direkte, eller vælg via Gennemse." +msgid "" +"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +"directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "" +"Kerne-imagefil angiver den kerne, der skal bootes. Angiv enten " +"navnet direkte, eller vælg via Gennemse." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -msgstr "Rodenhed angiver enheden, der skal sendes til kernen som rodenhed." +msgid "" +"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Rodenhed angiver enheden, der skal sendes til kernen som rodenhed.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. " +"Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"Indledende RAM-disk, hvis det ikke er tomt, angives den ramdisk, der bruges indledningsvis. Angiv enten\n" +"Indledende RAM-disk, hvis det ikke er tomt, angives den ramdisk, " +"der bruges indledningsvis. Angiv enten\n" "stien og filnavnet direkte, eller vælg med Gennemse\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "Vælg Chainloader-sektion, hvis du vil angive en sektion til at boote et andet OS end Linux." +msgid "" +"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +"booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "" +"Vælg Chainloader-sektion, hvis du vil angive en sektion til at " +"boote et andet OS end Linux." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -msgstr "At sætte Brug adgangskodebeskyttelse vil kræve en adgangskode for at vælge denne sektion." +msgid "" +"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " +"this section." +msgstr "" +"At sætte Brug adgangskodebeskyttelse vil kræve en adgangskode for " +"at vælge denne sektion." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -msgstr "Andet system gør det muligt at vælge blandt andre operativsystemer end Linux, som er fundet på computeren." +msgid "" +"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " +"found on your computer." +msgstr "" +"Andet system gør det muligt at vælge blandt andre operativsystemer " +"end Linux, som er fundet på computeren." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "Vælg Aktivér denne partition, når valgt til boot, hvis din BIOS kræver dette flag sat for at boote den" +msgid "" +"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " +"needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "" +"Vælg Aktivér denne partition, når valgt til boot, hvis din BIOS " +"kræver dette flag sat for at boote den" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " +"to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " +"grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Blok-forskydning for chainloading lader dig angive listen over blokke, der skal bootes. I de fleste tilfælde vil du \n" -"angive <code>+1</code> her. Se nærmere om bloklistenotation i GRUB-dokumentationen.\n" +"Blok-forskydning for chainloading lader dig angive listen over " +"blokke, der skal bootes. I de fleste tilfælde vil du \n" +"angive <code>+1</code> her. Se nærmere om bloklistenotation i " +"GRUB-dokumentationen.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " +"image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" -"Vælg Xen-sektion, hvis du vil tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller en anden imagefil,\n" +"Vælg Xen-sektion, hvis du vil tilføje en ny Linux-kerne eller en " +"anden imagefil,\n" "og starte det i et Xen-miljø.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 @@ -1660,8 +1765,12 @@ msgstr "Hypervisor angiver, hvilken hypervisor der skal bruges." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "Yderligere Xen Hypervisor-parametre lader dig angive yderligere parametre, der skal sendes videre til Xen Hypervisor'en." +msgid "" +"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "" +"Yderligere Xen Hypervisor-parametre lader dig angive yderligere " +"parametre, der skal sendes videre til Xen Hypervisor'en." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1673,21 +1782,30 @@ msgstr "Partition af menufil" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -msgstr "Menu-beskrivelsesfil angiver stien på rod-enheden hvorfra menufilen indlæses." +msgid "" +"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " +"loaded menu file." +msgstr "" +"Menu-beskrivelsesfil angiver stien på rod-enheden hvorfra menufilen " +"indlæses." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -msgstr "Indtegn sektionen til første disk fra enhedsfortegnelsen. Windows kræver normalt at være på den første disk." +msgid "" +"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " +"to be on the first disk." +msgstr "" +"Indtegn sektionen til første disk fra enhedsfortegnelsen. Windows " +"kræver normalt at være på den første disk." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible " +"via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Mål inkluderer målte filer med PCR. Det er muligt at ændre tabellen via knapperne: Tilføj, \n" +"Mål inkluderer målte filer med PCR. Det er muligt at ændre tabellen " +"via knapperne: Tilføj, \n" "Redigérog Slet" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1712,7 +1830,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"Vælg Dump-sektion for at tilføje en sektion, der angiver, hvordan man\n" +"Vælg Dump-sektion for at tilføje en sektion, der angiver, hvordan " +"man\n" "opretter en system-dump på en DASD diskpartition eller en båndenhed eller en\n" " fil på en SCSI diskpartition." @@ -1726,10 +1845,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " +"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Vælg Aktivér SELinux for at tilføje de nødvendige boot-parametre til kernen for at aktivere SELinux sikkerhedssystemet.\n" +"Vælg Aktivér SELinux for at tilføje de nødvendige boot-parametre " +"til kernen for at aktivere SELinux sikkerhedssystemet.\n" "Bemærk at dette også vil deaktivere AppArmor." #. radio button @@ -1901,57 +2022,72 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "På grund af partitioneringen kan bootloader ikke installeres ordenligt." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"På grund af partitioneringen kan bootloader ikke installeres ordenligt." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Boot fra MBR er aktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktivér</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installér bootkode i MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installér ikke</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Boot fra MBR er deaktiveret (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktivér</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installér ikke bootkode i MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installér</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Boot fra /boot-partitionen er aktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktivér</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installér bootkode i /boot-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"installér ikke</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Boot fra /boot-partitionen er deaktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">aktivér</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installér ikke bootkode i /boot-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"installér</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Boot fra \"/\"-partitionen er aktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktivér</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installér bootkode i \"/\"-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" +"installér ikke</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Boot fra \"/\"-partitionen er deaktiveret (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">aktivér</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installér ikke bootkode i \"/\"-partitionen (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" +"installér</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Skift placering: %1" +msgstr "Skift placering: %s" #. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary @@ -2009,8 +2145,12 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." msgstr "" +"Advarsel: Ingen placering af bootloaderens fase1 er valgt. Medmindre du ved " +"hvad laver, så vælg placering ovenfor." #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -2024,7 +2164,8 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Ikke understøttet kombination af hardwareplatformen %1 og bootloaderen %2" +msgstr "" +"Ikke understøttet kombination af hardwareplatformen %1 og bootloaderen %2" #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 @@ -2033,7 +2174,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " +"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 @@ -2043,15 +2187,25 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Boot-enheden er på software-RAID1. Vælg en anden bootloader-placering, f.eks. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Boot-enheden er på software-RAID1. Vælg en anden bootloader-placering, f.eks. " +"Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "Det var ikke muligt at fastslå den nøjagtige rækkefølge af diske for enhedsoversigten. Rækkefølgen af diske kan ændres under \"Bootloaders installationsdetaljer\"" +msgid "" +"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " +"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " +"Installation Details\"" +msgstr "" +"Det var ikke muligt at fastslå den nøjagtige rækkefølge af diske for " +"enhedsoversigten. Rækkefølgen af diske kan ændres under \"Bootloaders " +"installationsdetaljer\"" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ # Martin Moeller <martin(a)martinm-76.dk>, 2006. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:31+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -31,7 +31,6 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" @@ -64,7 +63,7 @@ "\n" "Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" @@ -121,18 +120,16 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Configuration" msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Netværkskonfiguration" +msgstr "Indlæs Linuxrc netværkskonfiguration" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Activation" msgid "Network Autosetup" -msgstr "Netværksaktivering" +msgstr "Autoopsætning af netværk" #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:03+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for DHCP server module #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 @@ -120,7 +120,8 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" -msgstr "IP-adressen (eller værtsmaskinenavnet) på værtsmaskinen med fast adresse" +msgstr "" +"IP-adressen (eller værtsmaskinenavnet) på værtsmaskinen med fast adresse" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 @@ -130,7 +131,9 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "Skriv den for tiden anvendte grænseflade, og vis andre tilgængelige grænseflader" +msgstr "" +"Skriv den for tiden anvendte grænseflade, og vis andre tilgængelige " +"grænseflader" # #. command line help text for an option @@ -618,18 +621,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Den valgte netværksgrænseflade er ikke konfigureret (ingen tildelt IP-adresse \n" -"og netmaske). Brug af den i DHCP-serverkonfiguration fungerer muligvis ikke.\n" -"Vil du virkelig bruge denne grænseflade?\n" +"En eller flere valgte netværksgrænseflader er ikke konfigureret (ingen " +"tildelt IP-adresse \n" +"og netmaske)." # #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -706,7 +709,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." -msgstr "Den angivne værdi er ikke et gyldigt værtsmaskinenavn eller IP-adresse." +msgstr "" +"Den angivne værdi er ikke et gyldigt værtsmaskinenavn eller IP-adresse." # #. frame @@ -845,10 +849,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Det dynamiske DHCP-adresseområde skal være i det samme netværk som DHCP-serveren.\n" +"Det dynamiske DHCP-adresseområde skal være i det samme netværk som " +"DHCP-serveren.\n" "IP %1 matcher ikke netværket %2/%3." # @@ -1055,11 +1061,13 @@ "<big>Tilføje et nyt område for DNS-opslag</big> \n" "Første IP-adresse angiver områdets\n" "startadresse, og Sidste IP-adresse angiver\n" -"den sidste. Basis for værtsmaskinenavne er en streng, der sætter, hvordan\n" +"den sidste. Basis for værtsmaskinenavne er en streng, der sætter, " +"hvordan\n" "værtsmaskinenavne oprettes (f.eks., <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> erstattes af antallet af værtsmaskiner indenfor området.\n" "Hvis ingen <tt>%i</tt> angives, tilføjes antallet i slutningen af\n" -"strengen. <tt>%i</tt> kan kun bruges én gang i en Basis for værtsmaskinenavne.\n" +"strengen. <tt>%i</tt> kan kun bruges én gang i en Basis for " +"værtsmaskinenavne.\n" "Start angiver det første nummer, der benyttes til det første\n" "værtsmaskinenavn. Værtsmaskinenavne oprettes gradvist stigende.\n" @@ -1084,10 +1092,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.\n" msgstr "" "Nyt zonenavn og Omvendt zonenavn\n" -"tages fra dine nuværende DHCP-server- og netværks-indstillinger, og kan ikke ændres.\n" +"tages fra dine nuværende DHCP-server- og netværks-indstillinger, og kan ikke " +"ændres.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1096,7 +1106,8 @@ "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" "Markér Opret også omvendt zone, hvis du vil\n" -"oprette en zone, der indeholder omvendte indgange i forhold til hoved-DNS-zone.\n" +"oprette en zone, der indeholder omvendte indgange i forhold til " +"hoved-DNS-zone.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 @@ -1138,9 +1149,11 @@ "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Ny navneserver tilføjes ved at klikke på Tilføj, udfyld formularen\n" +"Ny navneserver tilføjes ved at klikke på Tilføj, udfyld " +"formularen\n" "og tryk O.k.. Hvis det nye navneserver-navn findes i den nuværende\n" -"DNS-zone, angiv tillige dens IP-adresse. Dette er obligatorisk, da den bruges\n" +"DNS-zone, angiv tillige dens IP-adresse. Dette er obligatorisk, da den " +"bruges\n" "under oprettelse af zonen.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1160,12 +1173,15 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-opslag</big> \n" -"Angiv DNS-værtsmaskinenavne for alle DHCP-klienter. Du behøver ikke angive alle navnene et efter et. Sæt enkle regler, for hvordan\n" -" værtsmaskinenavnene oprettes. Disse regler definerer området af IP-adresser, der benyttes og\n" +"Angiv DNS-værtsmaskinenavne for alle DHCP-klienter. Du behøver ikke angive " +"alle navnene et efter et. Sæt enkle regler, for hvordan\n" +" værtsmaskinenavnene oprettes. Disse regler definerer området af IP-adresser, " +"der benyttes og\n" "den streng som værtsmaskinenavne genereres ud fra for et område.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) @@ -1221,8 +1237,10 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-synkronisering</big> \n" -"Dette er et avanceret værktøj til redigering af DNS-serverindstillinger til at matche\n" -"dine DHCP-indstillinger. Kun 'A'-opslag (DNS-opslag der omsætter værtsmaskine-\n" +"Dette er et avanceret værktøj til redigering af DNS-serverindstillinger til " +"at matche\n" +"dine DHCP-indstillinger. Kun 'A'-opslag (DNS-opslag der omsætter " +"værtsmaskine-\n" "navne til IP-adresser) vedligeholdes her.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1233,7 +1251,8 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Nuværende subnet og Netmaske viser de nuværende netværksindstillinger.\n" +"Nuværende subnet og Netmaske viser de nuværende " +"netværksindstillinger.\n" "Domæne tages fra den nuværende DHCP-konfiguration.\n" "Første IP-adresse og Anden IP-adresse matcher det nuværende\n" "dynamiske DHCP-område.\n" @@ -1258,7 +1277,9 @@ "To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of " +"IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1267,7 +1288,9 @@ "For at synkronisere DNS-punkterne med deres omvendte form i den\n" "tilsvarende omvendte zone vælges Synkronisér med omvendt zone.\n" "Anvend Slet DNS-opslag som matcher område \n" -"under Særlige opgaver for at slette information relateret til dette område af IP-adresser fra DNS-serveren. For at oprette et nyt område af DNS-opslag anvendes\n" +"under Særlige opgaver for at slette information relateret til dette " +"område af IP-adresser fra DNS-serveren. For at oprette et nyt område af " +"DNS-opslag anvendes\n" "Tilføj nyt område af DNS-opslag under Særlige opgaver.\n" #. old_range: $[ @@ -1554,11 +1577,13 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Ingen IP-adresse blev givet for en navneserver i den nuværende DNS-zone.\n" -"Dette virker måske ikke, fordi hver zone skal have dens navneservers navn og IP defineret\n" +"Dette virker måske ikke, fordi hver zone skal have dens navneservers navn og " +"IP defineret\n" "Vil du virkelig bruge de aktuelle indstillinger?\n" # translators: error message @@ -1847,7 +1872,8 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" "<big>Firewall-indstillinger</big> \n" -"Du kan åbne firewallen, for at give adgang til tjenesten fra eksterne maskiner\n" +"Du kan åbne firewallen, for at give adgang til tjenesten fra eksterne " +"maskiner\n" "via den valgte grænseflade, ved at vælge\n" "Åbn firewall for valgt grænseflade. \n" "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig hvis firewallen\n" @@ -1874,7 +1900,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "For at køre DHCP-serveren i 'chroot'-varetægt, vælg\n" -"Kør DHCP-server i 'chroot'-varetægt. At starte alle dæmoner i 'chroot'-varetægt\n" +"Kør DHCP-server i 'chroot'-varetægt. At starte alle dæmoner i " +"'chroot'-varetægt\n" "øger sikkerheden og anbefales kraftigt." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1897,8 +1924,10 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Konfigurerede deklarationer viser konfigurationsindstillinger i brug.\n" -"For at ændre en eksisterende deklaration markér den og klik på Redigér.\n" +"Konfigurerede deklarationer viser konfigurationsindstillinger i " +"brug.\n" +"For at ændre en eksisterende deklaration markér den og klik på Redigér" +".\n" "For at tilføje en ny deklaration, vælg en deklaration der skulle indeholde\n" "den nye deklaration, og klik på Tilføj.\n" "For at slette en deklaration markér den og klik på Slet." @@ -1935,7 +1964,8 @@ "special options in Hostname." msgstr "" "<big>Værtsmaskine med fast adresse</big> \n" -"Angiv navnet på værtsmaskinen som skal tilskrives den faste adresse eller andre\n" +"Angiv navnet på værtsmaskinen som skal tilskrives den faste adresse eller " +"andre\n" "specielle alternativer i Værtsmaskinenavn." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 @@ -2008,7 +2038,8 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"For at justere dynamisk DNS for værtsmaskinerne i dette subnet, benytDynamisk DNS." +"For at justere dynamisk DNS for værtsmaskinerne i dette subnet, benyt" +"Dynamisk DNS." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -2031,8 +2062,10 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>TSIG-nøgle</big> \n" -"For at udføre dynamiske DNS-opdateringer skal godkendelseskoden defineres. Benyt\n" -"TSIG-nøgle for at vælge nøglen som skal bruges til godkendelsen. Nøglen skal\n" +"For at udføre dynamiske DNS-opdateringer skal godkendelseskoden defineres. " +"Benyt\n" +"TSIG-nøgle for at vælge nøglen som skal bruges til godkendelsen. " +"Nøglen skal\n" "være identisk for både DHCP- og DNS-servere. Specificér nøglen for både alm.\n" "og omvendt navnezone." @@ -2054,33 +2087,40 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zoner for opdatering</big> \n" "Specificér alm. og omvendte zoner, som skal opdateres. Specificér også\n" -"den primære navneserver for begge. Hvis navneserveren kører på samme værtsmaskine som \n" +"den primære navneserver for begge. Hvis navneserveren kører på samme " +"værtsmaskine som \n" "DHCP-serveren, kan du lade felterne være tomme." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with " +"\n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Opstartsargumenter for DHCP-server</big> \n" "Her kan du angive parametre som du ønsker at DHCP-serveren skal startes med\n" -"(f.eks. \"-p 1234\") for at lytte på en ikke-standard port). Se \"dhcpd\"-manualsiden\n" -"for alle mulige tilvalg. Hvis det efterlades tomt vil standardværdierne blive anvendt." +"(f.eks. \"-p 1234\") for at lytte på en ikke-standard port). Se " +"\"dhcpd\"-manualsiden\n" +"for alle mulige tilvalg. Hvis det efterlades tomt vil standardværdierne blive " +"anvendt." # #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Valg af netværkskort</big> \n" "Vælg et eller flere netværkskort fra listen til brug for DHCP-serveren.\n" @@ -2092,7 +2132,8 @@ "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Du kan også vælge at angive DHCP-servernavnet\n" -"(navnet på dhcpServer-LDAP-objekt), hvis det er forskellig fra dit værtsmaskinenavn.\n" +"(navnet på dhcpServer-LDAP-objekt), hvis det er forskellig fra dit " +"værtsmaskinenavn.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 @@ -2144,8 +2185,11 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "Udskriftsserver tilbyder denne server som standard-udskriftsserver." +msgid "" +"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "" +"Udskriftsserver tilbyder denne server som " +"standard-udskriftsserver." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2162,7 +2206,8 @@ "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Standard tildelingstid definerer tidsrummet, efter hvilken en tildelt IP-adresse udløber,\n" +"Standard tildelingstid definerer tidsrummet, efter hvilken en " +"tildelt IP-adresse udløber,\n" "og klienten skal bede om en ny IP-adresse." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 @@ -2183,15 +2228,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP-adresseområde</big> \n" "Angiv den første IP-adresse og den sidste IP-adresse\n" -"i det adresseområde der skal leases til klienterne. Disse adresser skal have samme netmaske.\n" -"For eksempel <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> og <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Markér flaget \n" +"i det adresseområde der skal leases til klienterne. Disse adresser skal have " +"samme netmaske.\n" +"For eksempel <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> og <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Markér flaget " +"\n" "Tillad dynamisk BOOTP, hvis det specificerede område \n" "må tildeles BOOTP-klienter såvel som DHCP-klienter dynamisk.\n" @@ -2204,7 +2252,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Tildelingstid</big> \n" "Angiv her Standard tildelingstid for det aktuelle IP-adresseområde,\n" -"hvilket definerer den optimale tid for genopfriskning af klienternes IP-adresser. " +"hvilket definerer den optimale tid for genopfriskning af klienternes " +"IP-adresser. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2234,7 +2283,8 @@ "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" "<big>Håndtering af værtsmaskiner</big> \n" -"Brug denne dialog for at redigere værtsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding." +"Brug denne dialog for at redigere værtsmaskiner med statisk adressebinding.<" +"/p>" #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 @@ -2254,7 +2304,9 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "For at fjerne en værtsmaskine, markér den og klik på Slet fra liste." +msgstr "" +"For at fjerne en værtsmaskine, markér den og klik på Slet fra liste" +"." # #. help text 1/7 @@ -2735,7 +2787,7 @@ "\n" "Afbryder nu." -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2859,7 +2911,7 @@ msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under oprettelse af %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under opdatering af %1." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2007. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:33+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module #: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 @@ -78,16 +78,14 @@ #. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initiator Name" msgid "&Initiator Name" -msgstr "Navn på igangsætter" +msgstr "Navn på &igangsætter" #. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well #. known word for this technology (it's special hardware #. shifting load from processor to card) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Offloa&d Card" msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Offloa&d kort" @@ -257,7 +255,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afbryder initialisering:</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at klikke Afbryd nu.\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at klikke Afbryd nu.<" +"/p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -302,7 +301,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Tilføje en iSCI-igangsætter:</big> \n" "Vælg en iSCI-igangsætter fra listen over fundne igangsættere.\n" -"Hvis din iSCI-igangsætter ikke blev fundet, anvend Anden (ikke fundet).\n" +"Hvis din iSCI-igangsætter ikke blev fundet, anvend Anden (ikke fundet)" +".\n" "Tryk derefter Konfigurér>.\n" # @@ -354,11 +354,13 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add" +".\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Liste over nuværende sessioner. For at tilføje et nyt mål, tryk på Tilføj.\n" +"Liste over nuværende sessioner. For at tilføje et nyt mål, tryk på Tilføj<" +"/b>.\n" "For at fjerne et, markér det og tryk Log ud.\n" "For at skifte opstartsstatus tryk Skift.\n" @@ -369,42 +371,63 @@ msgstr "<h1>Advarsel</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr "Når du tilgår en iSCSI-enhed LÆS/SKRIV, sikr dig, at adgangen er eksklusiv. Ellers er der en potentiel risiko for datakorrumpering.\n" +msgid "" +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.\n" +msgstr "" +"Når du tilgår en iSCSI-enhed LÆS/SKRIV, sikr dig, at " +"adgangen er eksklusiv. Ellers er der en potentiel risiko for " +"datakorrumpering.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi<" +"/tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "InitiatorName er en værdi fra <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"Hvis du har iBFT, erstattes værdien med værdien derfra, og du kan kun ændre den i BIOS-konfigurationen." +"Hvis du har iBFT, erstattes værdien med værdien derfra, og du kan kun ændre " +"den i BIOS-konfigurationen." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at bruge iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) til at finde mål i stedet for standard SendTargets-metoden,\n" +"Hvis du ønsker at bruge iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) til at " +"finde mål i stedet for standard SendTargets-metoden,\n" "udfyld IP-adresse for iSNS-server og port. Standardporten bør være 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " +"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Angiv IP-adresse på den opdagede server.\n" -"Ændr kun Port hvis det er nødvendigt. Anvend Brugernavn og Adgangskode til godkendelse. Hvis du ikke behøver godkendelse,\n" +"Ændr kun Port hvis det er nødvendigt. Anvend Brugernavn og " +"Adgangskode til godkendelse. Hvis du ikke behøver godkendelse,\n" "Vælg Ingen godkendelse.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "Liste over knuder tilbudt af iSCSI-målet.Markér et element og tryk på Tilslut. " +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"Connect. " +msgstr "" +"Liste over knuder tilbudt af iSCSI-målet.Markér et element og tryk på " +"Tilslut. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -msgstr " Vælg typen af godkendelse og angiv Brugernavn og Adgangskode." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " +"Password." +msgstr "" +" Vælg typen af godkendelse og angiv Brugernavn og Adgangskode." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -416,20 +439,27 @@ "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" "onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "manuelt er til iSCSI-mål der ikke skal tilsluttes som standard\n" "brugeren skal tilslutte dem manuelt\n" -"under boot er til iSCI-mål der skal tilsluttes under boot, dvs. når\n" +"under boot er til iSCI-mål der skal tilsluttes under boot, dvs. " +"når\n" "root er på iSCSI. Som sådan vil det blive evalueret af initrd.\n" -"automatisk er til iSCSI-mål der skal tilsluttes når iSCSI-tjenesten selv\n" +"automatisk er til iSCSI-mål der skal tilsluttes når iSCSI-tjenesten " +"selv\n" "starter op.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -msgstr "Liste over opdagede mål. Start en ny Opdagelse, eller Tilslut til ethvert mål." +msgid "" +"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to " +"any target." +msgstr "" +"Liste over opdagede mål. Start en ny Opdagelse, eller Tilslut " +"til ethvert mål." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -529,8 +559,12 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "Destinationen med dette TargetName (destinationsnavn) er allerede tilsluttet. Sørg for, at multipathing er aktiveret, så data ikke ødelægges." +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Destinationen med dette TargetName (destinationsnavn) er allerede tilsluttet. " +"Sørg for, at multipathing er aktiveret, så data ikke ødelægges." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 @@ -561,8 +595,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "For at kunne konfigurere iSCI-igangsætteren, skal %1-pakken installeres." +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"For at kunne konfigurere iSCI-igangsætteren, skal %1-pakken " +"installeres." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -625,14 +663,13 @@ #. interface type for hardware offloading #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "(Software)" msgid "default (Software)" -msgstr "(Software)" +msgstr "standard (software)" #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "alle" #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 @@ -643,8 +680,10 @@ "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" "InitiatorName fra iBFT og fra <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" -"er forskellige. Det gamle initiatornavn erstattes med værdien fra iBFT, og der \n" -"oprettes en sikkerhedskopi. Hvis du vil bruge et andet initiatornavn, skal du ændre det i BIOS.\n" +"er forskellige. Det gamle initiatornavn erstattes med værdien fra iBFT, og " +"der \n" +"oprettes en sikkerhedskopi. Hvis du vil bruge et andet initiatornavn, skal du " +"ændre det i BIOS.\n" #. do discovery first #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ # Jens H. Nielsen <jens(a)jeme.adsl.dk>, 2004. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-11 09:31+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. translators: command line help text for nis server module @@ -228,10 +228,12 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " +"machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Angiv et NIS-domæne. Hvis denne værtsmaskine også er en NIS-klient, markér\n" +"Angiv et NIS-domæne. Hvis denne værtsmaskine også er en NIS-klient, " +"markér\n" "den passende indstilling.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -257,7 +259,8 @@ msgstr "" "Tillad ændring af adgangskoder lader brugerne ændre\n" "deres adgangskoder med NIS. Knapper til at tillade\n" -"ændring af logind-skal eller GECOS (fuldstændigt navn og relateret information),\n" +"ændring af logind-skal eller GECOS (fuldstændigt navn og relateret " +"information),\n" "kan anvendes til at sætte disse specifikke indstillinger op.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label @@ -328,13 +331,15 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details" +".\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall-indstillinger \n" "For at åbne firewallen for at tilgå en NIS-serveren\n" "fra eksterne computere, markér Åbn port i firewall.\n" -"For at vælge grænseflader, hvor porten skal åbnes, klik Firewall-detaljer.\n" +"For at vælge grænseflader, hvor porten skal åbnes, klik Firewall-detaljer<" +"/b>.\n" "Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis firewallen er aktiveret.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading @@ -383,7 +388,8 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "Indgangen med netmaske <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> og netværk\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> skal findes for at tillade tilslutninger fra den lokale værtsmaskine.\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> skal findes for at tillade tilslutninger fra den lokale " +"værtsmaskine.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -411,27 +417,33 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." -msgstr "Angiv NIS-domæne og IP-adresse eller værtsmaskinenavn for NIS-masterserver." +msgid "" +"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " +"master NIS server." +msgstr "" +"Angiv NIS-domæne og IP-adresse eller værtsmaskinenavn for " +"NIS-masterserver." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." -msgstr "Hvis denne værtsmaskine, som bruger denne maskine som server, også er en NIS-klient , markér den tilsvarende indstilling." +msgid "" +"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " +"the corresponding option." +msgstr "" +"Hvis denne værtsmaskine, som bruger denne maskine som server, også er en " +"NIS-klient , markér den tilsvarende indstilling." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" -msgstr "NIS-&domænenavn" +msgstr "N&IS-domænenavn:" #. text entry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgid "NIS &Master Server:" -msgstr "NIS-masterserver: " +msgstr "NIS-&masterserver:" #. To translators: dialog label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 @@ -460,8 +472,14 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "Angiv navnene på værtsmaskiner her, for at konfigurere dem som NIS-slaveservere. Benyt Tilføj for at tilføje en ny, Redigér for at ændre en eksisterende indgang og Slet for at fjerne den." +msgid "" +"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " +"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " +"Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "" +"Angiv navnene på værtsmaskiner her, for at konfigurere dem som " +"NIS-slaveservere. Benyt Tilføj for at tilføje en ny, Redigér " +"for at ændre en eksisterende indgang og Slet for at fjerne den." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -519,7 +537,8 @@ "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"Vælg om du vil konfigurere NIS-serveren til at være en master eller\n" +"Vælg om du vil konfigurere NIS-serveren til at være en master " +"eller\n" "slave eller ikke at konfigurere en NIS-server.\n" #. help text 2/2 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ # Keld Simonsen <keld(a)dkuug.dk>, 2004. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2006. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2008. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -35,22 +35,43 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "Tryk Synkroniśer nu, for at få din systemtid sat korrekt ved hjælp af den valgte NTP-server. Hvis du vil bruge NTP permanent, så aktivér indstillingen Gem NTP-konfiguration" +msgid "" +"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "" +"Tryk Synkroniśer nu, for at få din systemtid sat korrekt ved hjælp " +"af den valgte NTP-server. Hvis du vil bruge NTP permanent, så aktivér " +"indstillingen Gem NTP-konfiguration" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "Hvis indstillingen Kør NTP som dæmon aktiveres, vil NTP-tjenesten blive startet som en dæmon. Ellers vil systemtiden blive synkroniseret periodisk. Standardintervallet er 15 min. Du kan ændre det efter installation med yast2 ntp-klient-modulet." +msgid "" +"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "" +"Hvis indstillingen Kør NTP som dæmon aktiveres, vil NTP-tjenesten " +"blive startet som en dæmon. Ellers vil systemtiden blive synkroniseret " +"periodisk. Standardintervallet er 15 min. Du kan ændre det efter installation " +"med yast2 ntp-klient-modulet." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "Med brug af knappen Konfigurér, åbnes den avancerede NTP-konfiguration." +msgid "" +"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "" +"Med brug af knappen Konfigurér, åbnes den avancerede " +"NTP-konfiguration." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." -msgstr "Synkronisering med NPT-servenen kan kun gøres når netværket er konfigureret." +msgid "" +"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Synkronisering med NPT-servenen kan kun gøres når netværket er " +"konfigureret." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -101,18 +122,22 @@ #. update time widgets #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Forbindelse til den valgte NTP-server mislykkedes." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" -msgstr "Testforespørgsel til serveren \"%1\" mislykkedes. Hvis serveren endnu ikke er tilgængelig eller netværket ikke er konfigureret, så klik \"Nej\" for at ignorere. Vil du gå tilbage til konfiguration af NTP-server?" +msgstr "" +"Testforespørgsel til serveren \"%1\" mislykkedes.\n" +"Hvis serveren endnu ikke er tilgængelig eller netværket ikke er " +"konfigureret,\n" +"så klik \"Nej\" for at ignorere. Vil du gå tilbage til konfiguration af " +"NTP-server?" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 @@ -629,7 +654,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Afbryd initialisering:</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd nu." +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd " +"nu." # #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -655,7 +681,6 @@ #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" #| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" @@ -666,14 +691,21 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " +"activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is " +"15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Start af NTP-dæmon</big> \n" "Vælg om NTP-dæmonen skal aktiveres nu og under hver opstart af systemet. \n" "NTP-dæmonen oversætter værtsmaskinenavne, når den initialiseres.\n" "Din netværkstilslutning skal startes, før NTP-dæmonen starter.\n" +"Ved valg af Synkronisér uden dæmon vil ntp-dæmonen ikke blive " +"aktiveret. \n" +"Systemtiden vil blive sat periodisk. Intervallet kan konfigureres. Det er 15 " +"minutter som standard.\n" +" Du kan ændre dette når systemet er sat op." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -691,14 +723,20 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<" +"/tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sikker NTP-konfiguration</big> \n" -"Ved at vælge Begræns NTP-tjeneste til konfigurerede servere kan eksterne værtsmaskiner ikke se og ændre NTP-indstillinger på din \n" -"computer. NTP-tjenesten begrænses til servere i filen <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> og til lokal værtsmaskine. \n" -"Adgangskontrolflag kan finjusteres i serverens oversigtstabel. Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis NTP konfigureres via DHCP.\n" +"Ved at vælge Begræns NTP-tjeneste til konfigurerede servere kan " +"eksterne værtsmaskiner ikke se og ændre NTP-indstillinger på din \n" +"computer. NTP-tjenesten begrænses til servere i filen <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> " +"og til lokal værtsmaskine. \n" +"Adgangskontrolflag kan finjusteres i serverens oversigtstabel. Denne " +"indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis NTP konfigureres via DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -720,7 +758,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -744,11 +783,13 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Avanceret konfiguration</big> \n" -"For at konfigurere denne værtsmaskine til at synkronisere mod flere eksterne værtsmaskiner eller mod\n" +"For at konfigurere denne værtsmaskine til at synkronisere mod flere eksterne " +"værtsmaskiner eller mod\n" "et lokalt tilsluttet ur, brug Avanceret konfiguration." #. help text 1/4 @@ -775,7 +816,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link " +"to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -787,7 +829,8 @@ "enheden, uret er koblet til. For at gøre dette, afkryds\n" "Opret symlink og angiv Enheden. For at lede efter enheden,\n" "tryk på Gennemse.\n" -"For nogle typer af ure er det ikke nødvendigt at oprette et symbolsk link - eller \n" +"For nogle typer af ure er det ikke nødvendigt at oprette et symbolsk link - " +"eller \n" "det skal oprettes manuelt." # @@ -888,7 +931,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -897,8 +941,10 @@ "<big>Indstillinger for adgangskontrol</big> \n" "Angiv adgangskontrolflag for denne server(restrict-direktiv i\n" "/etc/ntp.conf), som indikerer, hvilke typer af handlinger eksterne\n" -"værtsmaskiner kan udføre på din NTP-dæmon. Som standard er det sat til notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du har markeret\n" +"værtsmaskiner kan udføre på din NTP-dæmon. Som standard er det sat til " +"notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig, hvis du har " +"markeret\n" "indstillingen Begræns NTP-tjeneste til konfigurerede servere i\n" "Sikkerhedsindstillinger.\n" @@ -953,7 +999,8 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"For at godkende NTP-pakker, som broadcastes fra andre værtsmaskiner i netværket,\n" +"For at godkende NTP-pakker, som broadcastes fra andre værtsmaskiner i " +"netværket,\n" "og bruge dem til at definere lokal tid, vælg Indkommende broadcast." #. help text 1/5 @@ -986,12 +1033,15 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Vælge en offentlig NTP-server</big> \n" -"Vælg NTP-serveren, der skal bruges, i listen overoffentlige NTP-servere.\n" -"For kun at vise NTP-servere fra et specielt land, vælg den under Land." +"Vælg NTP-serveren, der skal bruges, i listen overoffentlige NTP-servere" +".\n" +"For kun at vise NTP-servere fra et specielt land, vælg den under Land" +"." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1021,7 +1071,8 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Test servertilgængelighed:</big> \n" -"Tryk på Test for at kontrollere, om den valgte server svarer korrekt." +"Tryk på Test for at kontrollere, om den valgte server svarer korrekt.<" +"/p>" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1030,7 +1081,8 @@ "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" "three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Anvend vilkårlige servere</big> \n" @@ -1043,12 +1095,15 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Kalibrering af ur-driver</big> \n" -"Ur-driveren skal måske kalibreres. I denne dialog kan forskellige indstillinger\n" +"Ur-driveren skal måske kalibreres. I denne dialog kan forskellige " +"indstillinger\n" "for kalibrering angives. Betydningen af bestemte indstillinger afhænger af\n" "driveren. Nogle drivere benytter ikke alle indstillingerne." @@ -1056,10 +1111,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i" +">.\n" msgstr "" "For at få mere information om indstillingerne kan du installere pakken\n" -"ntp-doc og se /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm\n" +"ntp-doc og se /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm" +"\n" # #. yes-no popup Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -72,8 +72,13 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." -msgstr "Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan ændres i modulet Softwarekilder." +msgid "" +"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan " +"ændres i modulet Softwarekilder." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -131,14 +136,11 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No update repository\n" #| "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgid "No update repository configured yet." -msgstr "" -"Ingen opdateringskilde\n" -"er konfigureret endnu. Vil du køre konfigurationsprocessen nu?" +msgstr "Ingen opdateringskilde er konfigureret endnu." #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 @@ -170,8 +172,12 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.\n" +msgid "" +"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de " +"blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -264,7 +270,8 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for at \n" +"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for " +"at \n" "fungere korrekt. Genstart systemet snarest muligt." #. popup message @@ -285,14 +292,16 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af YaST.\n" +"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af " +"YaST.\n" " De bør installeres først, og alle andre rettelser efter genstarten.\n" " \n" " Du valgte nogle andre rettelser til at blive installeret nu.\n" @@ -463,7 +472,8 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive installeret.\n" +"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive " +"installeret.\n" "Din installation vil forblive urørt.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -540,7 +550,8 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." +msgstr "" +"Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -2,21 +2,23 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. -# +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" -"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:14+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -33,32 +35,33 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mappe" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Mirrored" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spejlet" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ja" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nej" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Afslut" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "&Mirror" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Spejl" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 msgid "&Do not Mirror" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spejl &ikke" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 msgid "Select/Deselect &All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vælg/fravælg &alt" + Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n" -"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.\n" +"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende " +"konfiguration.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Backup af %1 mislykkedes. Se %2 for detaljer." #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 @@ -394,13 +395,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" +"/p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig." +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -417,7 +426,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne..." +msgstr "" +"Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade " +"softwarekilde-detaljerne..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -482,10 +493,12 @@ "Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n" "%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n" "\n" -"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere pakkedata\n" +"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere " +"pakkedata\n" "kræver for meget hukommelse.\n" "\n" -"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det installerede\n" +"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det " +"installerede\n" "system i sådanne tilfælde." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -511,8 +524,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i " +"AutoYaST-profilen." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -577,8 +594,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug " +"\"%1\" i stedet." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -744,21 +765,33 @@ "Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er " +"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en " +"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af " +"tjenesteadministratoren." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " +"at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" -"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv " +"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" +"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er " +"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -800,44 +833,65 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " +"check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n" -" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at " +"fjerne en softwarekilde\n" +" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller " +"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i " +"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" " \n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " +"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " +"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "En softwarekildes prioritet \n" -"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" +"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 " +"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere " +"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder " +"og tjenester." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n" +"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at " +"beholde downloadede pakker\n" "i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n" "Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory " +"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" +"/B> file." +msgstr "" +"Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, " +"placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -954,7 +1008,8 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" +msgstr "" +"Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -967,7 +1022,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves." #. this is a heading @@ -982,8 +1038,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, " +"brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -993,7 +1053,8 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." #. error message #. error message @@ -1124,7 +1185,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "Fejl -- MD5-sum matcher ikke Dette medie bør ikke anvendes." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1152,7 +1214,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis du har problemer med\n" @@ -1162,7 +1225,8 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" +"\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1170,16 +1234,19 @@ "Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk Start test\n" "eller brug Tjek ISO-fil og vælg en ISO-fil.\n" "Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n" -"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen. " +"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 " +"checksummen. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n" -"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.\n" +"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede " +"medie.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1192,22 +1259,33 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" +"/P>" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før " +"installation." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i dit\n" -"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.\n" +"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i " +"dit\n" +"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<" +"/P>\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1390,7 +1468,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle \n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til " +"nøglefilen.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1404,7 +1483,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle\n" -"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n" +"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en " +"GPG-nøgle bruges\n" "Slet.\n" "\n" @@ -1470,7 +1550,8 @@ "Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n" "Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n" "den korrekte placering.\n" -"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n" +"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, " +"tilgængelige\n" "i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n" #. popup message part 1 @@ -1547,10 +1628,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n" +"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på " +"listen.\n" "Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 @@ -1715,28 +1798,50 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution." +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " +"32-bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en " +"32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet." +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig " +"efter installation af systemet." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " +"space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive " +"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer " +"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større " +"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller " +"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " +"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n" -"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.\n" +"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil " +"blive\n" +"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis " +"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download." +"\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1775,18 +1880,28 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye " +"installationsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" +"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation." +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan " +"ikke starte installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 @@ -1811,31 +1926,32 @@ #. newly installed products #: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 msgid "New product %s will be installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det nye produkt %s vil blive installeret" #. product update: %s is a product name #: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 msgid "Product %s will be updated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktet %s vil blive opdateret" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" +"Produktet %{old_product} vil blive opdateret til %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktet %s vil forblive installeret" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) #: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Advarsel: Produktet %s vil blive fjernet." #: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fejl: Produktet %s vil automatisk blive fjernet." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") @@ -1843,11 +1959,23 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" +"<ul><li>Nogle produkter er markeret til automatisk fjernelse.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få " +"leveret et nyt\n" +"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller " +"-modul\n" +"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med " +"produktopgraderingen gå " +"til\n" +"softwarevalget og markér produktet (\"-release\"-pakken) til fjernelse.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 @@ -1862,7 +1990,8 @@ "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" "Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n" -"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n" +"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, " +"kan du\n" "downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.\n" #. popup - information label @@ -1931,8 +2060,12 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " +"of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af " +"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -1941,14 +2074,12 @@ #. check box label #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "&Ja, jeg accepterer licensaftalen" +msgstr "Jeg &accepterer licensaftalen." #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" #| "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1956,8 +2087,8 @@ "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" msgstr "" -"Hvis du ønsker at udskrive denne EULA kan du finde\n" -"den på det første medie i filen %1" +"Hvis du ønsker at udskrive denne EULA kan du downloade den fra\n" +"%{license_url}" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename @@ -2100,7 +2231,7 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Udvidelser og moduler fra registreringsserveren..." #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 @@ -2297,10 +2428,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Softwarekildens navn</big> \n" -"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.\n" +"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. " +"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL " +"som navn.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2311,10 +2446,12 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tjenestenavn</big> \n" -" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" +" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er " +"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" # #. popup message @@ -2363,12 +2500,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " +"5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Monteringstilvalg</big> \n" "Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n" -"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se man 5 nfs\n" +"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg." #. radio button @@ -2605,7 +2744,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2616,7 +2756,8 @@ "For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af Anonym og angiv\n" "Brugernavn og Adgangskode.\n" "\n" -"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og Søgesti\n" +"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og " +"Søgesti\n" "til mappe eller ISO-imagefil. \n" "Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n" "af mediet så angiv ISO-imagefil.\n" @@ -2627,17 +2768,17 @@ "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" +"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en " +"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" "Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" -msgstr "Jeg vil gerne installere et tilføjelsesprodukt" +msgstr "Jeg vil gerne installere yderligere et tilføjelsesprodukt" #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 @@ -2712,13 +2853,16 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Download filer \n" -"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n" -"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade filer\n" +"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af " +"softwarekilden.\n" +"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade " +"filer\n" "når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n" "automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. \n" @@ -2730,10 +2874,9 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Additional Products" msgid "Add On Product" -msgstr "Yderligere produkter" +msgstr "Tilføjelsesprodukt" #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -2,21 +2,23 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. -# +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" -"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:19+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Commandline help title #. Proxy dialog caption @@ -24,22 +26,22 @@ #: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:448 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguration af proxy" #. command-line help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivér proxy-indstillinger" #. command-line help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deaktivér proxy-indstillinger" #. command-line help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skift de aktuelle proxy-indstillinger" #. command-line help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ #. translators: command line prompt for entering a password #: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 msgid "Password:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adgangskode:" #. Return a modification status #. @return true if data was modified @@ -100,43 +102,43 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiveret" #: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTP" #: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS" #: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 msgid "FTP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FTP" #. Informative label #. Informative label #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:100 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingen detaljer tilgængelige." #. A push button #. A push button #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:103 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Detaljer <<" #. A push button #. A push button #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:105 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Detaljer >>" #. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found #. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:220 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Unknown Error Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukendt fejlkode" #. Error message, #. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" @@ -197,8 +199,10 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" @@ -214,7 +218,8 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" @@ -256,7 +261,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." +"\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -271,13 +277,13 @@ #. CheckBox entry label #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:519 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "&Enable Proxy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Aktivér proxy" #. Frame label #. Frame label #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:527 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Proxy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proxy-indstillinger" #. Text entry label #. Text entry label @@ -309,7 +315,7 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:558 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Proxy Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proxy-autentificering" #. Text entry label #. Text entry label @@ -321,7 +327,7 @@ #. Password entry label #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:575 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:520 msgid "Proxy &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&dgangskode til proxy" #. Test Proxy Settings - push button #. Test Proxy Settings - push button @@ -402,17 +408,17 @@ #. Rich text title #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:839 msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proxy" #. MenuButton title #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:841 msgid "&Proxy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Proxy" #. Popup headline #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proxy-konfigurationen blev gemt" #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." @@ -447,14 +453,16 @@ #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTP-proxy: %1" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS-proxy: %1" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FTP-proxy: %1" + + Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # Merethe Eriksen <Merethemus(a)jeme.net>, 2004. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2006. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:49+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -73,7 +73,8 @@ "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" msgstr "" -"Brugeren der er brugt ved tilslutning til domænet. Hvis det er undladt vil YaST2\n" +"Brugeren der er brugt ved tilslutning til domænet. Hvis det er undladt vil " +"YaST2\n" "forsøge at tilslutte til domænet uden at specificere bruger og adgangskode.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option @@ -167,8 +168,12 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "Angiv området for Samba-bruger- og -gruppe-ID'er (værdierne <tt>winbind uid</tt> og <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "" +"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt>" +" and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "" +"Angiv området for Samba-bruger- og -gruppe-ID'er (værdierne <tt>" +"winbind uid</tt> og <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -206,11 +211,11 @@ #. require_groups #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilladte grupper" #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gruppenavne eller SID'er" #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 @@ -404,7 +409,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -475,7 +481,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afbryder initialisering</big> \n" -"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet på sikker vis ved at trykke Afbryd.\n" +"Afbryd konfigurationsværktøjet på sikker vis ved at trykke Afbryd." +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -510,38 +517,46 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"En Linux-klient kan være medlem af en arbejdsgruppe, et NT-domæne eller et Active Directory-domæne.\n" +"En Linux-klient kan være medlem af en arbejdsgruppe, et NT-domæne eller et " +"Active Directory-domæne.\n" "Angiv navnet på medlemskabet.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Brug SMB-information til Linux-godkendelse tillader \n" -"bekræftelse af adgangskode mod Kerberos-serverens NT-server hvis der tilsluttes til AD-domæne.\n" +"bekræftelse af adgangskode mod Kerberos-serverens NT-server hvis der " +"tilsluttes til AD-domæne.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list " +"of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Markér Skift primært DNS-suffiks for at føje din AD-server til listen over navneservere.\n" +"Markér Skift primært DNS-suffiks for at føje din AD-server til " +"listen over navneservere.\n" "Denne mulighed er kun tilgængelig for statiske netværksopsætninger." #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.\n" msgstr "" "Når du trykker O.k., vil systemet verificere medlemskabet og,\n" -"hvis det er et NT- eller Active Directory-domæne, vil det tillade denne værtsmaskine at slutte til domænet.\n" +"hvis det er et NT- eller Active Directory-domæne, vil det tillade denne " +"værtsmaskine at slutte til domænet.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -559,18 +574,39 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." -msgstr "Afkryds Opret hjemmemappe ved login for at lokale hjemmemapper oprettes ved første login." +msgid "" +"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories " +"created on the first login." +msgstr "" +"Afkryds Opret hjemmemappe ved login for at lokale hjemmemapper " +"oprettes ved første login." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "Offline godkendelse sætter brugeren i stand til at logge på, selv hvis der ikke er forbindelse til domæne-styreenheden. For at denne indstilling virker, skal du logge ind i domænet mindst en gang. Brugerens akkreditiver gemmes så krypteret på din computer og genanvendes ved domæne-login når der ikke kan etableres forbindelse til domæne-styreenheden. Dette er særligt anvendeligt for brugere af bærbare." +msgid "" +"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log " +"in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"Offline godkendelse sætter brugeren i stand til at logge på, selv " +"hvis der ikke er forbindelse til domæne-styreenheden. For at denne " +"indstilling virker, skal du logge ind i domænet mindst en gang. Brugerens " +"akkreditiver gemmes så krypteret på din computer og genanvendes ved " +"domæne-login når der ikke kan etableres forbindelse til domæne-styreenheden. " +"Dette er særligt anvendeligt for brugere af bærbare." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "Klik på Avancerede indstillinger for at aktivere avancerede funktioner sådsom WINS-tilvalg eller montering af hjemmemapper på servere fra Active Directory-domæner." +msgid "" +"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "" +"Klik på Avancerede indstillinger for at aktivere avancerede " +"funktioner sådsom WINS-tilvalg eller montering af hjemmemapper på servere " +"fra Active Directory-domæner." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -580,16 +616,26 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Sæt Brugernavn og Adgangskode som skal anvendes til at tilslutte\n" -"til valgt domæne under autoinstallation. Bemærk at adgangskoden vil blive skrevet til profilen i ukrypteret form." +"Sæt Brugernavn og Adgangskode som skal anvendes til at " +"tilslutte\n" +"til valgt domæne under autoinstallation. Bemærk at adgangskoden vil blive " +"skrevet til profilen i ukrypteret form." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." -msgstr "Specificér den Active Directory-server som skal anvendes ved tilslutning til et Active Directory-domæne. Dette anvendes også som værdien for KDC i Kerberos-konfigurationen." +msgid "" +"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Specificér den Active Directory-server som skal anvendes ved " +"tilslutning til et Active Directory-domæne. Dette anvendes også som værdien " +"for KDC i Kerberos-konfigurationen." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -697,7 +743,9 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "Delte brugermapper eksisterer allerede. Behold eller slet disse delte ressourcer?" +msgstr "" +"Delte brugermapper eksisterer allerede. Behold eller slet disse delte " +"ressourcer?" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -721,8 +769,13 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "Hvis du ønsker at bruge Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) til navneomsætning, så afkryds Brug WINS til omsætning af værtsmaskinenavn." +msgid "" +"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name " +"resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at bruge Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) til " +"navneomsætning, så afkryds Brug WINS til omsætning af værtsmaskinenavn" +"." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -731,8 +784,12 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." -msgstr "Afkryds Hent WINS-server via DHCP for at bruge en WINS-server leveret af DHCP." +msgid "" +"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP." +msgstr "" +"Afkryds Hent WINS-server via DHCP for at bruge en WINS-server " +"leveret af DHCP." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -768,41 +825,79 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." -msgstr "Tillad brugere at dele deres mapper gør medlemmer af gruppen under Tilladt gruppe i stand til at dele mapper de ejer med andre brugere. For eksempel, <tt>brugere</tt> for et lokalt virkefelt eller <tt>DOMAIN%1brugere</tt> for et domæne-virkefelt. Brugeren skal også sikre sig at filsystemstilladelserne tillader adgang." +msgid "" +"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group " +"in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For " +"example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a " +"domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions " +"allow access." +msgstr "" +"Tillad brugere at dele deres mapper gør medlemmer af gruppen under " +"Tilladt gruppe i stand til at dele mapper de ejer med andre brugere. " +"For eksempel, <tt>brugere</tt> for et lokalt virkefelt eller <tt>DOMAIN%" +"1brugere</tt> for et domæne-virkefelt. Brugeren skal også sikre sig at " +"filsystemstilladelserne tillader adgang." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." -msgstr "Med Maksimalt antal delte ressourcer, begrænses det samlede antal af delte mapper som må oprettes." +msgid "" +"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created." +msgstr "" +"Med Maksimalt antal delte ressourcer, begrænses det samlede antal " +"af delte mapper som må oprettes." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." -msgstr "For at tillade adgang til brugeres delte ressourcer uden godkendelse, aktivér Tillad gæsteadgang." +msgid "" +"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " +"Guest Access." +msgstr "" +"For at tillade adgang til brugeres delte ressourcer uden godkendelse, " +"aktivér Tillad gæsteadgang." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "I tabellen Montér servermapper kan du angive servermapper\n" "(såsom hjemmemappe), som skal monteres lokalt når brugeren\n" -"logger ind. Hvis montering skal være brugerspecifik, så angiv Brugernavn\n" -"for den valgte regel. Ellers monteres mappen for hver bruger. For mere information, se manualsiden for pam_mount.conf." +"logger ind. Hvis montering skal være brugerspecifik, så angiv Brugernavn<" +"/b>\n" +"for den valgte regel. Ellers monteres mappen for hver bruger. For mere " +"information, se manualsiden for pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." -msgstr "Du kan for eksempel bruge værdien <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> til Ekstern sti, <tt>~/</tt>-værdien til Lokalt monteringspunkt for at montere hjemmemappen, sammen med værdien <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> som en del af Indstillinger." +msgid "" +"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote " +"Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home " +"directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of " +"Options." +msgstr "" +"Du kan for eksempel bruge værdien <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> til " +"Ekstern sti, <tt>~/</tt>-værdien til Lokalt monteringspunkt for at " +"montere hjemmemappen, sammen med værdien <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> som en " +"del af Indstillinger." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." -msgstr "Værdien for Kerberos-metode bestemmer hvordan kerberos-billetter verificeres. Når Single Sign-on for SSH bruges, er standard Kerberos-metoden som sættes af YaST <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Se manualsiden smb.conf manual for detaljer." +msgid "" +"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details." +msgstr "" +"Værdien for Kerberos-metode bestemmer hvordan kerberos-billetter " +"verificeres. Når Single Sign-on for SSH bruges, er standard " +"Kerberos-metoden som sættes af YaST <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Se " +"manualsiden smb.conf manual for detaljer." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -817,54 +912,45 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" -msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af Samba-klient" +msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af Kerberos-klient" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write PAM settings" -msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne" +msgstr "Skriv PAM-indstillingerne" -# #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" -msgstr "Skriv Kerberos-konfiguration" +msgstr "Skriv Kerberos-klient-indstillingerne" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" -msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne" +msgstr "Skriv OpenSSH-indstillingerne" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing PAM settings..." -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." +msgstr "Skriver PAM-indstillingerne..." -# #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." -msgstr "Skriver Kerberos-konfiguration..." +msgstr "Skriver Kerberos-klient-indstillingerne..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." -msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." +msgstr "Skriver OpenSSH-indstillingerne..." #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished @@ -877,27 +963,27 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installér krævede pakker" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installerer krævede pakker..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM-login" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brug Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brug ikke Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 @@ -1139,3 +1225,4 @@ #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "Kan ikke fortsætte tilslutningen: Inkonsistent cluster-tilstand" + Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -1,25 +1,27 @@ # Danish translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# # Automatically generated, 2014. -# +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gemmer standard systemd-target..." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" @@ -32,7 +34,7 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 msgid "Default systemd target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standard systemd-target" #. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 @@ -44,28 +46,39 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "" +"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose " +"job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgid "" +"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " +"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " +"page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "" +"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " +"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "" +"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " +"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgid "" +"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " +"graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilgængelige targets" #. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the #. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this @@ -104,14 +117,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "" +"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriver konfiguration..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -125,14 +139,14 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tjeneste" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiveret" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state @@ -140,71 +154,71 @@ #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiv" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beskrivelse" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Start/stop" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 msgid "&Enable/Disable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Aktivér/deaktivér" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vis &detaljer" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Håndtering af tjenester" #. Redraws the services dialog #. Redraws the services dialog #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 msgid "Reading services status..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Læser status på tjenester..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deaktiveret" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Inactive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inaktiv" #. The current state differs the the futural state #. The current state differs the the futural state #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 msgid "Active (will start)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiv (vil starte)" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inaktiv (vil stoppe)" #. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service #. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tjeneste %{service} Fuld info" #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tjenester" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tjenester" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -215,14 +229,17 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the " +"\n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " +"enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgid "" +"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -241,11 +258,11 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan ikke aktivere tjenesten %1" #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standard-target" #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. @@ -256,7 +273,7 @@ #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ikke konfigureret endnu." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. @@ -271,25 +288,25 @@ #. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 msgid "Graphical mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grafisk tilstand" #. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 msgid "Text mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teksttilstand" #. Systemd targets #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 msgid "Graphical Interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grafisk brugerflade" #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 msgid "Emergency Mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nødtilstand" #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 msgid "Switch Root" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skift rod" #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 msgid "Initrd Default Target" @@ -302,3 +319,4 @@ #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af harddiske.\n" +"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af " +"harddiske.\n" "\n" "Forsøg aldrig at partitionere diske, som kan være i brug på nogen måde\n" "(monterede partitioner, swap osv.), hvis du ikke er helt sikker på, hvad du\n" @@ -177,10 +178,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå separat /home." +msgstr "" +"Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå øjebliksbilleder for " +"rod-diskområdet." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -416,7 +418,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows brugt er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition bruger.\n" +"Windows brugt er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition " +"bruger.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -536,7 +539,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"." +msgstr "" +"Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -673,8 +677,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge den til installationen." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge " +"den til installationen." # #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -1236,15 +1243,18 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi kraftigt, \n" +"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi " +"kraftigt, \n" "at oprette og tildele en swap-partition.\n" -"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux swap\".\n" +"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux " +"swap\".\n" "En tildelt swap-partition har monteringspunktet \"swap\".\n" "Hvis du vil, kan du tildele mere end én swap-partition.\n" "\n" @@ -1284,8 +1294,10 @@ "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition til\n" -"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne såsom\n" +"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition " +"til\n" +"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne " +"såsom\n" "/, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1360,14 +1372,18 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er monteret:\n" +"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er " +"monteret:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den udvidede partition.\n" +"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den " +"udvidede partition.\n" "Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt hvad du laver.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1539,20 +1555,24 @@ "Montér i /etc/fstab ved:\n" "Et filsystem, som skal monteres, identificeres normalt ved enhedsnavnet\n" "i /etc/fstab. Denne identifikation kan ændres, så filsystemet,\n" -"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n" -"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" +"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et " +"diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n" +"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et " +"tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" "er det ikke muligt.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Diskområdemærkat:\n" -"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt kun\n" +"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt " +"kun\n" "relevant hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering med diskområdemærkat.\n" "Et diskområdemærkat kan ikke indeholde /-tegnet eller mellemrum.\n" @@ -1713,7 +1733,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde." +msgstr "" +"Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde." # #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 @@ -1794,12 +1815,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Den valgte enhed indeholder partitioner, som i øjeblikket er monterede:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter partitionstabellen.\n" +"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter " +"partitionstabellen.\n" "Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1899,7 +1922,8 @@ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i øjeblikket!\n" +"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i " +"øjeblikket!\n" "Sætter automatisk \"%1\" foran navnet på underdiskområdet." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 @@ -1952,16 +1976,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp eller /var/tmp.\n" +"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp " +"eller /var/tmp.\n" "Hvis du lader krypteringsadgangskoden være tom vil systemet oprette\n" -"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister alle \n" +"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister " +"alle \n" "data på disse filsystemer, når systemet lukkes ned.\n" "\n" @@ -1971,14 +1998,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit filsystem.\n" +"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit " +"filsystem.\n" "Vær påpasselig med valg af adgangskode. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n" "anbefales. For at sikre, at adgangskoden indtastedes korrekt, \n" "skal den indtastes to gange.\n" @@ -1990,7 +2019,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2044,14 +2074,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke er\n" -"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge Spring over. I så fald tilgås\n" +"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke " +"er\n" +"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge Spring over. I så fald " +"tilgås\n" "filsystemet ikke under opdateringen .\n" "\n" @@ -2177,13 +2210,16 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, " +"/home).\n" "Dette er ikke muligt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2268,7 +2304,8 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller annullere.\n" +"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller " +"annullere.\n" "Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør." #. button text @@ -2296,7 +2333,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret." +msgstr "" +"Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2320,10 +2358,9 @@ #. menu entry text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgid "Configure &FCoE..." -msgstr "Konfigurér &zFCP..." +msgstr "Konfigurér &FCoE..." #. menu entry text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 @@ -2404,7 +2441,6 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #| "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2412,8 +2448,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"At kalde zFCP-konfigurationen annullerer alle nuværende ændringer.\n" -"Vil du virkelig kalde zFCP-konfigurationen?" +"At kalde FCoE-konfigurationen annullerer alle nuværende ændringer.\n" +"Vil du virkelig kalde FCoE-konfigurationen?" #. popup text #. popup text @@ -2719,37 +2755,35 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgid "Choose the role of the device." -msgstr "Vælg størrelsen for den ny partition." +msgstr "Vælg enhedens rolle." #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Default File System" msgid "Operating System" -msgstr "Standard filsystem" +msgstr "Operativsystem" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Data og ISV-programmer" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Swap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Swap" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Råt diskområde (uformateret)" #. heading for a frame in a dialog #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Role" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rolle" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 @@ -2768,7 +2802,8 @@ "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis du vil kryptere alle data på \n" -"diskområdet, vælg da Kryptér enhed. Ændring af krypteringen på et eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.\n" +"diskområdet, vælg da Kryptér enhed. Ændring af krypteringen på et " +"eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 @@ -2868,7 +2903,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Filsystemet, der bruges til dette diskområde, er swap. Du kan lade\n" -"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til dvale\n" +"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til " +"dvale\n" "(suspendér til disk).\n" "\n" @@ -3602,7 +3638,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Denne visning viser alle enheder, som bruges af\n" -"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, partitionerede\n" +"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, " +"partitionerede\n" "software-RAIDs og multipath-diske.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3649,7 +3686,8 @@ msgstr "" "Du kan vælge om de eksisterende system-diskområder,\n" "f.eks. / og /usr, skal formateres under\n" -"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive formateret." +"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive " +"formateret." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3806,11 +3844,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Stinavn for løkkefil: Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den fil,\n" +"Stinavn for løkkefil: Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den " +"fil,\n" "der indeholder data for den krypterede løkkeenhed, som skal sættes op.\n" #. helptext @@ -4028,7 +4068,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske diskområder?" +msgstr "" +"Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske " +"diskområder?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4070,12 +4112,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny diskområdegruppe." +msgstr "" +"Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny " +"diskområdegruppe." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde." +msgstr "" +"Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4108,11 +4153,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Angiv størrelse samt antal og størrelse af \n" -"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være større end\n" +"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være " +"større end\n" "antallet af diskområdegruppens fysiske diskområder." #. helptext @@ -4126,8 +4173,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Såkaldte tynde diskområder kan oprettes\n" -"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra den \n" -"tildelt tynde pulje. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er større end \n" +"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra " +"den \n" +"tildelt tynde pulje. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er " +"større end \n" "den tynde pulje. Når der faktisk skrives data til et tyndt diskområde,\n" "skal den tildelte tynde pulje naturligvis kunne opfylde pladskravet.\n" "Tynde diskområder kan ikke have et stribeantal." @@ -4163,30 +4212,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et normalt diskområde.\n" -"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle diskområder var før funktionen Tynd provisionering fandtes.\n" +"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle " +"diskområder var før funktionen Tynd provisionering fandtes.\n" "Hvis du er i tvivl, er dette sandsynligvis det rette valg" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som en tynd pulje.\n" -"Dette betyder at tynde diskområder allokerer deres nødvendige plads efter behov fra sådan en pulje." +"Dette betyder at tynde diskområder allokerer deres nødvendige plads " +"efter behov fra sådan en pulje." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et tyndt diskområde.\n" -"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en tynd pulje." +"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en " +"tynd pulje." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4240,12 +4295,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en diskområdegruppe.\n" +"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en " +"diskområdegruppe.\n" "\n" -"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller 0x83) eller en\n" +"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller " +"0x83) eller en\n" "ubrugt RAID-enhed. Ændr din partitionstabel derefter." #. error popup @@ -4477,8 +4535,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4509,7 +4571,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dette niveau øger diskydelsen.\n" "Der er INGEN redundans i denne tilstand.\n" @@ -4519,12 +4582,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan bruges\n" -"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på alle\n" +"RAID 1: Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan " +"bruges\n" +"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på " +"alle\n" "diske. Så længe én af diskene fungerer, vil ingen data gå tabt. Partitioner,\n" "som bruges for denne type RAID, bør have omtrent samme størrelse.\n" @@ -4532,12 +4599,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og har alligevel\n" -"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én disk fejler,\n" -"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle data.\n" +"RAID 5: Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og " +"har alligevel\n" +"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én " +"disk fejler,\n" +"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle " +"data.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4551,11 +4623,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Føj partitioner til din RAID. Afhængigt af \n" -"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), størrelsen på\n" +"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), " +"størrelsen på\n" "den mindste partition (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*mindste partition (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4619,12 +4694,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Fragmentstørrelse: Dette er den mindste \"atomare\" størrelse\n" -"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n" -"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så meget.\n" +"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for " +"RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n" +"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så " +"meget.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4634,7 +4713,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Paritetsalgoritmen der skal bruges med RAID5/6.\n" "Venstresymmetrisk giver bedst ydelse på almindelige roterende plader.\n" @@ -4871,14 +4951,13 @@ #. combo box entry #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimal" #. combo box entry #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "End Cylinder" msgid "Cylinder" -msgstr "Slutcylinder" +msgstr "Cylinder" #. combo box label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 @@ -4919,16 +4998,19 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standard montér via giver \"montér via\"-metoden\n" "for nyoprettede filsystemer. Enhedsnavn bruger kernens\n" "enhedsnavn, hvilket ikke er persistent. Enheds-id og Enhedssti\n" "bruger navne der er genereret ud fra hardwareinformation. Disse bør være\n" -"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger UUID og\n" +"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger UUID " +"og\n" "Diskområdemærkat filsystemets UUID og mærkat.\n" #. helptext @@ -4944,12 +5026,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Justering af nyoprettede partitioner\n" -"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. cylinder er den traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. optimal justerer \n" +"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. cylinder er den " +"traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. optimal " +"justerer \n" "partitionerne efter bedst ydelse i henhold til tips fra Linux-kernen \n" "eller prøver at være kompatibel med Windows Vista og Windows 7.\n" @@ -5032,7 +5118,8 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Denne visning viser enheder, som ikke har noget \n" -"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper som,\n" +"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper " +"som,\n" "ikke har nogen logiske diskområder." #. popup message @@ -5220,26 +5307,33 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Denne dialog er til at definere klasser for RAID-enhederne\n" -"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i mange tilfælde\n" +"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i " +"mange tilfælde\n" "behøves færre klasser (f.eks. kun A og B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Du kan putte en enhed ind i en klasse ved at højreklikke på\n" "enheden og vælge den passende klasse fra kontekstmenuen. Ved at holde \n" -"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i en klasse i\n" -"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at sætte aktuelt\n" +"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i " +"en klasse i\n" +"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at " +"sætte aktuelt\n" "markerede enheder ind i denne klasse." #. dialog help text @@ -5267,8 +5361,10 @@ "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Sammenflettet bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra klasse\n" -"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra klasse A,\n" +"Sammenflettet bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra " +"klasse\n" +"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra " +"klasse A,\n" "anden enhed fra klasse B og så fremdeles." #. dialog help text @@ -5286,21 +5382,29 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Ved at trykke på knappen \"%1\" kan du vælge en fil som indeholder\n" -"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle enheder som matcher\n" -"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære udtryk matches\n" +"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle " +"enheder som matcher\n" +"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære " +"udtryk matches\n" "imod kernenavnet (f.eks. /dev/sda1), \n" -"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) og\n" +"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " +"og\n" "udev-id'et (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét regulært\n" +"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét " +"regulært\n" "udtryk." #. headline text @@ -5336,12 +5440,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Størrelse på tmpfs:\n" -"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n" -"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af hukommelsen." +"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, " +"Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n" +"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af " +"hukommelsen." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5372,11 +5479,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monter som skrivebeskyttet:\n" -"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under installation\n" +"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under " +"installation\n" "monteres filsystemet altid som læse-skrive." #. button text @@ -5391,7 +5500,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ingen adgangstid:\n" -"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk.\n" +"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk." +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5406,7 +5516,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Kan monteres af bruger:\n" -"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.\n" +"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.<" +"/p>\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5419,8 +5530,10 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montér ikke ved systemopstart:\n" "Filsystemet monteres ikke automatisk, når systemet starter.\n" @@ -5459,8 +5572,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Datajournaliseringstilstand:\n" "Angiver journaliseringstilstanden for fildata.\n" @@ -5468,7 +5583,8 @@ " skrives til hovedfilsystemet. Størst indvirkning på ydelsen. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data skrives direkte til hovedfilsystemet,\n" "før metadata gemmes i journalen. Medium indvirkning på ydelsen. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på ydelsen.\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på " +"ydelsen.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5507,14 +5623,19 @@ msgstr "Tilfældig &tilvalgsværdi" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller tabulatorer. Prøv igen." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller " +"tabulatorer. Prøv igen." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Tilfældig tilvalgsværdi:\n" @@ -5533,7 +5654,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Tegnsæt for filnavne:\n" -"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på Windows-partitioner.\n" +"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på " +"Windows-partitioner.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5544,10 +5666,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Tegnkodningstabel for korte FAT-navne:\n" -"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i FAT-filsystemer.\n" +"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i " +"FAT-filsystemer.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5558,10 +5682,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Antal FATs:\n" -"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2." +"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2.<" +"/p>" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5572,10 +5698,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-størrelse:\n" -"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller 32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi til filsystemets størrelse.\n" +"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller " +"32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi " +"til filsystemets størrelse.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5605,10 +5735,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-funktion:\n" -"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere filnavne i mapper.\n" +"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere " +"filnavne i mapper.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5619,10 +5751,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS-revision:\n" -"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.\n" +"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" " +"står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, " +"men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5634,10 +5771,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokstørrelse:\n" -"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.\n" +"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte " +"per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.\n" # #. label text @@ -5666,10 +5806,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Procentdel af Inode-plads:\n" -"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.\n" +"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale " +"procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5680,7 +5822,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5708,10 +5851,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Logstørrelse\n" -"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien være 40 % af samlet størrelse.\n" +"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien " +"være 40 % af samlet størrelse.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -5750,10 +5895,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokstørrelse:\n" -"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.\n" +"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte " +"per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, " +"og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -5777,8 +5926,10 @@ "<bytes-pr.-inode> bytes diskplads. Jo større bytes pr. Inode-værdien\n" "er, des flere Inoder vil blive oprettet.\n" "Denne værdi bør generelt ikke være mindre end blokstørrelsen i filsystemet\n" -"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at udvide\n" -"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at vælge\n" +"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at " +"udvide\n" +"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at " +"vælge\n" "en fornuftig værdi for denne parameter.\n" #. label text @@ -5798,8 +5949,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root: Angiv procentdelen af blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er 5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root: Angiv procentdelen af " +"blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at " +"der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er " +"5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -5827,7 +5986,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Mappeindeks:\n" -"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store mapper.\n" +"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store " +"mapper.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -5838,11 +5998,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Ingen journal:\n" -"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du virkelig\n" +"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du " +"virkelig\n" "ved hvad du gør.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5864,7 +6026,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Partitioneringen på disken %1 kan enten ikke læses\n" -"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges til at ændre\n" +"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges " +"til at ændre\n" "partitionstabellen\n" "\n" "Du kan bruge partitionerne på disken %1, som de er, eller\n" @@ -5905,7 +6068,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "Du kan initialisere diskens partitionstabel til en fornuftig status under\n" -"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny partitionstabel\", \n" +"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny " +"partitionstabel\", \n" "men dette vil ødelægge alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk.\n" #. popup text @@ -6003,7 +6167,8 @@ "Følgende diskområder indeholder en krypteringssignatur, men\n" "adgangskoderne er endnu ikke kendt.\n" "Adgangskoderne skal være kendte hvis diskområderne skal bruges\n" -"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk LVM-diskområde." +"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk " +"LVM-diskområde." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6074,7 +6239,8 @@ #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "Partitionen %1 kan ikke fjernes da andre partitioner på\n" @@ -6460,7 +6626,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "En stjerne (*) efter et monteringspunkt \n" @@ -6529,7 +6696,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Striber Viser antallet af striber for LVM\n" -"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i parentes.\n" +"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i " +"parentes.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6825,8 +6993,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke filsystemet under Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke " +"filsystemet under Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -27,8 +27,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Hardwaredetektion - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug '%1' i stedet." +msgid "" +"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, " +"use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Hardwaredetektion - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, " +"brug '%1' i stedet." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -64,15 +68,18 @@ " for din computer. Klik på et knudepunkt for yderligere information.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." -msgstr "Du kan gemme hardware-information til en fil. Klik Gem til fil og angiv filnavnet." +msgid "" +"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and " +"enter the filename." +msgstr "" +"Du kan gemme hardware-information til en fil. Klik Gem til fil og " +"angiv filnavnet." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "System Settings" msgid "System and Hardware Settings" -msgstr "Systemindstillinger" +msgstr "System- og hardwareindstillinger" #. this is a heading #. tree node string @@ -92,8 +99,12 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." -msgstr "DetaljerDetaljerne om den valgte hardware-komponent er vist her." +msgid "" +"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " +"displayed here." +msgstr "" +"DetaljerDetaljerne om den valgte hardware-komponent er vist " +"her." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -144,13 +155,21 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." -msgstr "Fundet hardware Denne tabel indeholder alle hardware-komponenter fundet i dit system." +msgid "" +"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " +"detected in your system." +msgstr "" +"Fundet hardware Denne tabel indeholder alle hardware-komponenter " +"fundet i dit system." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "Detaljer Vælg nogle komponenter og tryk Detaljer for at se en mere detaljeret beskrivelse af komponenten." +msgid "" +"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " +"more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "" +"Detaljer Vælg nogle komponenter og tryk Detaljer for at " +"se en mere detaljeret beskrivelse af komponenten." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -292,28 +311,50 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." -msgstr "Det er muligt at tilføje et PCI ID til en enheds driver for at udvide dens interne database over kendte understøttede enheder." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " +"database of known supported devices." +msgstr "" +"Det er muligt at tilføje et PCI ID til en enheds driver for at udvide dens " +"interne database over kendte understøttede enheder." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "PCI-ID numrene er indsat og vist som hexadecimale tal SysFS-mappe er mappenavnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-mappen. Hvis det er tomt, er drivernavnet brugt som mappenavn.." +msgid "" +"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " +"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " +"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "" +"PCI-ID numrene er indsat og vist som hexadecimale tal SysFS-mappe " +"er mappenavnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-mappen. Hvis det er tomt, er " +"drivernavnet brugt som mappenavn.." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "Hvis driveren er kompileret ind i kernen, efterlad drivernavnet tomt, og gå ind i SysFS-mappen i stedet." +msgid "" +"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and " +"enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "" +"Hvis driveren er kompileret ind i kernen, efterlad drivernavnet tomt, og " +"gå ind i SysFS-mappen i stedet." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "Brug knapperne under tabellen for ændre listen over PCI-IDer. Tryk %1 til at aktivere indstillingerne." +msgid "" +"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %" +"1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "" +"Brug knapperne under tabellen for ændre listen over PCI-IDer. Tryk %1<" +"/b> til at aktivere indstillingerne." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." -msgstr "Advarsel: Dette er en avanceret konfiguration. Fortsæt kun hvis du ved hvad du gør." +msgid "" +"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Advarsel: Dette er en avanceret konfiguration. Fortsæt kun hvis du " +"ved hvad du gør." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1075,16 +1116,21 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " +"the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " +"'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the " +"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Global I/O-skematisering</big> \n" "Vælg den algoritme, som ordner og sender kommandoer til disk-\n" -"enheder. Dette er en global valgmulighed, den vil blive anvendt for alle diskenheder\n" +"enheder. Dette er en global valgmulighed, den vil blive anvendt for alle " +"diskenheder\n" "i systemet. Hvis tilvalget ikke er konfigureret vil standard skematisering\n" -"(normalt 'cfq') blive anvendt. Se dokumentationen i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"(normalt 'cfq') blive anvendt. Se dokumentationen i " +"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "mappen (pakken kernel-source) for mere information.\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1096,17 +1142,21 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " +"it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " +"combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Aktivér SysRq-taster</big> \n" "Hvis du aktiverer SysRq-taster vil du have en vis kontrol over systemet selv\n" -"hvis det bryder ned (f.eks. under kerne-debugging). Hvis det er aktiveret vil taste-\n" +"hvis det bryder ned (f.eks. under kerne-debugging). Hvis det er aktiveret vil " +"taste-\n" "kombinationen Alt-SysRq-<kommando_tast> starte den pågældende kommando\n" -"(f.eks. genstarte computeren, dumpe kerneinformation). For yderligere information, se\n" +"(f.eks. genstarte computeren, dumpe kerneinformation). For yderligere " +"information, se\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakken kernel-source).\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ # Jens H. Nielsen <jens(a)jeme.adsl.dk>, 2004. # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2006, 2007. # Jan Madsen <jan.madsen.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2006. -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-17 18:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Proposal for backup during update @@ -228,7 +228,8 @@ "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Med nyt software: Denne standardindstilling\n" -"opdaterer eksisterende software og installerer alle nye funktioner og fordele\n" +"opdaterer eksisterende software og installerer alle nye funktioner og " +"fordele\n" "ved den nye <tt>%1</tt> version. Udvælgelsen baseres på det tidligere\n" "prædefinerede softwareudvalg.\n" @@ -237,11 +238,13 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " +"is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Kun installerede pakker: Dette udvalg\n" -"opdaterer, kun pakker som allerede er installeret på systemet. Bemærk:\n" +"opdaterer, kun pakker som allerede er installeret på systemet. Bemærk:" +"\n" "Nyt software i det prædefinerede softwareudvalg, såsom nye YaST-moduler, er\n" "ikke tilgængelige efter opdateringen. Du kan gå glip af nye funktioner.\n" @@ -249,7 +252,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " +"those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Noget software vil måske ikke virke efter opdateringen.\n" @@ -265,6 +269,11 @@ "\n" "Really continue?" msgstr "" +"Skift af opdateringsmetode til \"Opdatér kun pakker\" kan\n" +"medføre et system som ikke kan boote eller ikke virker, medmindre\n" +"du selv tilpasser listen af pakker.\n" +"\n" +"Vil du virkelig fortsætte?" #. yes/no question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 @@ -363,8 +372,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "Det installerede produkt er ikke kompatibelt med produktet på installationsmediet." +msgid "" +"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Det installerede produkt er ikke kompatibelt med produktet på " +"installationsmediet." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -379,18 +392,21 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running " +"system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Opdatering af systemet til en anden version (%1 -> %2) er ikke understøttet på det kørende system. \n" +"Opdatering af systemet til en anden version (%1 -> %2) er ikke understøttet " +"på det kørende system. \n" "Boot venligst fra installationsmediet og brug normal opgradering\n" "eller deaktivér softwarekilder til produkter med andet versionsnummer.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "Advarsel: Opdatering fra '%1' til '%2', produkter stemmer ikke overens." +msgstr "" +"Advarsel: Opdatering fra '%1' til '%2', produkter stemmer ikke overens." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -410,8 +426,10 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Opdateringsindstillinger</big>Vælg hvordan, dit system skal opdateres.\n" -"Vælg om kun installerede pakker skal opdateres, eller om også nye pakker skal installeres\n" +"<big>Opdateringsindstillinger</big>Vælg hvordan, dit system skal " +"opdateres.\n" +"Vælg om kun installerede pakker skal opdateres, eller om også nye pakker skal " +"installeres\n" "(standard). Bestem om ikke-vedligeholde pakker skal\n" "slettes.\n" @@ -561,10 +579,12 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " +"partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"En mulig ukomplet installation er blevet registreret på den valgte partition.\n" +"En mulig ukomplet installation er blevet registreret på den valgte " +"partition.\n" "Vil du virkelig bruge det alligevel?" #. button label @@ -682,14 +702,16 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " +"fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Din /boot-partition er for lille (%1 MB).\n" -"Anbefalet størrelse er ikke under %2 MB, ellers er der måske ikke plads til den ny kerne.\n" +"Anbefalet størrelse er ikke under %2 MB, ellers er der måske ikke plads til " +"den ny kerne.\n" "Det ville være mere sikkert at forstørre den \n" "partition eller ikke at bruge en /boot-partition overhovedet.\n" "\n" @@ -713,7 +735,8 @@ "\n" "Hvis du er sikker på at partitionen ikke er nødvendig for opdateringen\n" "(ikke en systempartition), så klik på Fortsæt.\n" -"For at kontrollere eller rette monteringstilvalgene, så klik på Angiv monteringstilvalg.\n" +"For at kontrollere eller rette monteringstilvalgene, så klik på Angiv " +"monteringstilvalg.\n" "For at afbryde opdateringen, klik på Annullér.\n" # @@ -777,7 +800,8 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " +"manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Dit system bruger en separat /var-partition som kræves for at\n" @@ -816,12 +840,15 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " +"is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " +"the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Nogle partitioner på systemet på %1 er monteret via kerneenhedsnavn. Dette er\n" +"Nogle partitioner på systemet på %1 er monteret via kerneenhedsnavn. Dette " +"er\n" "ikke pålideligt for opdateringen da kerneenhedsnavne desværre ikke er \n" "persistente. Det anbefales kraftigt at starte det gamle system og ændre\n" "montér-via-metoden til en anden metode for alle partitioner." @@ -865,11 +892,11 @@ #. @return [String] product name #: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Release-fil %{file} ikke fundet" #: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan ikke læse release-fil %{file}" #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS @@ -885,12 +912,16 @@ "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" msgstr "" +"Kan ikke vælge mønstre, som kræves for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" #: src/modules/Update.rb:796 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" msgstr "" +"Kan ikke vælge disse pakker, som kræves for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" # #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:15 UTC (rev 89846) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:02+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -69,8 +69,12 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." -msgstr "Foretag et valg blandt de viste profiler og tryk \"Næste\" for at slette profilen." +msgid "" +"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Foretag et valg blandt de viste profiler og tryk \"Næste\" for at slette " +"profilen." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" @@ -153,8 +157,12 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "Denne operation genererede følgende fejl. Tjek din installation og AppArmor-profilindstillinger." +msgid "" +"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " +"AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "" +"Denne operation genererede følgende fejl. Tjek din installation og " +"AppArmor-profilindstillinger." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -279,7 +287,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " +"enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" "AppArmor-status Denne rapporterer om AppArmors \n" @@ -290,7 +299,8 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Besked om sikkerhedshændelse Konfigurér dette værktøj hvis du vil \n" +"Besked om sikkerhedshændelse Konfigurér dette værktøj hvis du " +"vil \n" "have besked via e-mail når adgangsovertrædelser er forekommet." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 @@ -298,7 +308,8 @@ "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Profiltilstand Brug dette værktøj til at ændre den måde AppArmor \n" +"Profiltilstand Brug dette værktøj til at ændre den måde AppArmor " +"\n" "bruger de enkelte profiler." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -371,16 +382,24 @@ msgstr "Fejl fundet i AppArmor-profiler" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "Disse problemer skal rettes før AppArmor kan startes eller profilhåndteringsværktøjerne kan anvendes. " +msgid "" +"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " +"profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "" +"Disse problemer skal rettes før AppArmor kan startes eller " +"profilhåndteringsværktøjerne kan anvendes. " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " msgstr "Find en beskrivelse af AppArmors profilsyntaks ved at køre " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "Omfattende dokumentation om AppArmor findes i administrationsguiden som findes i mappen: " +msgid "" +"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " +"Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "" +"Omfattende dokumentation om AppArmor findes i administrationsguiden som " +"findes i mappen: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -839,24 +858,29 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by " +"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter al DAC-adgang, inklusive eksekvering af ACL,\n" -"hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. Ekskluderer DAC-adgang dækket af CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +"hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. Ekskluderer DAC-adgang dækket af " +"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " +"defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter alle DAC-begrænsninger vedr. læsning og søgning \n" -"i filer og mapper inklusive ACL-begrænsninger, hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. \n" +"i filer og mapper inklusive ACL-begrænsninger, hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er " +"defineret. \n" "Undtagen DAC-adgang dækket af CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " +"file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -865,17 +889,31 @@ "anvendelig. Dette tilsidesætter ikke MAC- og DAC-begrænsninger. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter de følgende begrænsninger: bruger-id skal matche filejer-id, når S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits sættes på den fil; at det gældende gruppe-id (eller et af de supplerende gruppe-id'er) skal matche filejer-id, når S_ISGID-bit sættes på den fil; at S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits ryddes, når der vendes tilbage fra chown(2) (ikke implementeret). </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " +"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " +"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " +"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " +"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " +"implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter de følgende begrænsninger: bruger-id skal matche " +"filejer-id, når S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits sættes på den fil; at det gældende " +"gruppe-id (eller et af de supplerende gruppe-id'er) skal matche filejer-id, " +"når S_ISGID-bit sættes på den fil; at S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits ryddes, når " +"der vendes tilbage fra chown(2) (ikke implementeret). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the " +"process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter den begrænsning, at det reelle eller gældende bruger-id, \n" -"for en proces der sender et signal, skal matche det reelle eller gældende bruger-id for den proces,\n" +"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter den begrænsning, at det reelle eller gældende " +"bruger-id, \n" +"for en proces der sender et signal, skal matche det reelle eller gældende " +"bruger-id for den proces,\n" "som modtager signalet.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -883,8 +921,10 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setgid(2). </li> <li> Tillader setgroups(2) </li> \n" -"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende gid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setgid(2). </li> <li> Tillader setgroups(2) " +"</li> \n" +"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende gid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li><" +"/ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -892,7 +932,8 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setuid(2) (inklusive fsuid). </li> \n" -"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende 'pid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li></ul>" +"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende 'pid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li><" +"/ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -903,8 +944,11 @@ "fjern enhver kapabilitet i det tilladte sæt fra ethvert 'pid'</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>Tillader ændring af filattributterne S_IMMUTABLE og S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li><" +"/ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>Tillader ændring af filattributterne S_IMMUTABLE og S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -932,13 +976,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets<" +"/li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillader indstilling af tilfældige proces-/procesgruppe-ejerskab på sokler</li>\n" +"<li> Tillader indstilling af tilfældige proces-/procesgruppe-ejerskab på " +"sokler</li>\n" "<li> Tillader binding til enhver adresse for transparent proxy-brug</li> \n" "<li> Tillader indstilling af TOS (tjenestetype)</li> \n" "<li> Tillader indstilling af promiskuøs tilstand</li> \n" @@ -969,7 +1015,8 @@ "<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillader låsning af delte hukommelsessegmenter</li> <li> Tillader mlock og\n" +"<ul><li> Tillader låsning af delte hukommelsessegmenter</li> <li> Tillader " +"mlock og\n" "mlockall (som egentlig ikke har noget med IPC at gøre) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 @@ -978,10 +1025,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> " +"\n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Indsæt og fjern kernemoduler – redigér kerne uden begrænsninger</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Indsæt og fjern kernemoduler – redigér kerne uden begrænsninger</li> " +"\n" "<li>Redigér cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -990,7 +1039,8 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Tillader ioperm/iopl-adgang</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader at sende USB-meddelelser til enhver enhed via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Tillader at sende USB-meddelelser til enhver enhed via /proc/bus/usb <" +"/li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1047,13 +1097,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " +"and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Tillader fjernelse af semaphorer</li> \n" -"<li> der bruges i stedet CAP_CHOWN til at \"chown'e\" IPC-meddelelseskøer, semaphorer og delt hukommelse</li> \n" +"<li> der bruges i stedet CAP_CHOWN til at \"chown'e\" IPC-meddelelseskøer, " +"semaphorer og delt hukommelse</li> \n" "<li> Tillader låsning/oplåsning af delt hukommelsessegment</li> \n" "<li> Tillader at slå swap til/fra</li> \n" "<li> Tillader forfalskede pid'er ved passering af sokkel-akkreditiver</li>" @@ -1063,12 +1115,14 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " +"ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Tillader at sætte read-ahead og tømning af buffere på blokenheder</li> \n" "<li> Tillader at sætte geometri i floppy-driver</li> \n" "<li> Tillader at slå DMA til/fra i xd-driver</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader administration af md-enheder (mest ovennævnte, men nogle ekstra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Tillader administration af md-enheder (mest ovennævnte, men nogle ekstra " +"ioctls)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1084,12 +1138,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> " +"\n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillader læsning af ikke-standardiserede dele af pci-konfigurationsrummet</li> \n" +"<li> Tillader læsning af ikke-standardiserede dele af " +"pci-konfigurationsrummet</li> \n" "<li> Tillader DDI debug ioctl på sbpcd-driver</li> \n" "<li> Tillader opsætning af serielle porte</li> \n" "<li> Tillader sending af rå qic-117-kommandoer</li>" @@ -1110,13 +1166,17 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " +"UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " +"processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillader at hæve prioritet og at indstille prioritet på øvrige (anden UID) processer</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader brug af FIFO og round-robin (realtid)-planlægning af egne processer og angivelse \n" +"<ul><li> Tillader at hæve prioritet og at indstille prioritet på øvrige " +"(anden UID) processer</li> \n" +"<li> Tillader brug af FIFO og round-robin (realtid)-planlægning af egne " +"processer og angivelse \n" "af den planlægningsalgoritme, brugt af en anden proces.</li> \n" "<li> Tillader indstilling af cpu-affinitet på andre processer </li></ul>" @@ -1125,22 +1185,27 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " +"resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tilsidesæt ressourcebegrænsninger. Sæt ressource begrænsninger.</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Tilsidesæt ressourcebegrænsninger. Sæt ressource begrænsninger.</li> " +"\n" "<li> Tilsidesæt kvotebegrænsninger.</li> \n" "<li> Tilsidesæt reserveret plads på ext2-filsystem</li> \n" -"<li> Ændr datajournaliseringstilstand på ext3-filsystem (bruger journaliseringsressourcer)</li>" +"<li> Ændr datajournaliseringstilstand på ext3-filsystem (bruger " +"journaliseringsressourcer)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can " +"override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> BEMÆRK: ext2 respekterer fsuid, når den tjekker for ressourcetilsidesættelser, så du kan også tilsidesætte med fsuid</li>\n" +"<li> BEMÆRK: ext2 respekterer fsuid, når den tjekker for " +"ressourcetilsidesættelser, så du kan også tilsidesætte med fsuid</li>\n" "<li> Tilsidesæt størrelsesbegrænsninger på IPC-meddelelseskøer</li> \n" "<li> Tillader mere end 64hz-afbrydelser af realtidsuret</li> \n" "<li> Tilsidesæt det maksimale antal konsoller ved konsoltildeling</li> \n" @@ -1223,7 +1288,8 @@ msgstr "" "Med profilen i håndhæv-tilstand, beskyttes programmet af \n" "AppArmor. Profilreglerne håndhæves og overtrædelse af dem logges,\n" -"men tillades ikke (f.eks. kan et program ikke tilgå filer, medmindre det har \n" +"men tillades ikke (f.eks. kan et program ikke tilgå filer, medmindre det har " +"\n" "rettighed til at gøre det i profilen)." #. Button for showing active or all profiles @@ -1239,11 +1305,11 @@ #. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 msgid "enforce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "håndhæv" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 msgid "complain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "klag" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" @@ -1316,8 +1382,10 @@ "event must be to send an alert." msgstr "" "Skærmbilledet Besked om sikkerhedshændelser lader dig opsætte \n" -"e-mail-alarmer for sikkerhedshændelser. I de følgende trin, kan du angive hvor ofte \n" -"alarmer skal sendes, hvem der modtager alarmen og hvor alvorlig sikkerhedshændelsen skal være før der sendes en alarm." +"e-mail-alarmer for sikkerhedshændelser. I de følgende trin, kan du angive " +"hvor ofte \n" +"alarmer skal sendes, hvem der modtager alarmen og hvor alvorlig " +"sikkerhedshændelsen skal være før der sendes en alarm." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 msgid "" @@ -1338,7 +1406,8 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " +"2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" "Oversigtsbesked: Oversigtsbeskeden viser \n" @@ -1346,7 +1415,8 @@ "enkelte forekomster, inklusiv dato for seneste forekomst. \n" " For eksempel: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " +"2004.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1359,9 +1429,11 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." msgstr "" "Udførlig besked: Den udførlige besked viser \n" -"uredigerede, loggede AppArmor-sikkerhedshændelser. Den fortæller dig hver gang \n" +"uredigerede, loggede AppArmor-sikkerhedshændelser. Den fortæller dig hver " +"gang \n" "en hændelse forekommer og skriver en ny linje i den udførlige log. Disse \n" -"sikkerhedshændelser inkluderer dato og tidspunkt hvor hændelses skete, hvornår \n" +"sikkerhedshændelser inkluderer dato og tidspunkt hvor hændelses skete, " +"hvornår \n" "programprofilen tillader adgang såvel nægter adgang, \n" "og typen af filrettighedsadgang der tillades eller afvises." @@ -1403,7 +1475,8 @@ "a root user. </li>" msgstr "" "<li> Angiv e-mail-adressen for dem der skal modtage \n" -"de korte, oversigts- eller udførlige beskeder. Hvis der ikke er konfigureret \n" +"de korte, oversigts- eller udførlige beskeder. Hvis der ikke er konfigureret " +"\n" "nogen lokal SMTP-server til at sende e-mail fra denne vært til det \n" "domæne du angav, kan du f.eks. angive <user>@localhost \n" "og aktivere <user> som modtager af systempost, hvis det ikke \n" @@ -1420,8 +1493,10 @@ msgstr "" "<li>Vælg det laveste alvorlighedsnvieau for hvilket en besked skal \n" "sendes. Sikkerhedshændelser vil blive logget og beskederne \n" -"vil blive sendt på det tidspunkt der er indikeret af intervallet når hændelser \n" -"er lig med eller større end det valgte alvorlighedsniveau. Hvis intervallet er \n" +"vil blive sendt på det tidspunkt der er indikeret af intervallet når " +"hændelser \n" +"er lig med eller større end det valgte alvorlighedsniveau. Hvis intervallet " +"er \n" "1 dag, vil beskeden blive sendt dagligt, hvis sikkerhedshændelser \n" "forekommer." @@ -1444,10 +1519,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.<" +"/li>" msgstr "" "<li>Vælg Inkludér ukendte sikkerhedshændelser hvis \n" -"du gerne vil inkludere hændelser som ikke er vurderret med et alvorlighedsnummer.</li>" +"du gerne vil inkludere hændelser som ikke er vurderret med et " +"alvorlighedsnummer.</li>" #. ---------------------------- #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 @@ -1456,11 +1533,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. " +"\n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Denne guide præsentere indgange som er genereret af AppArmors adgangskontrolmodul. \n" +"Denne guide præsentere indgange som er genereret af AppArmors " +"adgangskontrolmodul. \n" "Du kan generere højt optimerede og robuste sikkerhedsprofiler \n" "ved at bruge de foreslag AppArmor laver." @@ -1471,7 +1550,8 @@ "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. " msgstr "" -"AppArmor foreslår at du tillader eller nægter adgang til specifikke ressourcer \n" +"AppArmor foreslår at du tillader eller nægter adgang til specifikke " +"ressourcer \n" "eller definerer kørselsrettighed for indgang. Spørgsmål \n" "som vises blev logget under den normale testkørsel af \n" "programmet der blev udført tidligere. " @@ -1497,8 +1577,12 @@ msgstr "Adgangstilstande " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" -msgstr "Adgangstilstande for filrettigheder består af kombinationer af følgende seks tilstande:" +msgid "" +"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " +"modes:" +msgstr "" +"Adgangstilstande for filrettigheder består af kombinationer af følgende seks " +"tilstande:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1670,11 +1754,13 @@ "bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "" +"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "<li>* kan erstatte alle tegn, undtagen \"/\"<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "<li>** kan erstatte alle tegn, inklusiv \"/\"</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1682,16 +1768,22 @@ msgstr "<li>? kan erstatte ethvert enkelttegn, undtagen \"/\"</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] vil erstatte det enkelttegnet a, b eller c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] vil erstatte enkelttegnet a, b eller c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" -msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<" +"/li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<" +"/li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1863,17 +1955,26 @@ msgstr "" "Du har ikke angivet et navn for den \"hat\", du prøver at tilføje.\n" "Angiv \n" -"et hat-navn for at oprette en ny hat, eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide." +"et hat-navn for at oprette en ny hat, eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere " +"denne guide." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "Profilen indeholder allerede the angivne hat-navn. Angiv et andet navn eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide." +msgid "" +"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or " +"press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "" +"Profilen indeholder allerede the angivne hat-navn. Angiv et andet navn eller " +"tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "Se og ændr indholdet af en enkelt profil. For eksisterende indgange dobbeltklikkes på rettighederne for at tilgå en ændringsdialog." +msgid "" +"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " +"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "" +"Se og ændr indholdet af en enkelt profil. For eksisterende indgange " +"dobbeltklikkes på rettighederne for at tilgå en ændringsdialog." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1885,12 +1986,19 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Definitioner af rettigheder: <code> r - læse w -\n" -" skriv l - link m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - fillåsning a - filvedhæng x - eksekvér i - overtag p - diskret profil P - diskret profil (*clean exec) u - ubegrænset U -ubegrænset (clean exec)</code>" +" skriv l - link m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - fillåsning a - " +"filvedhæng x - eksekvér i - overtag p - diskret profil P - " +"diskret profil (*clean exec) u - ubegrænset U -ubegrænset<" +"br> (clean exec)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." -msgstr "Tilføj indgang: Vælg den ressourcetype, der skal tilføjes, fra rullelisten." +msgid "" +"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down " +"list." +msgstr "" +"Tilføj indgang: Vælg den ressourcetype, der skal tilføjes, fra " +"rullelisten." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1905,42 +2013,53 @@ #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "<li>Kapabilitet Tilføj en kapabilitetsindgang til denne profil.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>Kapabilitet Tilføj en kapabilitetsindgang til denne profil.</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " +"time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Inkludér Tilføj en inkluderingsindgang til denne profil. Denne indstilling \n" -"inkluderer indholdet af profilindgangen fra en anden fil til denne profil under indlæsning.</li>" +"<li>Inkludér Tilføj en inkluderingsindgang til denne profil. Denne " +"indstilling \n" +"inkluderer indholdet af profilindgangen fra en anden fil til denne profil " +"under indlæsning.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " +"profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Netværksindgang Tilføj en indgang med netværksregler til denne profil.\n" -"Denne indstilling lader dig angive netværkets adgangsprivilegier i profilen. \n" +"<li>Netværksindgang Tilføj en indgang med netværksregler til denne " +"profil.\n" +"Denne indstilling lader dig angive netværkets adgangsprivilegier i profilen. " +"\n" "Du kan angive en netværksadressefamilie og sokkeltype.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " +"selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or " +"the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Hat Tilføj en underprofil til denne profil - kaldet en Hat. \n" -"Denne indstilling svarer til manuelt at oprette en ny profil, som, under udførelse, \n" +"Denne indstilling svarer til manuelt at oprette en ny profil, som, under " +"udførelse, \n" "kun kan vælges i sammenhæng med at blive spurgt efter af et\n" "changehat-opmærksomt program.\n" -"For yderligere information omkring changehat se man changehat i dit system eller Novell AppArmor administrationsguiden.</li>" +"For yderligere information omkring changehat se man changehat i dit " +"system eller Novell AppArmor administrationsguiden.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -1949,18 +2068,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "Slet indgang: Fjerner den valgte indgang fra denne profil." +msgid "" +"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "" +"Slet indgang: Fjerner den valgte indgang fra denne profil." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the " +"environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables " +"are:" msgstr "" "*Clean Exec Clean Exec-indstillingen for den diskrete profil \n" -"og ubegrænsede kørselstilladelser giver øget sikkerhed ved at rense miljøet, \n" +"og ubegrænsede kørselstilladelser giver øget sikkerhed ved at rense miljøet, " +"\n" "som overtages af barneprogrammet for specifikke variable. Disse variable er:" #. help text - part y2 @@ -2030,8 +2154,12 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." -msgstr "Inkluderingsindgange kan ikke redigeres. Vælg tilføj eller slet for at håndtere inkluderingsindgange." +msgid "" +"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " +"entries." +msgstr "" +"Inkluderingsindgange kan ikke redigeres. Vælg tilføj eller slet for at " +"håndtere inkluderingsindgange." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2043,8 +2171,11 @@ msgstr "Vælg fil der skal inkluderes" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" -msgstr "Ugyldig #include-fil. Inkluderingsfiler skal placeres i en af disse mapper: \n" +msgid "" +"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " +"directories: \n" +msgstr "" +"Ugyldig #include-fil. Inkluderingsfiler skal placeres i en af disse mapper: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89845 - trunk/lcn/da/po
by cb400f＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: cb400f Date: 2014-10-08 21:36:06 +0200 (Wed, 08 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89845 Modified: trunk/lcn/da/po/snapper.da.po trunk/lcn/da/po/update-desktop-files.da.po trunk/lcn/da/po/zypper.da.po Log: translation update Modified: trunk/lcn/da/po/snapper.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/da/po/snapper.da.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) +++ trunk/lcn/da/po/snapper.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013. +# Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-01 11:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 21:31+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 20:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ msgstr "\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c<algo>\tRyd algoritme op til øjebliksbillede." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1223 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c <algo>\tCleanup algorithm for snapshot." msgid "\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c <algo>\tCleanup algorithm for snapshots." -msgstr "\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c<algo>\tRyd algoritme op til øjebliksbillede." +msgstr "" +"\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c<algo>\tRyd algoritme op til øjebliksbilleder." #: ../client/snapper.cc:601 msgid "\t--command <command>\tRun command and create pre and post snapshots." @@ -38,10 +38,9 @@ msgstr "\t--description, -d <description>\tBeskrivelse af øjebliksbillede." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1222 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "\t--description, -d <description>\tDescription for snapshot." msgid "\t--description, -d <description>\tDescription for snapshots." -msgstr "\t--description, -d <description>\tBeskrivelse af øjebliksbillede." +msgstr "\t--description, -d <description>\tBeskrivelse af øjebliksbilleder." #: ../client/snapper.cc:195 msgid "\t--fstype, -f <fstype>\t\tManually set filesystem type." @@ -55,7 +54,7 @@ #: ../client/snapper.cc:1492 msgid "\t--iso\t\t\t\tDisplay dates and times in ISO format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\t--iso\t\t\t\tVis datoer og tidspunkter i ISO-format." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1495 msgid "\t--no-dbus\t\t\tOperate without DBus." @@ -74,10 +73,10 @@ msgstr "\t--print-number, -p\t\tSkriv nummer for oprettet øjebliksbillede." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1221 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "\t--print-number, -p\t\tPrint number of created snapshot." msgid "\t--print-number, -p\t\tPrint number of second created snapshot." -msgstr "\t--print-number, -p\t\tSkriv nummer for oprettet øjebliksbillede." +msgstr "" +"\t--print-number, -p\t\tSkriv nummer for andet oprettet øjebliksbillede." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1489 msgid "\t--quiet, -q\t\t\tSuppress normal output." @@ -105,14 +104,13 @@ msgstr "\t--userdata, -u <userdata>\tBrugerdata for øjebliksbillede." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1224 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "\t--userdata, -u <userdata>\tUserdata for snapshot." msgid "\t--userdata, -u <userdata>\tUserdata for snapshots." -msgstr "\t--userdata, -u <userdata>\tBrugerdata for øjebliksbillede." +msgstr "\t--userdata, -u <userdata>\tBrugerdata for øjebliksbilleder." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1491 msgid "\t--utc\t\t\t\tDisplay dates and times in UTC." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\t--utc\t\t\t\tVis datoer og tidspunkter i UTC." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1490 msgid "\t--verbose, -v\t\t\tIncrease verbosity." @@ -167,10 +165,9 @@ msgstr "\tsnapper mount <nummer>" #: ../client/snapper.cc:1218 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "\tsnapper mount <number>" msgid "\tsnapper rollback [number]" -msgstr "\tsnapper mount <nummer>" +msgstr "\tsnapper rollback [number]" #: ../client/snapper.cc:349 msgid "\tsnapper set-config <configdata>" @@ -213,10 +210,9 @@ msgstr " Tilvalg for kommandoen \"modify\":" #: ../client/snapper.cc:1220 -#, fuzzy #| msgid " Options for 'create' command:" msgid " Options for 'rollback' command:" -msgstr " Tilvalg for kommandoen \"create\":" +msgstr " Tilvalg for kommandoen \"rollback\":" #: ../client/snapper.cc:913 msgid " Options for 'status' command:" @@ -275,10 +271,9 @@ msgstr " Montér øjebliksbillede:" #: ../client/snapper.cc:1217 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Rollback" msgid " Rollback:" -msgstr "Rollback" +msgstr " Rollback:" #: ../client/snapper.cc:348 msgid " Set config:" @@ -298,16 +293,15 @@ #: ../client/snapper.cc:1283 ../client/snapper.cc:1290 #: ../client/snapper.cc:1301 ../client/snapper.cc:1308 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "Snapshot '%u' not found." msgid "(Snapshot %d.)" -msgstr "Øjebliksbilledet \"%u\" blev ikke fundet." +msgstr "(Øjebliksbillede %d.)" #: ../client/snapper.cc:1669 ../client/errors.cc:88 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "error" msgid "ACL error." -msgstr "fejl" +msgstr "ACL-fejl." #: ../client/snapper.cc:436 msgid "Cleanup" @@ -371,16 +365,14 @@ msgstr "Kommandoen \"mount\" kræver mindst ét argument." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1269 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "rename needs two arguments" msgid "Command 'rollback' only available for btrfs." -msgstr "rename kræver to argumenter" +msgstr "Kommandoen \"rollback\" er kun tilgængelig med btrfs." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1243 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "rename needs two arguments" msgid "Command 'rollback' takes either one or no argument." -msgstr "rename kræver to argumenter" +msgstr "Kommandoen \"rollback\" accepterer ét eller ingen argumenter." #: ../client/snapper.cc:360 msgid "Command 'set-config' needs at least one argument." @@ -421,15 +413,15 @@ msgstr "Konfigurationen er låst." #: ../client/misc.cc:181 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "File '%s' not found on medium '%s'" msgid "Configdata '%s' does not include '=' sign." -msgstr "Filen %s blev ikke fundet på mediet '%s'" +msgstr "Konfigurationsdata \"%s\" inkluderer ikke \"=\"-tegn." #: ../client/misc.cc:190 #, c-format msgid "Configdata '%s' has empty key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationsdata \"%s\" har tom nøgle." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1654 ../client/errors.cc:70 #, c-format @@ -437,26 +429,25 @@ msgstr "Oprettelse af konfiguration mislykkedes (%s)." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1297 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "%s rule: not supported on current system.\n" msgid "Creating read-only snapshot of current system." -msgstr "Reglen %s: Ikke understøttet på det aktuelle system.\n" +msgstr "Oprettelse af skrivebeskyttet øjebliksbillede af det aktuelle system." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1278 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating snapshot failed." msgid "Creating read-only snapshot of default subvolume." -msgstr "Oprettelse af øjebliksbillede mislykkedes." +msgstr "" +"Oprettelse af skrivebeskyttet øjebliksbillede af standard underdiskområde." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1286 msgid "Creating read-write snapshot of current subvolume." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oprettelse af læse-skrive-øjebliksbillede af aktuelt underdiskområde." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1304 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "Creating snapshot failed." msgid "Creating read-write snapshot of snapshot %d." -msgstr "Oprettelse af øjebliksbillede mislykkedes." +msgstr "Oprettelse af læse-skrive-øjebliksbillede %d." #: ../client/errors.cc:76 msgid "Creating snapshot failed." @@ -484,32 +475,29 @@ msgstr "Detektion af filsystemtype mislykkedes." #: ../client/misc.cc:170 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid configdata." msgid "Empty configdata." -msgstr "Ugyldige konfigurationsdata." +msgstr "Tomme konfigurationsdata." #: ../client/misc.cc:107 ../client/misc.cc:115 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid userdata." msgid "Empty userdata." -msgstr "Ugyldige brugerdata." +msgstr "Tomme brugerdata." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1198 ../client/snapper.cc:1208 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install file handler" msgid "Failed to initialize filesystem handler." -msgstr "Installation af filhåndtering fejlede" +msgstr "Kunne ikke initialisere filsystemhåndtering." #: ../client/systemd-helper.cc:127 ../client/snapper.cc:1698 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Fejl" #: ../client/errors.cc:90 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "Failure" msgid "Failure (%s)." -msgstr "Fejl" +msgstr "Fejl (%s)." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1098 #, c-format @@ -534,10 +522,9 @@ msgstr "Ugyldige konfigurationsdata." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1679 ../client/errors.cc:85 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid subvolume." msgid "Invalid group." -msgstr "Ugyldigt underdiskområde." +msgstr "Ugyldig gruppe." #: ../client/misc.cc:47 ../client/misc.cc:71 #, c-format @@ -558,10 +545,9 @@ msgstr "Ugyldig tabelstil %d." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1674 ../client/errors.cc:82 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Invalid userdata." msgid "Invalid user." -msgstr "Ugyldige brugerdata." +msgstr "Ugyldig bruger." #: ../client/errors.cc:46 msgid "Invalid userdata." @@ -627,7 +613,7 @@ #: ../client/snapper.cc:1312 #, c-format msgid "Setting default subvolume to snapshot %d." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Angiver standard underdiskområde som øjebliksbillede %d." #: ../client/misc.cc:54 #, c-format @@ -688,10 +674,10 @@ msgstr "Ukendt type af øjebliksbilleder." #: ../client/snapper.cc:1577 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d" msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d." -msgstr "Benyt et heltal fra %d til %d" +msgstr "Benyt et heltal fra %d til %d." #: ../client/snapper.cc:435 ../client/snapper.cc:483 msgid "User" @@ -702,15 +688,15 @@ msgstr "Brugerdata" #: ../client/misc.cc:126 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "File '%s' not found on medium '%s'" msgid "Userdata '%s' does not include '=' sign." -msgstr "Filen %s blev ikke fundet på mediet '%s'" +msgstr "Brugerdata \"%s\" inkluderer ikke \"=\"-tegn." #: ../client/misc.cc:135 #, c-format msgid "Userdata '%s' has empty key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brugerdata \"%s\" har tom nøgle." #: ../client/snapper.cc:312 msgid "Value" @@ -766,37 +752,37 @@ # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:300 msgid "\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c\t\tCleanup algorithm for snapshot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\t--cleanup-algorithm, -c\t\tRyd algoritme op til øjebliksbillede." # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:529 msgid "\t--file, -f <file>\t\tRead files to rollback from file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\t--file, -f <file>\t\tLæs filer til rollback fra fil." # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:451 msgid "\t--file, -f <file>\t\tRun diff for file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\t--file, -f <file>\t\tKør diff for fil." # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:450 msgid "\t--output, -o <file>\t\tSave diff to file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\t--output, -o <file>\t\tGem diff til fil." # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:447 msgid "\tsnapper diff <number1> <number2>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\tsnapper diff <nummer1><nummer2>" # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:526 msgid "\tsnapper rollback <number1> <number2>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\tsnapper rollback <nummer1> <nummer2>" # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:449 msgid " Options for 'diff' command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Tilvalg for kommandoen \"diff\":" # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:781 @@ -807,7 +793,7 @@ # SLE12 #: ../tools/snapper.cc:713 msgid "running rollback..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "kører rollback..." #~ msgid "\t--disable-filters\t\tDisable filters." #~ msgstr "\t--disable-filters\t\tDeaktivér filtre." Modified: trunk/lcn/da/po/update-desktop-files.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/da/po/update-desktop-files.da.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) +++ trunk/lcn/da/po/update-desktop-files.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 13:49+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:47+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/index/cha_kde.desktop msgctxt "Name(cha_kde.desktop)" msgid "KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDE" #: /usr/share/wallpapers/KDE34.png.desktop msgctxt "Name(KDE34.png.desktop)" @@ -2422,12 +2422,12 @@ #: /usr/share/sax3/modules.d/keyboard.desktop msgctxt "Comment(keyboard.desktop)" msgid "Key Board module for SaX3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tastaturmodul til SaX3" #: /usr/share/sax3/modules.d/keyboard.desktop msgctxt "Name(keyboard.desktop)" msgid "KeyBoard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tastatur" #: /usr/share/xfce4/panel-plugins/xkb-plugin.desktop msgctxt "Name(xkb-plugin.desktop)" @@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ #: /usr/share/wallpapers/konqui.svgz.desktop msgctxt "Name(konqui.svgz.desktop)" msgid "Konqui" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konqui" #: /usr/share/locale/ko/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2477,12 +2477,12 @@ #: /usr/share/mimelink/application/x-kst2.desktop msgctxt "Comment(x-kst2.desktop)" msgid "Kst Session File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kst sessionsfil" #: /usr/share/mimelink/application/x-kst2.desktop msgctxt "Name(x-kst2.desktop)" msgid "Kst2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kst2" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/kw/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -2582,12 +2582,12 @@ #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/.directory msgctxt "Comment(.directory)" msgid "Lessons for Lizards (en)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lessons for Lizards (en)" #: /usr/share/susehelp/meta/lessons4lizards_en/.directory msgctxt "Name(.directory)" msgid "Lessons for Lizards (en)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lessons for Lizards (en)" #: /usr/share/locale/l10n/lr/entry.desktop msgctxt "Name(entry.desktop)" @@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ #: /usr/share/xsessions/plasma5.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plasma5.desktop)" msgid "Plasma by KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plasma fra KDE" #: /usr/share/locale/currency/xpt.desktop msgctxt "Name(xpt.desktop)" @@ -5445,3 +5445,4 @@ msgid "Åland Islands" msgstr "Åland-øerne" + Modified: trunk/lcn/da/po/zypper.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/da/po/zypper.da.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) +++ trunk/lcn/da/po/zypper.da.po 2014-10-08 19:36:06 UTC (rev 89845) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: zypper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-31 01:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:32+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-08 21:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: da\n" @@ -2646,7 +2646,6 @@ "\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tBrug alternativ mappe til pakke-cache.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:232 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " Repository Options:\n" #| "\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n" @@ -2677,6 +2676,12 @@ "\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tBetro og importér automatisk nye signeringsnøgler\n" "\t\t\t\tfor softwarekilder.\n" "\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tBrug en yderligere softwarekilde.\n" +"\t--plus-content <tag>\tBrug yderligere deaktiverede softwarekilder som har " +"et " +"specifikt nøgleord.\n" +"\t\t\t\tPrøv \"--plus-content debug\" for at aktivere softwarekilder som " +"indikerer at levere " +"debug-pakker.\n" "\t--disable-repositories\tLæs ikke meta-data fra softwarekilder.\n" "\t--no-refresh\t\tGenopfrisk ikke softwarekilderne.\n" "\t--no-cd\t\t\tIgnorér softwarekilder på cd/dvd.\n" @@ -2822,7 +2827,6 @@ "\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tFjern ubrugte låse.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:317 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " Other Commands:\n" #| "\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n" @@ -2847,6 +2851,8 @@ "\ttargetos, tos\t\tSkriv måloperativsystemets id-streng.\n" "\tlicenses\t\tSkriv rapport om installerede pakkers\n" "\t\t\t\tlicenser og EULAer.\n" +"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpm'er angivet på kommandolinjen til en lokal " +"mappe.\n" "\tsource-download\t\tDownload kilde-RPM'er for alle installerede pakker\n" "\t\t\t\ttil en lokal mappe.\n" @@ -2925,6 +2931,8 @@ "The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n" "The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n" msgstr "" +"Symlinket /etc/products.d/baseproduct svæver frit eller mangler!\n" +"Linket skal pege til dit kerneprodukts .prod-fil i /etc/products.d.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:670 msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only." @@ -2972,7 +2980,7 @@ #. second %s = "package", #. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed" #: src/Zypper.cc:1161 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n" #| "\n" @@ -3103,6 +3111,7 @@ " en agressiv).\n" "-D, --dry-run Test installationen, uden faktisk at " "installere.\n" +" --details Vis standard installationsoversigt.\n" " --download Sæt tilstand for download-installér. Tilgængelige " "tilstande:\n" " %s\n" @@ -3111,7 +3120,7 @@ #. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product" #. and the second %s = "package" #: src/Zypper.cc:1233 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n" #| "\n" @@ -3178,6 +3187,7 @@ "-U, --no-clean-deps Ingen automatisk fjernelse af unødvendige " "afhængigheder.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test fjernelse, uden at udføre den.\n" +" --details Vis den detaljerede installationsoversigt.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1270 msgid "" @@ -3204,7 +3214,7 @@ " --download-only Download kun pakker, installér ikke.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1308 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "verify (ve) [options]\n" #| "\n" @@ -3242,23 +3252,25 @@ msgstr "" "verify (ve) [tilvalg]\n" "\n" -"Tjek hvorvidt afhængigheder for installerede pakker er opfyldt, og reparér " -"eventuelle afhængighedsproblemer.\n" +"Tjek hvorvidt afhængigheder for installerede pakker er opfyldt, og foreslå at " +"installere eller fjerne pakker for at reparere eventuelle " +"afhængighedsproblemer.\n" "\n" " Kommandotilvalg:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Indlæs kun den angivne softwarekilde.\n" " --no-recommends Installér ikke anbefalede pakker, kun krævede.\n" -" --recommends Installér også anbefalede pakker udover \n" -" de krævede.\n" +" --recommends Installér også pakker som anbefales af " +"nyinstallerede pakker\n" "-D, --dry-run Test reparationen, uden faktisk at udføre noget på\n" " systemet.\n" +" --details Vis den detaljerede installationsoversigt.\n" " --download Sæt tilstand for download-installér. Tilgængelige " "tilstande:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Download blot pakkerne, installér ikke.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1348 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n" #| "\n" @@ -3296,6 +3308,7 @@ " Kommandotilvalg:\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Indlæs kun de angivne softwarekilder.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test installationen. Installér ikke noget.\n" +" --details Vis den detaljerede installationsoversigt.\n" " --download Sæt tilstand for download-installér. Tilgængelige " "tilstande:\n" " %s\n" @@ -3437,7 +3450,6 @@ "-N, --sort-by-name Sortér listen efter navn.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1513 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "refresh-services (refs) [options]\n" #| "\n" @@ -3461,7 +3473,11 @@ "Genopfrisk angivne indekstjenester for softwarekilder.\n" "\n" " Kommandotilvalg:\n" +"-f, --force Gennemtving komplet genopfriskning.\n" "-r, --with-repos Genopfrisk også softwarekilder.\n" +"-R, --restore-status Gendan også tjeneste-softwarekilders " +"aktiveret-/deaktiveret-" +"tilstand.\n" #. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir" #: src/Zypper.cc:1545 @@ -3742,7 +3758,7 @@ #. the second %s = "patch", #. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed" #: src/Zypper.cc:1854 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n" #| "\n" @@ -3827,6 +3843,7 @@ " Standard: %s\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Indlæs kun den angivne softwarekilde.\n" " --skip-interactive Skip interaktive opdateringer.\n" +" --with-interactive Skip ikke interaktive opdateringer.\n" "-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n" " Sig automatisk \"ja\" til bekræftelsesprompt\n" " om tredjepart licensaftaler.\n" @@ -3852,13 +3869,14 @@ "løsning (selv\n" " en aggressiv).\n" "-D, --dry-run Test opdateringen, uden at opdatere.\n" +" --details Vis den detaljerede installationsoversigt.\n" " --download Sæt tilstand for download-installér. Tilgængelige " "tilstande:\n" " %s\n" "-d, --download-only Download blot pakkerne, installér ikke.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:1924 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "patch [options]\n" #| "\n" @@ -3955,6 +3973,7 @@ "tjek for filkonflikter.\n" "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Indlæs kun den angivne softwarekilde.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test opdateringen, uden at opdatere.\n" +" --details Vis den detaljerede installationsoversigt.\n" " --download Sæt tilstand for download-installér. Tilgængelige " "tilstande:\n" " %s\n" @@ -3995,7 +4014,7 @@ "angivne dato\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2015 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n" #| "\n" @@ -4074,6 +4093,7 @@ " som en fejl. --download-as-needed deaktiverer " "tjek for filkonflikter.\n" "-D, --dry-run Test opgraderingen, uden at opgradere.\n" +" --details Vis den detaljerede installationsoversigt.\n" " --download Sæt tilstand for download-installér. Tilgængelige " "tilstande:\n" " %s\n" @@ -4203,7 +4223,6 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Blot en anden måde at angive softwarekilde på.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2176 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n" #| "\n" @@ -4247,10 +4266,10 @@ "-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Blot en anden måde at angive en softwarekilde på.\n" "-i, --installed-only Vis kun installerede mønstre.\n" "-u, --uninstalled-only Vis kun mønstre som ikke er installerede.\n" -"-o, --orphaned Vis pakker som er forladte (uden en " +" --orphaned Vis pakker som er forladte (uden en " "softwarekilde).\n" -"-s, --suggested Vis pakker som er foreslået.\n" -"-r, --recommended Vis pakker som er anbefalet.\n" +" --suggested Vis pakker som er foreslået.\n" +" --recommended Vis pakker som er anbefalet.\n" "-n, --unneeded Vis pakker som ikke behøves.\n" "-N, --sort-by-name Sortér listen efter pakkenavn.\n" "-R, --sort-by-repo Sortér listen efter softwarekilde.\n" @@ -4344,7 +4363,7 @@ " --suggests Vis foreslår.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2299 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "patch-info <patchname> ...\n" #| "\n" @@ -4362,7 +4381,7 @@ "\n" "Vis detaljeret information om rettelser.\n" "\n" -"Dette er et alias til rug-kompatibilitet for '%s'.\n" +"Dette er et alias for \"%s\".\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2318 #, c-format @@ -4596,6 +4615,26 @@ "--dry-run Don't download any package, just report what\n" " would be done.\n" msgstr "" +"download [tilvalg] <pakker>...\n" +"\n" +"Download rpm'er angivet på kommandolinjen til en lokal mappe.\n" +"Som standard downloades pakker til libzypps pakkecache\n" +"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for ikke-root-brugere " +"$XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages),\n" +"men dette kan ændres ved at bruge det globale tilvalg --pkg-cache-dir.\n" +"\n" +"I XML-outputtet skrives en <download-result>-knude hvor hver\n" +"pakke zypper prøvede at downloade. Hvis det er gennemført findes den\n" +"lokale sti i \"download-result/localpath@path\".\n" +"\n" +" Kommandotilvalg:\n" +"--all-matches Download alle versioner som matcher argumenterne\n" +" på kommandolinjen. Ellers downloades den nyeste version " +"af\n" +" hver pakke som matcher.\n" +"--dry-run Download ingen pakker, rapportér blot hvad der ville " +"blive\n" +" gjort.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2638 msgid "" @@ -4689,7 +4728,7 @@ "-r, --recurse Går ind i undermapper.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2767 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "" #| "patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n" #| "\n" @@ -4701,12 +4740,11 @@ msgstr "" "patch-search [tilvalg] [forespørgselsstreng...]\n" "\n" -"Søger efter rettelser, der matcher en given streng. Dette er et alias til " -"rug-kompatibilitet for '%s'. Se zyppers manualside for detaljer.\n" +"Søger efter rettelser, der matcher en given streng. Dette er et alias for \"%" +"s\".\n" #. translators: this is just a legacy command #: src/Zypper.cc:2784 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ping [options]\n" #| "\n" @@ -4720,7 +4758,6 @@ "ping [tilvalg]\n" "\n" "Denne kommando har en attrap-implementation som altid returnerer 0.\n" -"Den leveres pga. kompatibilitet med rug.\n" #: src/Zypper.cc:2797 src/Zypper.cc:5117 msgid "Unexpected program flow." @@ -5606,36 +5643,34 @@ #. translators: Label text; is followed by ': cmdline argument' #: src/download.cc:118 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to resolve package" msgid "Argument resolves to no package" -msgstr "Bestemmelse af pakke fejlede" +msgstr "Argumentet løses ikke til nogen pakke" #: src/download.cc:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No, cancel the operation." msgid "No prune to best version." -msgstr "Nej, annullér operationen." +msgstr "Ingen justér til bedste version" #: src/download.cc:146 msgid "Prune to best version..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Justér til bedste version..." #: src/download.cc:152 msgid "Not downloading anything..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Downloader ikke noget..." #: src/download.cc:189 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "Error downloading source package '%s'." msgid "Error downloading package '%s'." -msgstr "Fejl ved download af kildepakken \"%s\"." +msgstr "Fejl ved download af pakken \"%s\"." #: src/download.cc:203 -#, fuzzy, c-format +#, c-format #| msgid "Error downloading source package '%s'." msgid "Not downloading package '%s'." -msgstr "Fejl ved download af kildepakken \"%s\"." +msgstr "Downloader ikke pakken \"%s\"." #: src/PackageArgs.cc:216 #, c-format -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89844 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by guillaume_g＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: guillaume_g Date: 2014-10-08 21:06:46 +0200 (Wed, 08 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89844 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po Log: Run pology fr:setUbsp . Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__20 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "La base de donnée ne peut pas être créer lorsque le service n'est pas activé" +msgstr "" +"La base de donnée ne peut pas être créer lorsque le service n'est pas activé" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -102,8 +103,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "La base de données LDAP a déjà été créée. Vous pourrez changer les paramètres plus tard dans le système installé." +msgid "" +"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " +"later in the installed system." +msgstr "" +"La base de données LDAP a déjà été créée. Vous pourrez changer les " +"paramètres plus tard dans le système installé." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140 #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -117,32 +122,36 @@ msgstr "[Réglé manuellement]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe racine du système. Définissez un mot de passe serveur LDAP pour continuer." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe racine du système. Définissez un mot " +"de passe serveur LDAP pour continuer." # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" -msgstr "Configurer le serveur maître LDAP :" +msgstr "Configurer le serveur maître LDAP :" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" -msgstr "Configurer le serveur LDAP autonome :" +msgstr "Configurer le serveur LDAP autonome :" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__6 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "DN de base : " +msgstr "DN de base : " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "DN de root : " +msgstr "DN de root : " # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "Mot de passe LDAP : " +msgstr "Mot de passe LDAP : " # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 @@ -152,7 +161,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__103 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " -msgstr "Fournisseur : " +msgstr "Fournisseur : " # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__15 #. all known interfaces for testing @@ -179,12 +188,12 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "Enregistrer auprès du démon SLP : " +msgstr "Enregistrer auprès du démon SLP : " # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "Démarrer le serveur LDAP : " +msgstr "Démarrer le serveur LDAP : " # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals @@ -223,7 +232,9 @@ "sans installer le paquet nécessaire." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " +"finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -231,7 +242,7 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" -"Serveur OpenLDAP : certificat de serveur commun non disponible.\n" +"Serveur OpenLDAP : certificat de serveur commun non disponible.\n" "StartTLS est désactivé." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module @@ -246,13 +257,17 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " +"running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " +"you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Vous avez une configuration existante, mais le serveur LDAP n'est actuellement pas démarré.\n" -" Voulez-vous démarrer le serveur maintenant et relire les données de configuration ou \n" -" souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" +"Vous avez une configuration existante, mais le serveur LDAP n'est " +"actuellement pas démarré.\n" +" Voulez-vous démarrer le serveur maintenant et relire les données de " +"configuration ou \n" +" souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__31 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 @@ -326,8 +341,7 @@ msgstr "Enregistrer auprès d'un démon &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu" @@ -338,8 +352,12 @@ msgstr "Le serveur LDAP n'est pas démarré." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " +"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou " +"souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -430,23 +448,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "Sélection actuelle : " +msgstr "Sélection actuelle : " # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3 #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuration :" +msgstr "Configuration :" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" -msgstr "L'authentification LDAP a échoué. Réessayer ?\n" +msgstr "L'authentification LDAP a échoué. Réessayer ?\n" # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__0 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " -msgstr "Message d'erreur : " +msgstr "Message d'erreur : " # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__125 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 @@ -561,7 +579,9 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " +"server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -573,7 +593,7 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__75 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" -msgstr "Les messages d'erreur suivants ont été retournés : " +msgstr "Les messages d'erreur suivants ont été retournés : " #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." @@ -582,7 +602,7 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "Voulez-vous importer un certificat CA/serveur différent ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous importer un certificat CA/serveur différent ?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -601,18 +621,21 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "" +"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "" +"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " +"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" -msgstr "Le test a retourné les messages d'erreur suivants :" +msgstr "Le test a retourné les messages d'erreur suivants :" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." @@ -634,7 +657,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " +"encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -669,8 +693,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " +"started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__65 @@ -684,16 +710,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " +"communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " +"configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP est l'interface LDAP standard sur le Port 389. La communication TLS/SSL securisée\n" -" est possible avec l'opération StartTLS lorsque vous avez un serveur de certificats configuré." +"LDAP est l'interface LDAP standard sur le Port 389. La " +"communication TLS/SSL securisée\n" +" est possible avec l'opération StartTLS lorsque vous avez un serveur de " +"certificats configuré." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " +"protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " +"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -722,13 +754,17 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " +"Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " +"and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " +"library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " +"more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__331 @@ -742,22 +778,29 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" +"b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " +"other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " +"the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," +"dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " +"Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " +"password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Si cet assistant a été démarré durant l'installation, le \n" -"mot de passe de l'administrateur LDAP sera le même que le mot de passe du compte root\n" +"mot de passe de l'administrateur LDAP sera le même que le mot de " +"passe du compte root\n" " du système saisi précédemment lors du processus d'installation. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -790,7 +833,8 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"\n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -805,35 +849,52 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " +"automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Entrez le DN complet ou uniquement la première partie et ajoutez la base DN automatiquement\n" +"Entrez le DN complet ou uniquement la première partie et ajoutez la base " +"DN automatiquement\n" " en utilisant Ajouter la base DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " +"Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " +"Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " +"adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " +"number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " +"RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " +"Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " +"HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " +"entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Avec le Cache d'entrée et le Cache d'Index (cache IDL) vous pouvez ajuster\n" -" la tailley des caches internes d'OpenLDAP. Le Cache d'entrée défini le nombre d'entrées\n" -" qui sont laissées dans le cache mémoire d'entrées d'OpenLDAP. Si possible (assez de RAM), ce\n" -" nombre devrait être assez grand pour tenir la base de données entière en mémoire. Le Cache\n" -" d'ndex (cache IDL) est utilisé pour accélèrer les recherches sur les attributs indexés. En général\n" -" les bases de données HDB requièrent un gros cache IDL pour de bonnes performances de recherche\n" +"Avec le Cache d'entrée et le Cache d'Index (cache IDL) vous " +"pouvez ajuster\n" +" la tailley des caches internes d'OpenLDAP. Le Cache d'entrée défini " +"le nombre d'entrées\n" +" qui sont laissées dans le cache mémoire d'entrées d'OpenLDAP. Si possible " +"(assez de RAM), ce\n" +" nombre devrait être assez grand pour tenir la base de données entière en " +"mémoire. Le Cache\n" +" d'ndex (cache IDL) est utilisé pour accélèrer les recherches sur les " +"attributs indexés. En général\n" +" les bases de données HDB requièrent un gros cache IDL pour de bonnes " +"performances de recherche\n" " (trois fois la taille du cache comme règle de base)." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 @@ -846,20 +907,30 @@ "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les stratégies de mot de passe avec cette base de données, sélectionnez \n" +"Pour utiliser les stratégies de mot de passe avec cette base de données, " +"sélectionnez \n" " Activer les stratégies de mot de passe." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " +"server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " +"before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " +"but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " +"extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Hacher les mots de passe en texte clair pour spécifier que le serveur OpenLDAP doit chiffrerr les mots de passe en texte clair\n" -"présents dans les requêtes d'ajout et de modification avant de les stocker dans la base de données. Notez que cela ne respecte pas le modèle d'information X.500/LDAP,\n" -" mais que cela peut être nécessaire pour compenser les clients LDAP qui n'utilisent pas l'opération étendue de modification de mot de passe pour\n" +"Sélectionnez Hacher les mots de passe en texte clair pour " +"spécifier que le serveur OpenLDAP doit chiffrerr les mots de passe en texte " +"clair\n" +"présents dans les requêtes d'ajout et de modification avant de les stocker " +"dans la base de données. Notez que cela ne respecte pas le modèle " +"d'information X.500/LDAP,\n" +" mais que cela peut être nécessaire pour compenser les clients LDAP qui " +"n'utilisent pas l'opération étendue de modification de mot de passe pour\n" " gérer les mots de passe." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -872,12 +943,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "Entrez le nom de l'objet de stratégie par défaut dans DN d'objet de stratégie par défaut." +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " +"DN." +msgstr "" +"Entrez le nom de l'objet de stratégie par défaut dans DN d'objet de " +"stratégie par défaut." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " +"may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -892,28 +968,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgid "" +"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " +"defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " +"types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " +"configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " +"index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -932,9 +1013,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " +"added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " +"indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -950,7 +1033,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " +"more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -963,9 +1047,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " +"target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " +"using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -976,11 +1062,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " +"checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la case à cocher \"Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour cette base de données\" si vous voulez\n" -"pouvoir répliquer la base de données actuellement sélectionnée vers un autre serveur." +"Sélectionnez la case à cocher \"Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour " +"cette base de données\" si vous voulez\n" +"pouvoir répliquer la base de données actuellement sélectionnée vers un autre " +"serveur." # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 @@ -989,11 +1078,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " +"(stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " +"synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " +"or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " +"indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " +"is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1006,15 +1100,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " +"operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " +"the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " +"replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " +"server." msgstr "" -"Configure un journal de session en mémoire pour enregistrer des informations sur les opérations d'écriture\n" -"effectuées sur la base de données. Spécifiez combien d'opérations d'écriture doivent être enregistrées dans le journal de session.\n" -"Configurer un journal de session n'est utile que pour la réplication \"refreshOnly\".\n" -"Dans ce cas il peut permettre d'accélérer la réplication et de réduire la charge sur le serveur maître." +"Configure un journal de session en mémoire pour enregistrer des " +"informations sur les opérations d'écriture\n" +"effectuées sur la base de données. Spécifiez combien d'opérations d'écriture " +"doivent être enregistrées dans le journal de session.\n" +"Configurer un journal de session n'est utile que pour la réplication " +"\"refreshOnly\".\n" +"Dans ce cas il peut permettre d'accélérer la réplication et de réduire la " +"charge sur le serveur maître." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1023,7 +1125,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " +"the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1038,7 +1141,8 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" +"standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1049,7 +1153,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" -msgstr "OpenLDAP supporte différents modes de réplication :" +msgstr "OpenLDAP supporte différents modes de réplication :" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" @@ -1073,8 +1177,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " +"authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " +"database on the master.\n" msgstr "" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 @@ -1086,8 +1192,10 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " +"configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " +"the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1102,8 +1210,9 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" -"<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre." +"<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " +"Interrompre." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1131,13 +1240,17 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgid "" +"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" +"p> " msgstr "" "Avec Démarrer le serveur LDAP Oui ou Non, \n" "démarrer ou arrêter le serveur LDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgid "" +"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " +"wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1148,12 +1261,15 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgid "" +"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " +"are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " +"with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1165,7 +1281,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " +"replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1189,15 +1306,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " +"server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " +"that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1209,8 +1329,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" +"b>,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " +"corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1228,25 +1350,35 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " +"in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " +"support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Ajouter ou supprimer des fichiers schéma dans ce dialogue. Cliquez sur Ajouter\n" -"pour ouvrir un dialogue dans lequel choisir un nouveau schéma. Note: OpenLDAP (lorsqu'utilisé avec une ancienne\n" -" configuration ne supporte acutuellement pas la suppression des schéma de données" +"Ajouter ou supprimer des fichiers schéma dans ce dialogue. Cliquez sur " +"Ajouter\n" +"pour ouvrir un dialogue dans lequel choisir un nouveau schéma. Note: " +"OpenLDAP (lorsqu'utilisé avec une ancienne\n" +" configuration ne supporte acutuellement pas la suppression des schéma de " +"données" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " +"statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "Sélectionne quelles fonctionnalités spéciales du serveur OpenLDAP devraient être autorisées ou non:" +msgid "" +"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " +"disallow:" +msgstr "" +"Sélectionne quelles fonctionnalités spéciales du serveur OpenLDAP " +"devraient être autorisées ou non:" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1255,29 +1387,36 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " +"requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " +"when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " +"present) " msgstr "" -"Bind anonyme lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides.: Pour autoriser les binds anonymes\n" -"lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides (par. ex. le mot de passe est présent mais aucun bind DN n'est présent)" +"Bind anonyme lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides.: Pour autoriser " +"les binds anonymes\n" +"lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides (par. ex. le mot de passe est présent " +"mais aucun bind DN n'est présent)" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Bind non authentifié lorsque le DN n'est pas vide: Pour autoriser les binds\n" +"Bind non authentifié lorsque le DN n'est pas vide: Pour autoriser " +"les binds\n" "(anonymes) non authentifiés lorsque le DN n'est pas vide" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " +"unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1296,14 +1435,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " +"Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " +"back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1318,9 +1459,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " +"\"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " +"overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " +"of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1328,73 +1472,109 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "Pour ajouter une nouvelle base de données, cliquez sur Ajouter une base de données...." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle base de données, cliquez sur Ajouter une " +"base de données...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " +"Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " +"here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Entrez ici un mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration (\"cn=config\"). Ceci est nécessaire\n" +"Entrez ici un mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration " +"(\"cn=config\"). Ceci est nécessaire\n" "pour rendre la base de données de configuration accessible à distance." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " +"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " +"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " +"server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " +"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un serveur esclave, certains détails doivent être obtenus du serveur maître. Veuillez entrer le\n" -"nom d'hôte du serveur maître, ajuster le protocole (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") ainsi que le numéro de port,\n" -"et entrer le mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration (\"cn=config\") du serveur maître." +"Pour configurer un serveur esclave, certains détails doivent être obtenus " +"du serveur maître. Veuillez entrer le\n" +"nom d'hôte du serveur maître, ajuster le protocole (\"ldap\" ou " +"\"ldaps\") ainsi que le numéro de port,\n" +"et entrer le mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration " +"(\"cn=config\") du serveur maître." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgid "" +"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " +"Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "Bien que votre zone Kerberos puisse être n'importe quelle chaîne ASCII, la convention est d'utiliser des majuscules comme dans votre nom de domaine.\n" +msgid "" +"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " +"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "" +"Bien que votre zone Kerberos puisse être n'importe quelle chaîne ASCII, " +"la convention est d'utiliser des majuscules comme dans votre nom de domaine." +"\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__331 #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement de votre base de données Kerberos pour la zone." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement de votre base de données Kerberos " +"pour la zone." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " +"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "Cette chaine spécifie l'emplacement du fichier keytab employé par kadmin pour s'authentifier à la base de données." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " +"authenticate to the database." +msgstr "" +"Cette chaine spécifie l'emplacement du fichier keytab employé par kadmin " +"pour s'authentifier à la base de données." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "Cette date absolue détermine la date d'expiration par défaut pour les identifiants créés dans cette zone." +msgid "" +"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " +"created in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Cette date absolue détermine la date d'expiration par défaut pour les " +"identifiants créés dans cette zone." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgid "" +"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " +"this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 @@ -1413,7 +1593,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets transférables." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets transférables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1422,7 +1603,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets renouvelables." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets renouvelables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1431,7 +1613,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets mandataire (proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets mandataire " +"(proxy)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -1439,8 +1623,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir une clé de session pour un autre usager, autorisant une authentification usager à usager pour ce client." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " +"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir une clé de session pour un " +"autre usager, autorisant une authentification usager à usager pour ce client." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1448,8 +1636,18 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Si ce drapeau est activé sur un client principal, alors cet identifiant doit se pré-authentifier au KDC avant de recevoir des billets. Pour un service principal, activer ce drapeau signifie que des billets de service ne pourront être émis qu'à des clients avec un TGT ayant une pré-authentication faîte." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " +"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " +"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " +"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " +"set." +msgstr "" +"Si ce drapeau est activé sur un client principal, alors cet identifiant doit " +"se pré-authentifier au KDC avant de recevoir des billets. Pour un service " +"principal, activer ce drapeau signifie que des billets de service ne " +"pourront être émis qu'à des clients avec un TGT ayant une pré-authentication " +"faîte." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1457,8 +1655,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Si ce drapeau est activé, une pré-authentification matérielle du client est nécessaire avant de recevoir tout billets." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " +"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" +"Si ce drapeau est activé, une pré-authentification matérielle du client est " +"nécessaire avant de recevoir tout billets." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 @@ -1467,8 +1669,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le KDC à publier des billets de service pour cet identifiant." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " +"principal." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau autorise le KDC à publier des billets de service pour cet " +"identifiant." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1476,8 +1682,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets basé sur TGT plutôt que de répéter le processus d'authentification qui a été utilisé pour acquérir le TGT." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" +"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " +"used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets basé sur TGT " +"plutôt que de répéter le processus d'authentification qui a été utilisé pour " +"acquérir le TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1485,8 +1697,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Activer ce drapeau signifie que le serveur KDC pourra publier des billets pour cet identifiant. Désactiver ce drapeau revient à désactiver l'identifiant dans cette zone." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " +"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Activer ce drapeau signifie que le serveur KDC pourra publier des billets " +"pour cet identifiant. Désactiver ce drapeau revient à désactiver " +"l'identifiant dans cette zone." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1503,94 +1721,170 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Lorsque ce drapeau est activé, cela marque l'identifiant comme un service de changement de mot de passe. Cela ne doit être fait que dans des cas spéciaux. Par exemple, si le mot de passe d'un usager a expiré, l'usager doit obtenir un ticket pour cet identifiant afin d'être capable de le changer sans effectuer l'authentification par mot de passe normale." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " +"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " +"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " +"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque ce drapeau est activé, cela marque l'identifiant comme un service de " +"changement de mot de passe. Cela ne doit être fait que dans des cas " +"spéciaux. Par exemple, si le mot de passe d'un usager a expiré, l'usager " +"doit obtenir un ticket pour cet identifiant afin d'être capable de le " +"changer sans effectuer l'authentification par mot de passe normale." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "" +"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " +"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " +"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "Ce numéro de port détermine le port sur lequel le processus kadmind écoute pour cette zone." +msgid "" +"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " +"for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Ce numéro de port détermine le port sur lequel le processus kadmind " +"écoute pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifie l'emplacement où la clé maîtresse à été enregistrée avec kdb5_stash." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " +"with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "" +"Ce paramètre spécifie l'emplacement où la clé maîtresse à été enregistrée " +"avec kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine la liste des ports sur laquelle KDC écoute pour cette zone." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Ce paramètre détermine la liste des ports sur laquelle KDC écoute pour " +"cette zone." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine le nom de l'identifiant associé avec la clé maîtresse. La valeur par défaut est K/M." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " +"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "" +"Ce paramètre détermine le nom de l'identifiant associé avec la clé " +"maîtresse. La valeur par défaut est K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "La chaîne de caractère du type de clé représente le type de passe-partout." +msgstr "" +"La chaîne de caractère du type de clé représente le type de passe-partout." +"" #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "Cette durée delta spécifie la période maximale de validité d'un billet pour ce domaine." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"valid for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Cette durée delta spécifie la période maximale de validité d'un billet " +"pour ce domaine." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "Cette durée spécifie la période maximale pendant laquelle un billet peut être renouvelé dans cette zone." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Cette durée spécifie la période maximale pendant laquelle un billet peut " +"être renouvelé dans cette zone." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "" +"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " +"combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Détermine les combinaisons de clés discernées autorisées pour cette zone." +msgid "" +"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Détermine les combinaisons de clés discernées autorisées pour cette zone." +"" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "Détermine s'il faut valider la liste des zones de transfert parcourus par les billets par rapport au chemin calculé avec les noms des zones et la section [capaths] du fichier krb5.conf" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " +"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " +"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "" +"Détermine s'il faut valider la liste des zones de transfert parcourus par " +"les billets par rapport au chemin calculé avec les noms des zones et la " +"section [capaths] du fichier krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique le nombre de connexions à maintenir via le serveur LDAP." +msgid "" +"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " +"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique le nombre de connexions à " +"maintenir via le serveur LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "" +"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " +"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "Spécifie la liste des branches contenant des identifiants de la zone. La liste contient les DNs de chaque branche séparés par ':'.Le périmètre de recherche spécifie le mode de recherche à l'intérieur d'une branche." +msgid "" +"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " +"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" +"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " +"the subtree." +msgstr "" +"Spécifie la liste des branches contenant des identifiants de la zone. La " +"liste contient les DNs de chaque branche séparés par ':'.Le périmètre " +"de recherche spécifie le mode de recherche à l'intérieur d'une branche." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "Spécifie le DN de l'objet conteneur dans lequel les identifiants de la zone seront créés. Si le conteneur référence n'est pas configuré pour une zone, les identifiants seront créés dans le conteneur de la zone." +msgid "" +"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " +"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " +"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "" +"Spécifie le DN de l'objet conteneur dans lequel les identifiants de la " +"zone seront créés. Si le conteneur référence n'est pas configuré pour une " +"zone, les identifiants seront créés dans le conteneur de la zone." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Spécifie la durée de vie maximale d'un billet pour un identifiant de cette zone." +msgstr "" +"Spécifie la durée de vie maximale d'un billet pour un identifiant de " +"cette zone." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Spécifie le maximum renouvelable de vie des billets pour un identifiant de cette zone." +msgid "" +"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +"" +msgstr "" +"Spécifie le maximum renouvelable de vie des billets pour un identifiant " +"de cette zone." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__45 #. ################################################################################# @@ -1921,7 +2215,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "" +"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " +"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1929,7 +2225,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "" +"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2005,7 +2302,7 @@ # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__113 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "Suffixe DN :" +msgstr "Suffixe DN :" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 @@ -2020,7 +2317,7 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment activer le protocole \"ldaps\" ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment activer le protocole \"ldaps\" ?" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__32 #. add a new file to the list @@ -2073,7 +2370,7 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__9 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer cette base de données ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer cette base de données ?" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #. Error Popup @@ -2178,12 +2475,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "Fichiers &schéma inclus :" +msgstr "Fichiers &schéma inclus :" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__93 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "Sélectionner les indicateurs du niveau de journalisation :" +msgstr "Sélectionner les indicateurs du niveau de journalisation :" # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 @@ -2249,7 +2546,7 @@ # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "Sélectionner les option d'autorisations :" +msgstr "Sélectionner les option d'autorisations :" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" @@ -2273,8 +2570,12 @@ msgstr "Sélectionner les options d'interdiction" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes (n'interdit pas l'accès anonyme à l'annuaire)" +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " +"directory access)" +msgstr "" +"Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes (n'interdit pas " +"l'accès anonyme à l'annuaire)" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2282,8 +2583,11 @@ msgstr "Desactiver l'authentification Connexion simple" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Désactiver le passage au statut anonyme lors de la réception d'un opération StartTLS" +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" +"Désactiver le passage au statut anonyme lors de la réception d'un opération " +"StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2386,7 +2690,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "Autoriser l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - Simple Bind) pour cette base de données." +msgstr "" +"Autoriser l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - Simple Bind) pour " +"cette base de données." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__92 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 @@ -2616,21 +2922,22 @@ # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_08_07_0216__2 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "Le répertoire n'existe pas. Voulez-vous le créer ?" +msgstr "Le répertoire n'existe pas. Voulez-vous le créer ?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "Échec de l'identification Le mot de passe est probablement incorrect.\n" +msgstr "" +"Échec de l'identification Le mot de passe est probablement incorrect.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "Le message d'erreur est : '" +msgstr "Le message d'erreur est : '" # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__97 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "Réessayer ?" +msgstr "Réessayer ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__202 #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original @@ -2701,7 +3008,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "Correspondant au filtre :" +msgstr "Correspondant au filtre :" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" @@ -2843,15 +3150,18 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" -msgstr "Voulez-vous tout de même continuer ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous tout de même continuer ?" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "Veuillez vérifier que le serveur cible est configuré pour être un fournisseur LDAPsync" +msgid "" +"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" +"Veuillez vérifier que le serveur cible est configuré pour être un " +"fournisseur LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3020,7 +3330,9 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__114 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "La migration du fichier de configuration slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration a échoué." +msgstr "" +"La migration du fichier de configuration slapd.conf vers la base de données " +"de configuration a échoué." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." @@ -3034,7 +3346,9 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__284 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "Erreur lors du peuplement de la base de données de configuration à l'aide de \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "" +"Erreur lors du peuplement de la base de données de configuration à l'aide de " +"\"slapadd\"." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 @@ -3092,15 +3406,22 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "Création des objets de base pour les bases de données nouvellement crées." +msgstr "" +"Création des objets de base pour les bases de données nouvellement crées." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "Mise à jour des objets de la stratégie de gestion des mots de passe par défaut" +msgstr "" +"Mise à jour des objets de la stratégie de gestion des mots de passe par " +"défaut" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "En attente de la fin de la tâche d'arrière plan d'indexation d'OpenLDAP (cela peut durer quelques minutes)" +msgid "" +"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " +"some minutes)" +msgstr "" +"En attente de la fin de la tâche d'arrière plan d'indexation d'OpenLDAP " +"(cela peut durer quelques minutes)" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3122,7 +3443,9 @@ msgstr "La création des objets de la stratégie de mot de passe a échouée." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish." +"\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3132,7 +3455,7 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "Enregistrer auprès du démon SLP : " +msgstr "Enregistrer auprès du démon SLP : " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " @@ -3146,7 +3469,7 @@ # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__86 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "Suffixe de la base de données : " +msgstr "Suffixe de la base de données : " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " @@ -3186,11 +3509,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "Conversion du fichier slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration" +msgstr "" +"Conversion du fichier slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Changement de la configuration de démarrage afin d'utiliser la base de données de configuration" +msgstr "" +"Changement de la configuration de démarrage afin d'utiliser la base de " +"données de configuration" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 @@ -3203,7 +3529,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "Résultat de \"slaptest\" :\n" +msgstr "Résultat de \"slaptest\" :\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." @@ -3234,7 +3560,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "" +"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " +"own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 @@ -3267,7 +3595,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgid "" +"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" +"letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -3310,7 +3640,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "" +"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3344,7 +3675,9 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "Le type de base de données '%s' n'est pas supporté. Les types permis sont 'bdb' et 'hdb'." +msgstr "" +"Le type de base de données '%s' n'est pas supporté. Les types permis sont " +"'bdb' et 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) @@ -103,26 +103,22 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "Ajouter" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "Éditer" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete" msgstr "Supprimer" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" @@ -232,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 #, fuzzy msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" -msgstr "L'adresse IP de l'arbitre est invalide !" +msgstr "L'adresse IP de l'arbitre est invalide !" #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 @@ -262,7 +258,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 #, fuzzy msgid "Ticket name already exist!" -msgstr "Le nom du ticket existe déjà !" +msgstr "Le nom du ticket existe déjà !" #. abort? #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 @@ -278,22 +274,22 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "port is invalid!" -msgstr "le port est invalide !" +msgstr "le port est invalide !" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "transport have to be filled!" -msgstr "le transport doit être renseigné !" +msgstr "le transport doit être renseigné !" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "site have to be filled!" -msgstr "le site doit être renseigné !" +msgstr "le site doit être renseigné !" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "ticket have to be filled!" -msgstr "le ticket doit être renseigné !" +msgstr "le ticket doit être renseigné !" #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 @@ -306,7 +302,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose configuration file:" -msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier de configuration :" +msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier de configuration :" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) @@ -1,25 +1,26 @@ # French translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. -# Automatically generated, 2014. # +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 10:00+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: James Manez <arasmo(a)wanadoo.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-03 14:40+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" # Deux document sont particulièrement utiles pour comprendre pour la traduction : -# manuel de +# manuel de #. Command line help text for the Xiplb module #: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" @@ -105,39 +106,36 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" -msgstr "&Configuration Globale" +msgstr "Configuration &Globale" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" -msgstr "&Configuration de Serveur Virtuel" +msgstr "Configuration de Serveur &Virtuel" -# Check Interval, define the interval in which ldirectord will connect to each of the real servers to check if they are still online. +# Check Interval, define the interval in which ldirectord will connect to each of the real servers to check if they are still online. # https://www.suse.com/documentation/sle_ha/book_sleha/data/sec_ha_lvs_ldirec… #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" -msgstr "Intervalle de Vérification" +msgstr "Intervalle de vérification" # Définition : -# Check Timeout, set the time in which the real server should have responded after the last check. +# Check Timeout, set the time in which the real server should have responded after the last check. # https://www.suse.com/documentation/sle_ha/book_sleha/data/sec_ha_lvs_ldirec… #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 -#, fuzzy msgid "Check Timeout" -msgstr " Expiration de Vérification" +msgstr "Délai (timeout) de vérification" -# Définition du terme +# Définition du terme # how many times ldirectord will attempt to request the real servers until the check is considered failed # Source : https://www.suse.com/documentation/sle_ha/book_sleha/data/sec_ha_lvs_ldirec… #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 -#, fuzzy msgid "Failure Count" -msgstr "Seuil d’Échec" +msgstr "Compteur d'échec" -# Je ne sais pas ce que signifie le terme "negotiate" dans ce contexte. +# Je ne sais pas ce que signifie le terme "negotiate" dans ce contexte. #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 -#, fuzzy msgid "Negotiate Timeout" -msgstr "Expiration de Négociation" +msgstr "Délai (timeout) de Négociation" # Alternatives : solution de secours, alternative, solution de repli # Peut-être vaut-il mieux laisser le terme tel quel ? @@ -179,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "Passif" # Je ne sais pas s'il est possible de traduire convenablement et clairement ce terme. -# D'après le manuel de ldirectord, un démon d'administration de serveurs virtuels, la fonction fork crée un processus enfant pour chaque serveur virtuel. +# D'après le manuel de ldirectord, un démon d'administration de serveurs virtuels, la fonction fork crée un processus enfant pour chaque serveur virtuel. # http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/raring/man8/ldirectord.8.html # Des traductions telles que génération ou enfantement, qui rendent l'idée générale, risquent de créer plus de confusion qu'autre chose chez les informaticiens. #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 @@ -294,7 +292,7 @@ "Défaut: 10 secondes\n" "\n" -# firewall-mark a été traduit par "marque de parefeu" dans une traduction partielle d'une doc Red Hat (3.4.1): +# firewall-mark a été traduit par "marque de parefeu" dans une traduction partielle d'une doc Red Hat (3.4.1): # https://access.redhat.com/documentation/fr-FR/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/ht… #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 #, fuzzy @@ -543,8 +541,8 @@ msgid "Http Method" msgstr "Méthode Http" -# Si la vo est un verbe : -# Demander, solliciter +# Si la vo est un verbe : +# Demander, solliciter # Le terme "requête" me parait plus adapté dans un contexte informatique. #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" @@ -748,3 +746,4 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Résumé de la configuration" + Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) @@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " +"Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -88,7 +89,9 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture des données à partir du serveur LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture des données à partir du serveur " +"LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -108,7 +111,9 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture du schéma à partir du serveur LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture du schéma à partir du serveur " +"LDAP." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__19 #. default error message @@ -147,7 +152,7 @@ "Une cause possible de l'echec de connection peut être que votre client\n" "est configuré pour TLS/SSL mais que le serveur ne le supporte pas.\n" "\n" -"Retenter la connection sans TLS/SSL ?\n" +"Retenter la connection sans TLS/SSL ?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -167,7 +172,7 @@ #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "Serveur : %1:%2" +msgstr "Serveur : %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 @@ -192,7 +197,7 @@ "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" "Aucune entrée avec DN '%1'\n" -"n'existe sur le serveur LDAP. La créer maintenant ?\n" +"n'existe sur le serveur LDAP. La créer maintenant ?\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. button label @@ -218,10 +223,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Si l'attribut peut avoir plus de valeurs, ajoutez de nouvelles entrées\n" -"avec l'option Ajouter une valeur. Parfois, le bouton contient la liste des\n" +"avec l'option Ajouter une valeur. Parfois, le bouton contient la " +"liste des\n" " valeurs possibles à utiliser pour attribut actuel.\n" " Si la valeur de l'attribut modifié doit être un nom distinct (DN),\n" -" il est possible de le choisir dans l'arborescence LDAP grâce à l'option Parcourir.\n" +" il est possible de le choisir dans l'arborescence LDAP grâce à l'option " +"Parcourir.\n" " \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. @@ -233,7 +240,7 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "La description de l'attribut \"%1\" (en anglais) : " +msgstr "La description de l'attribut \"%1\" (en anglais) : " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 @@ -315,7 +322,8 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " +"when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "Définissez ici les valeurs des attributs qui appartiennent à un\n" @@ -331,7 +339,8 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " +"replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" @@ -356,12 +365,21 @@ #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de dialogue." +msgstr "" +"Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de " +"dialogue." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau montre les données de l'objet. Utilisez Modifier pour modifier la valeur de l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez Enregistrer pour sauvegarder les modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP." +msgid "" +"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " +"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " +"Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau montre " +"les données de l'objet. Utilisez Modifier pour modifier la valeur de " +"l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez Enregistrer pour sauvegarder les " +"modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) @@ -370,8 +388,9 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" -"Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée actuellement affichée.\n" -"Ignorer ces modifications ?\n" +"Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée " +"actuellement affichée.\n" +"Ignorer ces modifications ?\n" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__14 #. dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) @@ -170,7 +170,9 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -233,11 +235,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -350,7 +356,7 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__201 #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "Détails :" +msgstr "Détails :" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -613,7 +619,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -636,17 +644,22 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -677,7 +690,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -737,15 +752,19 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -821,27 +840,38 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -919,14 +949,16 @@ #~ "Get technical support and product updates and\n" #~ "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec Novell Customer Center, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une assistance technique,\n" +#~ "Avec Novell Customer Center, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une assistance " +#~ "technique,\n" #~ "obtenir les mises à jour des produits et gérer les abonnements." #~ msgid "" #~ "Get technical support and product updates\n" #~ "by registering this installation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En enregistrant cette installation, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une assistance technique\n" +#~ "En enregistrant cette installation, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une " +#~ "assistance technique\n" #~ "et obtenir les mises à jour des produits." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__69 @@ -982,7 +1014,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Un serveur de mise à jour a été ajouté à votre configuration." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "Aucun serveur de mise à jour ne peut être ajouté à votre configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aucun serveur de mise à jour ne peut être ajouté à votre configuration." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Aucun dépôt de logiciels n'avait besoin d'être changé." @@ -1027,7 +1060,8 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le serveur requiert des informations système supplémentaires. Activation \n" +#~ "Le serveur requiert des informations système supplémentaires. Activation " +#~ "\n" #~ "de la soumission du profil matériel automatiquement." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__2 @@ -1043,10 +1077,14 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'enregistrement en tant qu'utilisateur normal n'inclut pas la source de\n" -#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous continuez et voulez\n" -#~ "mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée manuellement.\n" -#~ "D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, peuvent\n" -#~ "aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement via YaST en tant que root\n" +#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous " +#~ "continuez et voulez\n" +#~ "mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée " +#~ "manuellement.\n" +#~ "D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, " +#~ "peuvent\n" +#~ "aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement via " +#~ "YaST en tant que root\n" #~ "afin que les sources soient disponibles pour tous les outils." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1083,169 +1121,230 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en l'enregistrant auprès de Novell.\n" -#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer l'enregistrement, \n" +#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en " +#~ "l'enregistrant auprès de Novell.\n" +#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer " +#~ "l'enregistrement, \n" #~ "sélectionnez Configurer ultérieurement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des informations sur votre système\n" -#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et Profil matériel. \n" -#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale d'informations que peut contenir\n" -#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur Novell\n" -#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. Seule l'identité\n" +#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des " +#~ "informations sur votre système\n" +#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et " +#~ "Profil matériel. \n" +#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale " +#~ "d'informations que peut contenir\n" +#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. " +#~ "Seule l'identité\n" #~ "du produit installé est envoyée lors de cet échange initial.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous avez acheté ce produit, activez l'option Code d'enregistrement\n" +#~ "Si vous avez acheté ce produit, activez l'option Code " +#~ "d'enregistrement\n" #~ "afin d'être invité à saisir le code de votre produit. \n" -#~ "Vous êtes ainsi enregistré pour bénéficier de l'assistance d'installation incluse avec ce produit.\n" +#~ "Vous êtes ainsi enregistré pour bénéficier de l'assistance d'installation " +#~ "incluse avec ce produit.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>." +#~ "\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Novell. Ces données sont utilisées\n" -#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la prise en charge\n" -#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" -#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Novell. Ces " +#~ "données sont utilisées\n" +#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la " +#~ "prise en charge\n" +#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de " +#~ "confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" +#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos sources de\n" -#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être disponible.\n" -#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre envoyées à Novell, comme \n" -#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel est activé.\n" +#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos " +#~ "sources de\n" +#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être " +#~ "disponible.\n" +#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre " +#~ "envoyées à Novell, comme \n" +#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel " +#~ "est activé.\n" #~ "Cette option ne supprime aucune source ajoutée manuellement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Novell (ou un serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" +#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Novell (ou un " +#~ "serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" #~ "Assurez vous que les paramètres réseau et proxy sont corrects.\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer les paramètres.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer " +#~ "les paramètres.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en l'enregistrant avec Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer l'enregistrement, \n" +#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en " +#~ "l'enregistrant avec Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer " +#~ "l'enregistrement, \n" #~ "sélectionnez Configurer ultérieurement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des informations sur votre système\n" -#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et Information matériel. \n" -#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale d'informations que peut contenir\n" -#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur Open-SLX\n" -#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. Seule l'identité\n" +#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des " +#~ "informations sur votre système\n" +#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et " +#~ "Information matériel. \n" +#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale " +#~ "d'informations que peut contenir\n" +#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur " +#~ "Open-SLX\n" +#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. " +#~ "Seule l'identité\n" #~ "du produit installé est envoyée lors de cet échange initial.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>." +#~ "\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Open-SLX. Ces données sont utilisées\n" -#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la prise en charge\n" -#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" -#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Open-SLX. Ces " +#~ "données sont utilisées\n" +#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la " +#~ "prise en charge\n" +#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de " +#~ "confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" +#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register." +#~ "log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos sources de\n" -#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être disponible.\n" -#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre envoyées à Open-SLX, comme \n" -#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel est activé.\n" +#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos " +#~ "sources de\n" +#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être " +#~ "disponible.\n" +#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre " +#~ "envoyées à Open-SLX, comme \n" +#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel " +#~ "est activé.\n" #~ "Cette option ne supprime aucune source ajoutée manuellement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Open-SLX (ou un serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" +#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Open-SLX (ou un " +#~ "serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" #~ "Veuillez vous assurer que les paramètres réseau et proxy sont corrects.\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer les paramètres.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer " +#~ "les paramètres.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1365,8 +1464,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Le paquet suivant doit être installé." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Pour que cette installation soit correctement considérée, le paquet %1 doit être installé." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour que cette installation soit correctement considérée, le paquet %1 " +#~ "doit être installé." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Par conséquent le paquet suivant doit être supprimé." @@ -1375,8 +1477,12 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Le paquet %1 aurait dû être installé et %2 supprimé." -#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "L'enregistrement va maintenant continuer, bien que le serveur d'enregistrement puisse ne pas considérer correctement cette installation." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " +#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'enregistrement va maintenant continuer, bien que le serveur " +#~ "d'enregistrement puisse ne pas considérer correctement cette installation." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__88 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1450,39 +1556,72 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Clé incorrecte." -#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "L'enregistrement du produit inscrit votre produit dans la base de données de Novell, permettant ainsi d'obtenir les mises à jour en ligne ainsi qu'une assistance technique. Pour effectuer automatiquement l'enregistrement durant l'installation, sélectionnez Exécuter l'enregistrement du produit. Pour simplifier la procédure, fournissez des informations sur votre système avec les options Profil matériel et Informations facultatives." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " +#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " +#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " +#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " +#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'enregistrement du produit inscrit votre produit dans la base de " +#~ "données de Novell, permettant ainsi d'obtenir les mises à jour en ligne " +#~ "ainsi qu'une assistance technique. Pour effectuer automatiquement " +#~ "l'enregistrement durant l'installation, sélectionnez Exécuter " +#~ "l'enregistrement du produit. Pour simplifier la procédure, fournissez " +#~ "des informations sur votre système avec les options Profil matériel</" +#~ "b> et Informations facultatives." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur le processus d'enregistrement, utilisez la commande <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur le processus d'enregistrement, " +#~ "utilisez la commande <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~| "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~| "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~| "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then " +#~| "enter the\n" +#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are can be passed with " +#~| "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~| "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~| "a\n" +#~| "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~| "Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les autres informations utilisées pour l'enregistrement sont affichées dans Données\n" -#~ "d'enregistrement. Pour ajouter une nouvelle paire de clé et valeur, cliquez sur Ajouter puis saisissez\n" -#~ "les valeurs adéquates. Ces paramètres sont ceux qui peuvent être transmis avec la commande <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. \n" -#~ "Obtenez plus d'informations avec <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Supprimez une paire \n" -#~ "avec Supprimer ou modifiez une paire existante avec Modifier." +#~ "Les autres informations utilisées pour l'enregistrement sont affichées " +#~ "dans Données\n" +#~ "d'enregistrement. Pour ajouter une nouvelle paire de clé et " +#~ "valeur, cliquez sur Ajouter puis saisissez\n" +#~ "les valeurs adéquates. Ces paramètres sont ceux qui peuvent être transmis " +#~ "avec la commande <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. \n" +#~ "Obtenez plus d'informations avec <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Supprimez une " +#~ "paire \n" +#~ "avec Supprimer ou modifiez une paire existante avec Modifier</" +#~ "b>." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " +#~ "Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +#~ "Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si votre réseau déploie son propre serveur SMT, définir l'URL du serveur SMT\n" -#~ "et l'emplacement du certificat SMT dans Paramètres du serveur SMT. Consultez\n" +#~ "Si votre réseau déploie son propre serveur SMT, définir l'URL du " +#~ "serveur SMT\n" +#~ "et l'emplacement du certificat SMT dans Paramètres du serveur SMT. " +#~ "Consultez\n" #~ "votre manuel SMT pour plus d'informations." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22 @@ -1578,7 +1717,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Voulez-vous procéder à l'enregistrement maintenant ?" #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez vous enregistrer pour obtenir un support à l'installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez vous enregistrer pour obtenir un support à l'installation." # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8 #~ msgid "Registration server:" @@ -1614,11 +1754,30 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Consultez l'aide pour plus de détails." -#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "Pour enregistrer cette installation sur un serveur d'enregistrement local, configurer l'URL et le certificat AC du serveur (optionnel) via le menu Avancé." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " +#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " +#~ "Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour enregistrer cette installation sur un serveur d'enregistrement " +#~ "local, configurer l'URL et le certificat AC du serveur (optionnel) via le " +#~ "menu Avancé." -#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement doit commencer par https://, tandis que l'emplacement de son certificat AC peut être une URL au format http://, https:// ou ftp://. D'autres emplacements valides sont /chemin/sur/disque/local, floppy/chemin/sur/disquette et le mot-clé done. Ce dernier indique qu'aucune gestion du certificat AC n'est nécessaire pour faire confiance au serveur d'enregistrement." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " +#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" +#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" +#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " +#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " +#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement doit commencer par https://, " +#~ "tandis que l'emplacement de son certificat AC peut être une URL au format " +#~ "http://, https:// ou ftp://. D'autres emplacements " +#~ "valides sont /chemin/sur/disque/local, floppy/chemin/sur/" +#~ "disquette et le mot-clé done. Ce dernier indique qu'aucune " +#~ "gestion du certificat AC n'est nécessaire pour faire confiance au serveur " +#~ "d'enregistrement." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Souhaitez vous sauter l'enregistrement ?" @@ -1634,25 +1793,32 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__70 #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "Impossible de charger le fichier certificat SMT depuis la disquette." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossible de charger le fichier certificat SMT depuis la disquette." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "Impossible de télécharger le fichier certificat SMT depuis l'URL spécifiée." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossible de télécharger le fichier certificat SMT depuis l'URL " +#~ "spécifiée." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20 #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin spécifié." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin spécifié." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "Une erreur inconnue a été rencontrée pendant la récupération du fichier certificat SMT." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Une erreur inconnue a été rencontrée pendant la récupération du fichier " +#~ "certificat SMT." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__6 #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Sauter" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement n'a pas pu être validée comme une URL." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement n'a pas pu être validée comme une URL." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__82 #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." @@ -1675,7 +1841,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier sur la disquette" #~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path" -#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin local" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin local" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file" @@ -1701,7 +1868,8 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ce certificat sera utilisé pour se connecter au serveur SMT.\n" -#~ "Vous devez faire confiance à ce certificat pour continuer l'enregistrement.\n" +#~ "Vous devez faire confiance à ce certificat pour continuer " +#~ "l'enregistrement.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Proposé pour :" @@ -1778,13 +1946,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Dans %1 le dépôt de mise à jour actuel est affiché." #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur %1 pour utiliser le dépôt de mise à jour par défaut." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur %1 pour utiliser le dépôt de mise à jour par défaut." +#~ "" #~ msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." -#~ msgstr "Vous trouverez des actions apparentées dans le menu %1." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous trouverez des actions apparentées dans le menu %1." -#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "Dans %1 configurez la mise à jour en ligne automatique. Choisissez l'intervalle à utiliser et si les correctifs interactifs doivent être ignorés, sinon l'utilitaire de mise à jour utilisera les réponses par défaut." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " +#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " +#~ "updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans %1 configurez la mise à jour en ligne automatique. " +#~ "Choisissez l'intervalle à utiliser et si les correctifs interactifs " +#~ "doivent être ignorés, sinon l'utilitaire de mise à jour utilisera les " +#~ "réponses par défaut." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__48 #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" @@ -1832,12 +2010,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The SMT server URL could not be validated as URL.\n" -#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf and run Registration manually.\n" +#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf " +#~ "and run Registration manually.\n" #~ "The SMT server URL that was configured was\n" #~ "%1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'URL du serveur SMT n'a pas pu être validée comme URL.\n" -#~ "L'enregistrement ne peut pas être effectué. Veuillez modifier /etc/suseRegister.conf et relancer l'enregistrement manuellement.\n" +#~ "L'enregistrement ne peut pas être effectué. Veuillez modifier /etc/" +#~ "suseRegister.conf et relancer l'enregistrement manuellement.\n" #~ "L'URL du serveur SMT configurée était\n" #~ "%1" @@ -1851,26 +2031,37 @@ #~ "so the repositories are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'enregistrement en tant qu'utilisateur normal n'inclut pas la source de\n" -#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous continuez et voulez \n" -#~ " mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée manuellement.\n" -#~ " D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, peuvent\n" -#~ " aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement via YaST en tant que root\n" +#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous " +#~ "continuez et voulez \n" +#~ " mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée " +#~ "manuellement.\n" +#~ " D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, " +#~ "peuvent\n" +#~ " aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement " +#~ "via YaST en tant que root\n" #~ " afin que les sources soient disponibles pour tous les outils." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" -#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" +#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available." +#~ "\n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any repositories added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos\n" -#~ " sources de mise à jour restent valides et ajoute celles qui pourraient ne pas être disponibles.\n" -#~ " Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre envoyées à Novell, comme \n" -#~ " les informations concernant le matériel si Informations sur le matériel est activé.\n" +#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que " +#~ "vos\n" +#~ " sources de mise à jour restent valides et ajoute celles qui pourraient " +#~ "ne pas être disponibles.\n" +#~ " Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre " +#~ "envoyées à Novell, comme \n" +#~ " les informations concernant le matériel si Informations sur le " +#~ "matériel est activé.\n" #~ " Cette option ne supprime aucune source ajoutée manuellement.\n" #~ " " Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2014-10-08 19:06:46 UTC (rev 89844) @@ -304,8 +304,9 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +"<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " +"Interrompre.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -323,8 +324,9 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +"<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre." +"\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -355,7 +357,7 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Modification ou suppression :</big> \n" +"<big>Modification ou suppression :</big> \n" "Si vous cliquez sur Modifier, vous verrez s'ouvrir un nouveau\n" "dialogue dans lequel vous pourrez changer la configuration.\n" @@ -364,8 +366,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -388,7 +392,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings," +"\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -405,31 +410,38 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -437,7 +449,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -445,8 +458,10 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -460,14 +475,16 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -478,7 +495,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -495,7 +513,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -521,7 +540,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Il est impossible de <big>sélectionner quoi que ce soit</big> \n" -". Vous devez d'abord le coder. :-)\n" +". Vous devez d'abord le coder. :-)\n" " " #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -584,11 +603,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -608,7 +631,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -664,7 +689,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -684,7 +711,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -697,8 +726,10 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -733,15 +764,21 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -749,15 +786,21 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -777,33 +820,47 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89843 - trunk/yast/50-tools
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 08 Oct '14

08 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-08 13:18:51 +0200 (Wed, 08 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89843 Modified: trunk/yast/50-tools/y2-prep-packages.sh Log: only add files that are new Modified: trunk/yast/50-tools/y2-prep-packages.sh =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/50-tools/y2-prep-packages.sh 2014-10-08 10:56:37 UTC (rev 89842) +++ trunk/yast/50-tools/y2-prep-packages.sh 2014-10-08 11:18:51 UTC (rev 89843) @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ # Note the quotes around `$TEMP': they are essential! eval set -- "$TEMP" +# set -x + while true ; do case "$1" in -h|--help) echo "$usage"; exit ;; @@ -111,7 +113,7 @@ done if [ -n "$svn" ]; then - svn add *.$l.po + svn status | grep ^\?.*.$l.po$ | awk '{print $2}' | xargs svn add svn ci -mmerged *.$l.po fi @@ -220,10 +222,11 @@ popd >/dev/null } -i=1 +i=0 +lines=$(echo "$langs" | sed 's/ /\n/g'| nl | tail -1 | awk '{print $1}') for l in $langs; do echo $((i++)) >/dev/null - echo "***" $(printf "%02d" $i: $l + echo "***" $(printf "%02d/%d" $i $lines): $l [ -f $l/RPMNAME ] || continue langdir=$(pwd)/$transdir/y2-$l pushd $l 1>/dev/null || continue -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: